(m5[ 
 
 Southern Branch 
 of the 
 
 University of California 
 
 Los Angeles 
 
 Fonn L 1
 
 L' /ia.x/^r 
 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below 
 
 Form L-9-15//(-10,"25
 
 T. MACCI PLAVTI 
 
 T R I N V M M V S 
 
 WITH NOTES 
 CRITICAL AND EXEGETICAL 
 
 BY 
 
 WILHELM WAGNER, PH. D. 
 
 PROFESSOE AT THE JOHANNEUII, HAMBURG. 
 
 SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE : 
 
 DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO. 
 
 LONDON: G. BELL AND SONS. 
 
 1875. 
 
 74237
 
 ©ambrltigc: 
 
 PRINTEB BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
 
 I ' ^ 
 
 1 S7^ 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 In reissuing my edition of the Trinummus, which was 
 first published in 1872, I think it advisable to repeat 
 the preface then prefixed to it (dated Christmas, 1871). 
 It follows here pi-ecisely as it was then. 
 
 " The present edition of the Trinummus would not 
 perhaps have appeared so soon but for the publication of 
 Ritschl's new edition. It is true that, some three years 
 ago, I had agi-eed to prepare for Messrs Deighton, Bell & Co. 
 a complete edition of Plautus with English notes : but it 
 was understood that so great a work as this naturally 
 required much time and many preparations, though I 
 might have previously collected much material bearing 
 both upon the criticism and explanation of my author. 
 I commenced with the Trinummus, and indeed nearly 
 finished a first sketch of the commentary, when I heard 
 that Professor Ritschl was about to re-edit his Plautus. 
 I now thought it advisable to wait until the appearance 
 of his new edition, and after that time I again took up 
 my work. Such as it is, and though I am well aware 
 that it falls short of what it might be and ought to be, 
 and what I myself should wish it to be, I now present it 
 to my English friends. 
 
 " Since the publication of my Aulularia (1866) various 
 works have appeared which it was impossible to neglect. 
 In the first place I would mention the second edition 
 of Corssen's work on pronunciation, to which I have 
 always referred in my notes, the first being now entirely 
 superseded and antiquated by the second. Ritschl himself 
 inaugurated his second edition (if I may say so) by the
 
 IV PREFACE. 
 
 first part of his New Excursuses on Plaidus, iu Avhich — 
 und that is by far the most important feature of it — he 
 showed greater respect for the authority of the mss. and 
 withdrew many of the changes he had formerly made in 
 the text of the poet^ But the principal novelty of 
 Ritschl's essay was the wholesale introduction of an ab- 
 latival (/ into the metres of Plautus to avoid the annoy- 
 ance caused to Ritschl by the occurrence of hiatus. Tliis 
 doctrine — which was, to say the least of it, highly sur- 
 prising in a scholar like Ritschl who had hitherto been 
 addicted to sweeping remedies, but had now suddenly 
 l)eeu converted to adopt a somewhat homoeopathic 
 )>anacea : a remedy, moreover, which was, if not as old 
 as the hills, still nearly as old as Plautine criticism itself, 
 but had been distinctly repudiated by him in his earlier 
 stages, excepting of course the ablatives med and ted — 
 this doctrine seems destined to play in Plautine criticism 
 the part of the whilome apj)le of Eris. At least Kitschl's 
 essay at once caused Th. Bergk to publish a rejoinder, 
 entitled: Auslautendes D ivi alien Lateln ; ein Beitrag 
 zur lateinischen Grcmimatik. Halle, 1870. In s})ite of 
 the unnecessary acerbity of exj)ression in which Bergk 
 indulges, he seems to have shown that Ritschl certainly 
 went too far in affixing his ablatival d not only to nouns, 
 adjectives and pronouns, but also to adverbs, prepositions 
 and imperatives. In the same way, C. F. W. Miiller, 
 the author of a bulky volume on Plautine prosody written 
 in the spirit, but without the genius, of Ritschl's chap- 
 ters on prosody in the Prolegomena to the Trinummus, 
 was roused by the contemptuous treatment he received 
 at Ritsclil's hands in the new edition of the Trinummus, 
 to publish an elaboi-ate collection of Addenda (^Nachtrdye) 
 
 ' I may be permitted to and learn more and arrive at 
 
 quote my own words, written more stable roiults hy means of 
 
 as fiir back as 1865 — " Tlu; a critical and conservative oh- 
 
 iiistory of liitschl's investiga- serration of Hiiujle facts than hij 
 
 tious Hoems to teach a lest^ou specious hut unsound cmenda- 
 
 which will most liivcly be the tioim of seoiiinp irregularities.^' 
 
 basis for the labours of the Introd. to Auhil. ]). Lxiy. 
 comiug time, viz. that ive ijain
 
 PREFACE. V 
 
 to his first volume, in which he felicitously impugns 
 Kitschl's innovations in the point of final d, and of sucli 
 other su})posed archaisms, as cuh'i, cuiide and a noni. jjhir. 
 of the first declension in as. But all these scholars were, 
 it may be supposed, more or less jn-ejudiced against 
 Ritschl's new doctrine from the very beginning, and 
 even the occasional violence of their expressions is little 
 calculated to produce a favourable impression upon im- 
 partial readers. The best refutation of Eitschl's new 
 theories, and one which I confess to be quite satisfactory to 
 my mind, is found in the very calm and candid statement 
 given by Corssen in his new edition, Vol. ii. p. 1005 — 
 1009. Corssen shows, by simple and incontrovertible 
 numerical statements, that hi the conversational language 
 of the time of Flautus and Ennius the final D of the 
 ablative of nouns had quite disappeared, and that even as 
 early as the first Punic war the said d has disappeared in 
 many instances. Coi'ssen concludes — 'It is certain that 
 a frequent introduction of an ablatival d into the text 
 of Plautus does not represent a faithful image of the 
 pronunciation of ablatival formations in the Plautine 
 period, and thvit at present Latin Grammar should re- 
 cognise only those instances of an ablatival (/, which rest 
 on the authority of the mss. or inscriptions.' 
 
 " It should be added that the authority of the mss. 
 does not favour the introduction of a final d in Plautus, 
 except in the case of med, ted, and perhaps sed (= se). In 
 the prepositions antid and postid the original forms seem 
 also to have maintained their ground somewhat longer 
 than others, but set/ ('without') red SiXi^ prod appear only 
 in compounds. 
 
 " Concerning adverbs, we have in the famous Senatus- 
 consultum de Bacanalihus the adverb facilumed, and to 
 this we owe the introdiiction of a number of similar forms 
 in Ritschl's new edition. But Corssen justly opposes this 
 measure ii. p. 469 sq., as Eitschl appears unable to allege 
 a single passage in which an adverb ending in d is eithei- 
 warranted by the mss. or necessitated by the metre — 
 oxce})t, perhaps, at v. 726 in the present play, where 
 placided would seem to avoid an inadmissible hiatus.
 
 VI PREFACE. 
 
 But Ritschl's own emendation placidule, which he had 
 proj)Osed in his first edition, is too pleasing and too much 
 in the true style of our poet, to be easily exchanged for 
 an uncouth placided. 
 
 " It remains to say a word on the hiatus. In general, 
 I may state that the sweeping corrections proposed by 
 C. F. W. Miiller and the attempt made by Ritschl to 
 obviate the hiatus by introducing a final d, after which 
 there would still be left a number of refractory passages, 
 have confirmed my former conviction as to the admissi- 
 bility of hiatus in the caesura and when the line is 
 divided among two or more speakers {Introd. to Aul. 
 p. Lx). But a new instance of hiatus should be added 
 to those previously collected in my Introduction to the 
 Aulularia : viz. hiatus before a cretic word at the end of 
 a line, such as we have it in v. 539 of the present play — 
 
 nam ffilguritae siiut alternae ^rbores. 
 
 "This kind of hiatus was first pointed out by Spengel, 
 and Brix adopted it in his note on 3Ien. 473 — 
 
 praudl, pota\d, scortum accubui: dpstuli 
 
 and in a trochaic line, ib. 11(50 — 
 
 va6nibunt servl, supellex, a6des, fundi: Omnia. 
 
 In the first place, it is evident that a coiTection would 
 spoil the style of the passage — though C F. W. Miiller, 
 who is up to anything, has the audacity to propose 
 two conjectures, viz. that we should insert either inde 
 or ei. In the second line it is just possible that Plautus 
 wrote fandis or fundeis (even fimdes), as Biicheler says 
 in his valuable treatise on Latin Declension p. 18'), but 
 it is far from being proven. 
 
 "A similar instance of hiatus occnrsCapt. 478 (Brix) — 
 
 nfique me rident. ' libi cenamus.' Inquam atque illi — iibnuont 
 where I should assume a short pause to express the 
 
 ^ See also Ritschl, N. P. E. the first idea of i-ebabilitating 
 1 114. It may be observed that the final d from an observatiou 
 Ritschl scorns to have deiived of Biicheler, Lat. Dccl. p. 47.
 
 PREFACE. vii 
 
 ttTTpocrSoKr^TOv of the ensuing word. Plautns may, how- 
 ever, have written illis or illisce, as MuUer thinks : Brix 
 adds hodie after cenarnus, which is certainly quite in the 
 style of Plautus. But in my humble opinion, the very 
 possibility of three or more metrical corrections, among 
 which it is impossible to choose, destroys their proba- 
 bility and confirms the reading of the mss. 
 " Other instances of the same hiatus are : 
 
 ibo ^d forum atque haec DemiiDhoui | eloquar. 
 
 Men. 797. 
 
 nam isti quidem hercle oritioui | Oedipo. 
 
 Poen. I 3, 34. 
 
 facit hlc quod pauci, ut sit magistro | opsequens. 
 
 Cure, n 2, 8. 
 
 qui mihi maldicas hSmini ignoto | insciens. Men. 495. 
 
 (The reading of the first hand in B clearly points to 
 this : qui mild male dicas homini hie nolo insiens, whence 
 Gruter emended homini ignoto insciens : but the second 
 hand in B has hie ignoto, which would obviate the hiatus. 
 For the form maldicas which I have restored, see mal- 
 fiicta in the present play, v. 185. henjicium 638. 1051.) 
 
 immiitat nomen ivos, huic gemino | ^Iteri. 
 
 Men. 40. 
 
 (in a prologue which should be attributed to a later hand, 
 but from which we may conclude that this kind of hiatus 
 was acknowledged by the contemporaries of Sulla.) 
 
 " See also A. Spengel's work ' T. Maccius Plautus : on 
 criticism, prosody, and metre' (Gcittingen 1865) p. 235 sq. 
 though the instances given by him should not be taken 
 on trust, as they are partly corrupt and partly belong to 
 different kinds of hiatus. 
 
 "But to return to the passage in our play, in which 
 •we maintain that this hiatus should be acknowledged, 
 Eitschl's nominative plural alternas appears to us highly 
 improbable, and we are anxious to see how the editor 
 of the fragmenta Comicorum, Prof 0. Ribbeck, will deal 
 in his second edition with the line of Pomponius in 
 which Eitschl and Nonius recognise another instance of
 
 VI 11 PREFACE. 
 
 the ending (fs in tin; noin. ])liu'. Tn his now edition of 
 the fragments of tlie Tragic [)()ets, I'rof. liibbeck bows 
 to the authority of Ritschl and enriclies bis fragments 
 with a number of final d, even giving Pacuvius his share 
 of them. It is, therefore, very prol.)al)le that he will join 
 Nonius and Kitsch! in believing in a nom. plur. laetitias, 
 though Biicheler [Lat Decl. p. 17) and Corssen i p. 754 
 are strongly opposed to it. 
 
 " I should add some critical observations on various 
 lines in the present play, were I not conscious of having 
 ah'eady too much tried the patience of my readers. But 
 they should consider that I am a German, and that 
 with us it seems to become the fashion to prefix one's 
 Sevrepai and rpiTat e^povrtSc?, as well as the after-thoughts 
 of one's friends, to a moderate-sized book in the form 
 of a lengthy ' Corollai-ium ' or whatever else it may he 
 called. Not to deviate entirely from this national cus- 
 tom, I will, while sparing the reader my own renewed 
 meditations, give him the benefit of the pretty emenda- 
 tion of my friend Professor A. Kiessling (who has kindly 
 looked at some of my proofs) in v. 831, where we should 
 not repeat secus nohilis apud homines from v. 828, but 
 something seems to have been lost to this effect : — 
 
 semper mendicis modesti sint, sed divitibus molesti. 
 
 I woiild also add that the (anonymous) reviewer of 
 Ritschl's Trinummus in E. von Leutsch's PMlolocjischer 
 Anzeiger in. p. 314 (probably O. Seyffert) agrees with 
 me in maintaining jjossim v. 42 against Ritschl, and that 
 the same reviewer seems to be right in suspecting a 
 ' dittograjihy ' in the two lines 763 and 764. 
 
 " In all other respects I must abide by the book such 
 as it is. In the present state of Plautine ci'iticism it is 
 unpleasant to reflect that scarcely any jtublication can 
 escape the fate of malevolent criticism, as the tone adopted 
 by our Plautine critics, gi-eat and small, is rapidly ap- 
 proaching the style of (jrruter and Parens : but thei-e are 
 some exceptions, and Professor Studemund, whose re- 
 searches on the Arabrosian palimpsest may be said to 
 mark qiiite an epoch in the study of mss. and authors
 
 PREFACE. IX 
 
 alike, is at the same time the most courteous adversary 
 
 among the Plautine scholai's of the present clay. 
 
 Sed hoc fmum consolatur me atque animfim meum, 
 quia qui nil aliud nisi quod sibi soil placet, 
 consfilit in alios, nfigas nugac^s agit." 
 
 To the preceding x-emarks I have at present little to 
 add. If I could have followed my own inclination, I 
 should perhaps have recast this edition in a more thorough 
 manner than I have now ventured to do; but I felt bound 
 not to attempt this, for more reasons than one. 
 
 Though my humble work was not noticed in Germany 
 (and it had in fact been written only ' for my English 
 friends'), I have etery reason to be gratified with the 
 reception it met with among those for whom it was 
 intended. 
 
 I have to thank the reviewers of the first edition for 
 the very great courtesy of their notices, most of all the 
 gentleman who reviewed me in the Saturday Revieto of 
 July 13, 1872, and Mr Nettleship, who will, I trust, 
 find that Ids article on my work in the Academy (Vol, iiT. 
 p. 298) has been duly consulted in the new edition. In 
 the same manner I hope that the ' Saturday ' Reviewer 
 will approve of the arrangement of the commentary now 
 carried out, in printing the critical and exegetical notes 
 in two distinct sets. And let me also hope that he will 
 be pleased with the difierent aspect the work presents 
 now that it issues from an English press. I myself 
 confess that I am not displeased with this change, and 
 consider it a decided improvement. 
 
 The kind reception accorded to my book on the part 
 of the English press is in harmony with the favour 
 shown to it by scholars and those engaged in examina- 
 tion and classical tuition. To this circumstance should 
 be ascribed the rapid sale of the book, which has necessi- 
 tated a second edition after the lapse of little more than 
 two years. 
 
 But as the book has been frequently used, and will (I 
 hope) continue to be iised in schools and colleges, I have 
 refrained from introducing very sweeping and thorough- 
 
 w. P. 6
 
 X PREFACE. 
 
 going changes. Those who are, like myself, much en- 
 gaged in practical teaching, will agree that it is very 
 unpleasant to have discordant editions of a text-book in 
 one and the same class, the second edition perhaps flatly 
 contradicting the statements of the first. While I have 
 therefore added a considerable amount of grammatical 
 information which I thought calculated to increase the 
 usefulness of my work as a school-book, I have not 
 changed the text itself in many places, nor have I intro- 
 duced many alterations into that part of the commen- 
 tary which was contained in the first edition ; though 
 I have now and then substituted another expression in 
 the place of the one originally ado})ted, whenever this 
 seemed to help the student to understand the subject 
 more readily. 
 
 In the critical notes I have mentioned the changes 
 adopted by A. Spengel in the text of his edition of 
 the Trinummus published by Calvary at Berlin. I have 
 also adopted one or two emendations of this ingenious 
 scholar, notably his correction of v. 539. I may, how- 
 ever, be permitted to say that a great many of his altera- 
 tions appear to me very arbitrary, and some demonstrably 
 false. In a class I would not (I may say by the way) 
 absolutely avoid critical discussion, but if master and 
 pupils happen to be of a critical tui-n of mind, and if the 
 pupils should be sufficiently advanced to appreciate critical 
 discussions, I think that the sense of a passage will be 
 more fully elucidated and understood in all its niceties 
 by considering the various readings proposed for it than 
 by merely explaining one reading which is to some extent 
 taken on trust. 
 
 In revising my notes, I have once more gone over the 
 old commentaries of Lambinus, Taubmann, and Linde- 
 mann, and I may say that I have been repaid by finding 
 in them some good observations which had previously 
 escaped my notice. In the first edition I had made mucli 
 use of the excellent edition of Professor Brix, who has 
 himself utilised the labours of the preceding commen- 
 tators. Brix's edition has meanwhile been re-issued in 
 1873. The editor has become a convert to Ritschl's d
 
 PREFACE, xi 
 
 (whicli has not, however, met with much favour outside 
 the cii'cles of the ' Eitscheliau ' school), and there I cannot 
 follow him ; but he has also enriched his notes with 
 many careful observations, mostly grammatical — and in 
 some of these I have not hesitated to avail myself of his 
 work. Though I hope that I have always gi-atefully 
 acknowledged any loan of this kind in the proper place, 
 a general statement should not be omitted in this place; 
 but I may also be allowed to observe that both Brix and 
 myself derive not a small part of our materials from the 
 okl commentators, from the Lexicon Plautinum of Parens 
 (besides which I have also employed Pareus's useful 
 Lexicon Criticum sive Thesaurus linguae latinae, Norim- 
 bergae mdcxlv), and from the Index verhorum in the 
 Delphine Edition of Plautus. I have also found Weise's 
 Lexicon Plautinum very useful, though it is not a trust- 
 worthy book. 
 
 In a text-book for schools and colleges the editor is 
 not called upon to perplex his readers with original and 
 new theories, or venturesome conjectures ; but his first 
 duty seems to me to present a careful and sober digest of 
 the labours of his predecessors. It would be over-modest 
 in me to pretend that I had made no original observation 
 whatever in the present work — those who shall go over 
 the same ground as myself will find out that I have con- 
 tributed my own modest share to the emendation and 
 explanation of the present play, — but this is merely inci- 
 dental in a work of this kind, and not its main feature. 
 
 Ever since the publication of my edition of the 
 Aulularia, I have considered it an honourable ofiice to 
 make myself a free and independent interpreter in England 
 of German philological study. I am proud to say of my- 
 self ' nullius addictus iurare in verba magistri.' I vene- 
 rate Pitschl, whose pupil I once was, even now, though 
 I have been unable to follow the latest development of 
 his Plautine criticism, and though I cannot but disap- 
 prove of the acerbity and harshness of some of his ex- 
 pressions ; but I do not care whether my works find 
 favour in the eyes of his ' School.' I am gratified to find 
 that Corssen quotes them with approbation in many
 
 Xll PREFACE. 
 
 l)assages of the second edition of his groat work, and thei-e 
 is a set of PLautine critics — Studemund, Spengel, (). 
 Seyffert, A. Lorenz— who follow the same principle with 
 myself: to respect Ritschl's authority as much as possiVjle, 
 but not blindly to accept as an oracle whatever new 
 doctrine he preaches. To write the history of Ritschl's 
 criticism on Plautus Avould be an interesting task, but it 
 would be premature to do so before the concluding volumes 
 of his New Excursuses ,and before the termination of his 
 aecond edition of Plautus. 
 
 The success of the present edition of the Trinummus 
 has given me courage to publish a few more comedies 
 with English notes. The next play will be the Fudens, 
 in which I hope to do more for the text, as Ritschl and 
 other scholars have not yet edited that play. 
 
 I hope that the favour showni to the first edition of 
 the Trinummus will also be extended to the second issue, 
 and to the companion volumes which will be published 
 in due time. 
 
 Hamburg, 
 
 February, 1875.
 
 T. MACCI PLAVTI 
 
 T E I N V M M V S 
 
 GEAECA THENSAVRVS PHILEMONIS ACTA LVDIS 
 MEGALENSIBYS. 
 
 AV. p.
 
 ^= codex Ambrosiamis, at Milan. 
 
 i>= codex Vetus, in the Vatican Librarj. 
 
 (7= codex Decurtatus, at Heidelberg. 
 
 J>= codex Vaticanus 3870. 
 
 jR=F. Bitscbl. 
 
 Sp. -A. Spengel (cd. of the Triniiuimus, Berlin 1875).
 
 ARGVMENTVM. 
 
 Thensaurum clam apstrusum abiens peregre 
 
 Charmides 
 remque omnem araico Callicli mandat suo. 
 istoc apsente male rem perdit filius. 
 nam et addis vendit : Ms mercatur Callicles 
 
 1. clam added by Kitsclil to avoid the hiatus; Spengel omits it 
 again. 
 
 The argumenta acrosticha of 
 the Plautine comedies are most 
 likely the productions of some 
 grammarian of the seventh cen- 
 tury V. c, as they bear in their 
 prosody the impress of that 
 period in which a great revival 
 of archaic literature took place 
 in connexion with the gramma- 
 tical and critical study of the 
 old language. This is, e.g., the 
 opinion of 0. Seyffert ('de bac- 
 i.hiacorum versuum usu Plauti- 
 no' p. 48 where he says: 'argu- 
 menta acrosticha Plautinarum 
 fabularum septimo saeculo non 
 scripta esse non possunt'), while 
 Kitschl (N. Esc. on PI. i p. 122) 
 appears to doubt this compara- 
 tively early origin of the acro- 
 stichs. Besides them, we pos- 
 sess also five other 'argumeuta', 
 in fifteen seuarii each, which 
 should no doubt be assigned to 
 the second half of the second 
 century after Christ : see Eitschl, 
 
 ProU. p. cccxvii. 
 
 1. Thensaurus is the constant 
 spelling of the best mss. in Plau- 
 tus (see also v. 18), and is also 
 given by Eibbeck's two good 
 mss. PE in Virg. Georg. iv 229 : 
 cf. his Ind. gramm. p. 434. See 
 also my note on Ter. Eun. 10. 
 n had in early Latin and in the 
 popular pronunciation of all 
 periods a tendency to creep in 
 where it was not called for : 
 so in thensaunis from drjaavpo^. 
 and Megalensia for IsliyaKrjaLa 
 (the festival of the fieyaXr] /htj- 
 TTip) : see Corssen i p. 255. On 
 the other hand, ?i was original 
 in such words as formonsus and 
 in the numerals in cnsumiis and 
 in many other instances where 
 we do not find it in the classical 
 period (Corssen i 253 f.). See 
 also n. on odiossus v. 87. 
 
 4. et in the sense of etiain is 
 foreign to Plautus. 
 
 1—2
 
 4 ARGVMENTVM. 
 
 virgo Indotata s6ror istius p6scitur. 
 minus quo cum invidia el det dotem Gillicles, 
 mandat qui dicat atirum ferre se a patre. 
 ut v(^nit ad aedis, hiinc deludit Ch^rmides 
 sen^x, ut rediit : quolus nubunt liberi. 
 
 6. Eitscbl formerly edited det ci against the mss., and this 
 transposition, though now given up by the author, is defended by 
 0. Brugmanu 'de sen.' p. 10 sq. 
 
 5. poscere is often used abso- nore i. 
 
 lutely in the sense of in matri' 9. The repetition of ut is 
 
 monlnm poscere. Comp. e. g. somewhat awkward, but no doubt 
 
 Aul. 158. due to the necessity of having 
 
 6. vdnus quo cum invidia is the letter V at the beginning of 
 highly unusual in the sense of v. 8. — nubere — matrimonium 
 quo minus c. i. or ut cum eo mi- inire, 'are joined in marriage.'
 
 PERSONAE. 
 
 LVXVEIA cum INOPIA pkologvs 
 3MEGAE0NIDES senes 
 CALLICLES SENEX 
 
 LVSITELES ADVLESCENS 
 PHILTO SENEX 
 LESBONICVS ADVLESCENS 
 
 STASIMVS SERVOS 
 CHAEMIDES senex 
 SYCOPHANTA 
 
 Spengel writes LVSITELIS, a form of the name repeatedly given 
 by the mss. BCD. But the instances given by Biicheler, grundriss 
 der lat. decl. p. 8, are not exactly to the purpose, as they do not 
 show that Greek names in 97s ever ended iu is in the nom. sing, in 
 the literary language. I have, however, followed Spengel in omitting 
 CANTOR at the end of the list. The cantor was not one of the 
 characters of the drama, but merely a member of the troupe or 
 band.
 
 PROLOGVS. 
 
 Lv. Sequere hac me, gnata, iit miiniis fiingaris tuom. 
 In. sequdr : sed finera f6re quem, dicam rudscio. 
 Lv. ad^st : em illaec sunt a^des : i intro nunciam. 
 
 3. illae (or ille) the mss., illaec Fl, E., but Sp. again illae. 
 
 Most of the prologues to the 
 Plautine plays can be conclu- 
 sively shown to belong to the end 
 of the sixth century v. c. and 
 to be due to a time in which 
 the old comedies were revived 
 on the Eoman stage, the produc- 
 tive power of the living poets 
 having failed. The only three 
 prologues which seem to hold 
 an exceptional position are those 
 to the Aulularia, Eudens and 
 Trinummus; but on the first, 
 see my note in my edition, from 
 which it will be seen that it must 
 necessarily share the fate of the 
 others. The prologue to the 
 Eudens, is, if nothing more, 
 considerably interpolated; and 
 it is not very probable that the 
 above prologue should be ge- 
 nuine, the only exception among 
 its fellows. It is, however, made 
 with considerable skill, and espe- 
 cially the lines 18 — 21 would, 
 if any reliance were to be placed 
 on this whole kind of compo- 
 sitions, prove it to have been 
 recited at the first performance 
 of the play. (0. Dziatzko be- 
 lieves that the greater part of 
 this prologue, excepting v. 6 and 
 7, is genuine, but v. 18 — 21 he 
 holds to be an addition made 
 
 by some later scholar. See A. 
 Lorenz, Phil, xxxii 272.) 
 
 1. fitngi is in Plautus fre- 
 quently joined with the accusa- 
 tive, while Terence has it so 
 always in the phrase fungi qlJi- 
 cium: see n. on Ad. 603. Cf. 
 below 354 ; Men. 223. In the 
 same way we often fiud uti witli 
 the ace. (e. g. v. 827), and in 
 Terence also, fnmisci malum 
 occurs PI. End. iv 3, 73, and 
 frui with the ace. is read in 
 Apuleius ; fungi takes the same 
 case in Tacitus, Suetonius, Apu- 
 leius, and even in Com. Nepos 
 XIV 1, 4, who says/, militare mu- 
 nus. See Drager, Synt. i p. 526 
 sq. vesci takes the ace. in Accius, 
 Sallust, and Tac, potiri has the 
 same construction in Plautus, 
 Terence, Tacitus, Apuleius, Gel- 
 lius. See Drager, p. 528. 
 
 2. finem, i. e. of my journey, of 
 this expedition. — Jinemfore quevi 
 dicam is a somewhat lengthy 
 expression instead of qui sit 
 finis. So Eud. 611 sq., nunc 
 quam ad rem dicam hoc attinerc 
 somni^im., Numquam liodie quivi 
 ad coniecturam evadere. See also 
 Ter. Phorm. 659 sq. 
 
 3. For em see n. on Aul. 633, 
 Eibbeck (on Latin particles, p.
 
 8 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 Fprol. 4 — 8. 
 
 nunc, ndquis erret vostrum, paucis fn viam 
 5 dedticani, si quidem upcrain dare promittitis. s 
 nunc igitur prinunu quae ego sim, et quae illaec siet 
 hue quae abiit intro, dicam si aniraum advortitis. 
 primum mihi Plautus n6men Luxuriae fndidit : 
 
 6 and 7 are considered spurious by C. Dziatzko and Eitschl, 
 and it shonld be eoufesped that they arc superfluous after the two 
 line^ \Ybich precede, and read like a ' dittographia ' of them.— si'm 
 mss, B., siem Loman, Sp. 
 
 29 — 31) gives many instances in 
 which this archaic interjection 
 appears at the beginning of a 
 sentence and before a demon- 
 strative pronoun. Being an in- 
 terjection, em is as a ride not 
 elided before a following vowel 
 (llitschl, Opusc. II 700).— ?7/c(('c 
 and haec [i. e. iliac -\-cc and hue 
 + (•(?] are in PI. the almost con- 
 stant forms of these two pro- 
 nouns in the nominative plural 
 of the feminine. — nunciam is in 
 the comic jioets a trisyllabic 
 word, like etiam and quoitiam: 
 u. on Ter. Andr. 171. uriii nunc 
 (e. g. Men. prol. 43) is far more 
 emphatic. 
 
 4. crret : lest you mistake us 
 for more than we are and sup- 
 pose us to be characters of the 
 play itself. — in viam dcducere 
 is an expression chosen in agree- 
 ment with the notion of ernire, 
 losing one's way. 
 
 5. dare, for vos daturas esse : 
 the present infinitive is frequent- 
 ly found in the old writers after 
 verbs of promising and hophig: 
 see e. g. Ter. Andr. 238, 379 
 etc. and the other passages 
 quoted in my Index p. 480. 
 Instances from I'lautus might 
 be given plentifully : comp. 
 Aul. 108, below v. 755 ; Capt. 
 190; Eud. II 3, 45; Cist, ii 
 
 2, 7 etc. in which it will be 
 found that sometimes a subject 
 is added to the infin., and some- 
 times omitted. This careless- 
 ness of Latin conversational 
 language is analogous to the 
 infinitives present and aorist 
 after eXTri^eiv, {iviax''(~i-(^Oa.i and 
 similar verbs in Plato: see my 
 n. on Crito p. 53, 27 ip. HI), 
 though Madvig (in the first 
 volume of his Adversaria) is in 
 favoiu' of changing them into 
 future infinitives, after the ex- 
 ample of tlie Dutch critics, espe- 
 cially Cobet and Hirschig. 
 
 8. The mention of the name 
 of Plautus here and v. 19 is at 
 variance with the habit of Te- 
 rence who iu his prologues al- 
 ways styles himself merely poeta 
 without introducing his name. 
 It is doubtful whether we shall 
 be justified in assuming this 
 to be the uniform habit of the 
 whole period, or should allow 
 an exception in favour of Plau- 
 tus. — Luxuriae is dat. : the 
 comic wi'iters have, as a rule, 
 the dat. after nomen addere, 
 facere and indere, except once 
 at the end of a lino Aul. 162, 
 and once in Ter. Hec. prol. i at 
 tlie beginning of a line. (See 
 also Driigcr i 400.) The line 
 Mil. glor. 8G, 'AXas'wi' graece
 
 PROL. 9 — 14.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 9 
 
 turn {lla,nG mihi esse gnatam voluit Inopiam. 
 10 seel ea quid hue intro lerit impulsu nieo, lo 
 
 accipite et date vocivas auris dum ^loquor. 
 adulescens quidamst qui in hisce habitat aedibus : 
 is rem paternam me adiutrice perdidit. 
 quoniam ei, qui me aleret, nil video esse r^licui, 
 
 9. turn hake mihi ganatam esse B, tuvi hanc autem viihi gnatam 
 esse Sp. ; I follow R. 10. According to the laws of Plautine pro- 
 sody it is impossible to pronoimce introire as one word and to 
 sound the o, but Plautus seems to use it as two words (Ritscbl, 
 Proll. CLs). In those cases where, according to the ms. tradition, 
 the would have to be sounded, Ritschl proposes to wTite introd. 
 I am, however, inclined to avoid this form (which is not supported 
 by other evidence) by either admitting slight transpositions or in 
 other instances assuming hiatus in the caesura, sed ea hue quid 
 introd ierit R. Sp. ; I have adopted Bothe's transposition. 
 
 huic nomen est covwediae, be- 
 longs like the present to a pro- 
 logue of non-Plautine origin. 
 
 11. vocivos is the form con- 
 stantly used by Plautus and 
 other archaic writers, instead of 
 the later vacuus. See, above all, 
 Munro's note on Lucr. i 520 
 where it is stated that the a 'in 
 this word does not appear in in- 
 scriptions before the age of Do- 
 mitiau. The strongest proof, if 
 any be necessai-y besides the au- 
 thority of the mss., may be found 
 in the pun in the Casiua iii 1, 
 13 St. ./ac haheant linguam tuae 
 aedes. Au quid ita? ST.quom 
 veniani, vocent (i. e. vacent)-, 
 comp., in the same play, iii 4, 6, 
 ut bene vocivas aedisfecistimilii. 
 Hence also the jocular expres- 
 sion Pseud. I 5, 54, fac sis vo- 
 civas aedis aurium. (See also 
 Ritschl, n. Exc. i p. 59 sq. ) 
 
 14. quoniam, not 'because' 
 but ' now that ' ; the conjunction 
 is originally temporal, in accord- 
 ance with its origin, it being = 
 quom, iam : in my note on Aul. 
 
 9 I compare the German iveil 
 (1 might also have quoted Schil- 
 ler, Piccolommi iii 1 das eisen 
 muss Gesclimiedct wcrdcn. weil 
 es gUiht) : I may now add the 
 English since (i. e. originally 
 sithence) which is still used both 
 to denote time and cause. Comp. 
 also Voss's translation of Homer 
 n. XI 84 sq. ' Weil noch morgen 
 es war, und der heilige tag em- 
 porstieg, Haftete jeglichesheeres 
 geschoss' with the original text: 
 6(ppa is.h Tjuii fiv — Torppa /uaX* 
 dixcftoripwv piKe rjTrrero.^qui is 
 the old ablative = (/MO and qua, 
 though it appeaa's also for the 
 plural quihus. — aleret stands in 
 the dependent clause after the 
 historical present video, this 
 being virtually the same as vidi. 
 Geppert quotes Bacch. 290 quo- 
 iiiam sentio quae res gereretur, 
 navem extemplo statuinius. An 
 even stronger deviation from 
 the ordinary rule is Cic. pro 
 Quinctio v 18 rogat ut curet 
 quod di.risset, where one might 
 feel inclined to write curaret.
 
 10 
 
 TRINVMMYS, 
 
 [PROL. 15—22. 
 
 15 Jcdi ef meara gnatam, qufcum una actatem ^xigat, 
 sed do drgumento ne ^xspectetis fabulae : 
 sends qui hue venicnt, 1 rem vobis dperient. 
 ]uiic graece nomen ^st Thensauro fabulae: 
 Phildmo scripsit, Plaiitus vortit barbare: 
 
 20 nomt'n Trinummo f^cit. nune hoc vos rosrat 
 ut h'ccat possidere hane nomen fiibulam. 
 tantumst. valete : addste cum sileutio. 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 15. una is Vollbehr's addition, the word being omitted in the 
 mss. to the detriment of the metre. Ritschl compares Capt. 720, 
 quicum una a puero aetatem exegeram. Comp. also Aul. 44. 
 
 17. i is the spelling of the palimpsest, which B changes into ii, 
 a form utterly foreign to Plautus and the old language in general 
 which admits only el and i. 
 
 15. dedi... quicum... exigat: it 
 might seem strange that the 
 present should be used in a final 
 clause dependent on a historic 
 tense ; but here dedi is really a 
 present perfect: dcdl ei m. gn. 
 quae nunc cum eo habitat. In 
 the Mil. gl. 131 dedi mercatori 
 quoidam qui ad ilium dcfcrat, 
 ut w hue. veniret we find a fla- 
 grant violation of the general 
 rules, and there are other in- 
 stances of careless constructions 
 in Plautus ; but tlio present line 
 should not be considered as such. 
 
 19. Nothing appears to be a 
 stronger proof of the entire de- 
 pendence of the early lloman 
 literature on Greek originals 
 
 than the fact of their own poets 
 calling themselves and their 
 countiymen barhari in the same 
 way as a Greek might have done. 
 There are many passages in 
 Plautus (none in Terence) to 
 attest this singular habit, the 
 formost being the allusion to 
 Naevius, Mil. glor. 211 nam os 
 columnatum poetae esse indau- 
 divi barbaro. 
 
 20. hoc belongs to nomen in 
 the next line. 
 
 22. tantiimxt 'thus much for 
 this', Kal ravTa yu^f ovv rd toi- 
 avra or sed haec hactenus, as 
 Cicero would say. The same 
 phrase recurs Gas. prol. 87; 
 Merc. II 2, 12; Tcr. Eun. 996,
 
 ACTVS I. 
 
 Megaronides. 
 
 Amicum castigare ob meritam ndxiam 
 inmo^nest f3,cinus, vdrum in aetate utile 
 
 25 et conducibile. 
 
 nam ego amicum liodie meum 
 
 ACT I. Sc. I. Megaronides 
 having heard of the calumnies 
 spread against his friend Calli- 
 cles and not altogether disin- 
 clined to believe them, has re- 
 solved to upbraid and tax him 
 with his ill demeanour. 
 
 23. noxia ' blame ' : cf. Ter. 
 Phorm. 225 ad dcfendundam 
 noxi,am. 
 
 24. immoene, i. e. immune: 
 comp. vioenia (=munia, mune- 
 ra) below 687 ; Mil. gl. 228 ; Rud. 
 692, and moenera in Lucretius 
 I 29, 32 ; V 1306. oe frequently 
 replaces an older oi and later 
 m: see Corssen i p. 703. {poe- 
 nire for punire Cic. de rep. iii 
 9, 15.) The adjective munis 
 occurs Merc. prol. 105. immoene 
 facinus is ' a thankless office ', 
 'quod nemo aut rari dono aliquo 
 aut beneficio remunerant, pro quo 
 nemo munis aut muniticus est', 
 as J. F. Gronovius justly ex- 
 plains the expression iu his 
 Lect. Plant, p. 337.— t/i aetate 
 properly means 'in the course 
 of human life', in aetate Iwmi- 
 num, Rud. iv 7, 9. Cf. below 
 
 462. See also n. on Aul. 43. 
 
 25. conducibile 'useful': Plau- 
 tus is very fond of these adjec- 
 tives in -hills : below he has 
 utlhilis instead of the ordinary 
 utilis (so also Mil. glor. 013 and 
 in other places). Besides here 
 and V. 36, he has conducihilis 
 in five other places, but of other 
 writers only the Auctor ad He- 
 rennium seems to use the word 
 (ii 43). — On account of nam 
 hoth the Auctor ad Herennium 
 II 23, 35 and Cicero in his 
 treatise de iuventioue i 50, 95 
 (where he is merely copying 
 the earlier work) accuse Plautus 
 of a vltlosa ratio in the whole 
 argument. But nam should not 
 be taken in a strictly causal 
 sense, or rather, in order to give 
 it its proper force, some inter- 
 mediate thought should be sup- 
 plied: 'to upbraid a friend is a 
 thankless office. / am at pre- 
 sent under the necessity of per- 
 forming this task, for I am going 
 to, etc' On this ' connective ' 
 use of nam see n. on Aul. 27 
 and 595.
 
 12 
 
 TRINYMMVS. 
 
 [I. I. 4—10. 
 
 concastigabo pro conmerita noxia : 
 invitus, ni id me invltet ut faciam fides, 
 nam hie nimium morbus mores invasit bones : 
 ita plerique omnis ijim sunt interm6rtui. 
 30 sed dum illi aegTotant, Interim mores mali 
 quasi h^rba inrigua sticcrevere ub(^rrume : 
 neque quicquam hie vile nunc est nisi mor^s mali. 
 
 10 
 
 29. omnis : this form of the nominative plur. is here given by 
 the best mss. BCD, while the palimpsest reads liomines. Comp. 
 below V. 212. 307. See for these forms in -is Munro's observa- 
 tions in the second edition of his Lucretius, p. 38, and numerous 
 instances collected by Lachmaun Comm. Lucr. p. 5G sqq. In- 
 stances from inscriptions are given by Corssen i 7-4p sq. 
 
 26. He purposely chooses here 
 stronger exi^ressions than in his 
 first line : co^castigarc and coM- 
 merita noxia. Comp. the ana- 
 logous expression comniereri cnl- 
 jjam Aul. 711, Capt. 400, and 
 see Ter. Haiit. 83 with my note. 
 
 27. The jingle invitus. ..invl- 
 tet belongs to the many alli- 
 terations and assonances pecu- 
 liar to the langiiage of Plautus 
 and which he no doubt took 
 from popular speech. He a- 
 bounds in happy and effective 
 combinations of words of the 
 same or similar sound: the pre- 
 sent is a very excellent instance 
 on account of the opposite 
 meaning being made more pro- 
 minent by the similarity of 
 sound. Hence our poet has the 
 same pun again. Hud. 811. — • 
 invitus sc. hoc facio [neque 
 faciam], ni me invitet etc. Ob- 
 serve also the alliteration in 
 faciam. fides. In the next line 
 we have directly 7«orbus 7nores. 
 
 28. hie, i.e. here, which would 
 no doubt be understood of Rome. 
 Allusions to Home and Eoman 
 laws and customs arc of frequent 
 
 occurrence in Plautus, notwith- 
 standing the general Greek cha- 
 racter of his plays. Terence 
 manifests a purer style of com- 
 position by avoiding them. — 
 nimium invasit ' has greatly 
 tainted': nimium is Seivm, see 
 below 34, 931, lOGO and other 
 passages, in which the tendency 
 to exaggerate peculiar to con- 
 versational expressions is very 
 conspicuous, collected in Ham- 
 say's Mostellaria p. 234. 
 
 29. lAcrique omnis irdfiTroWoi: 
 see n. on Ter. Andr. 55. (Haut. 
 830; Phorm. 172.) For the 
 nom. pi. omnis see crit. notes. — 
 intermortuos 'swooning away': 
 from intermorior, a verb used 
 by Cato, Pliny and Celsus, in 
 which the preposition inter has 
 the same power as in interne- 
 care (PI. Amph. 1 1, 35). The 
 word occurs only here in Plautus. 
 
 31. inriguos 'well-watered' oc- 
 curs only here in Plautus : comp. 
 Hor. Sat. ii 4, 16 irriguo nihil 
 c»t elutius horto, where hortus 
 is commonly explained = /lerta, 
 (Xdpros). 
 
 32. vile 'cheap' : we are justi-
 
 I. I. 11—14..] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 10 
 o 
 
 eoriam licet iam me^tere messem maxumam : 
 nimioque Lie pluris i^auciorum gratiam 
 o5 faciunt pars liominum quam id quo prosint pluribus. 
 ita vincunt illud conducibile gratiae, 
 
 33 is placed before 32 by Sp. ; but without satisfactory grounds. 
 
 35. The mss. read quod prosint, v/hich was in the old editions 
 changed to quod j^i'osit, and considering how frequently an n 
 creeps in where it is by no means wanted, it should be confessed 
 that this correction was very easy, though it may also be owned 
 that Eitschl's former emendation quo j^rosint has gi'eater proba- 
 bility. This he has, however, recently cancelled by keeping quod 
 and accountmg for it as an old ablative sing., a form which he 
 reproduces below, v. 807. But it may be justly doubted whether 
 Plautus would use an abl. quod without being obliged to do so 0!i 
 metrical grounds. C. F. W. Miiller 'Nachtrage' p. 31 defends the 
 reading of the mss. by reminding us of the expressions id, illud, 
 nihil j)rosum and noceo : but it may be doubted whether this be 
 applicable here. Sp. follows E. 
 
 fied in seeing in this an allu- 
 sion to the dearth which seems 
 to have prevailed at Eome at 
 the time of the first performance 
 of the Trinummus; see below 
 V. 484. 
 
 34 sq. We have here another 
 allusion to the circumstances of 
 the time in which the play was 
 first brought out. Both here and 
 below, v. 1033, the poet com- 
 plains of the increase of ambitus, 
 the pauciores (o2 oKlyoC) being of 
 course the aristocratic party. 
 (SeeEitschl, Par. p. 350.) 
 
 35. pars homiman faciunt, a 
 common construction Kara, crvv- 
 effiv, the subject esiDressing plu- 
 rahty. See the instances given 
 by Drager i 147 sq., and comp. 
 6. g. Most. 114 magna pars 
 viorem hunc induxerunt. True. 
 I 2, 12 pars spectatorum scitis; 
 both constructions are blended 
 Capt. 2'iy nam fere via.ruma 
 hunc pars morem liomines liabent, 
 where maxuma pars homines — 
 
 plerique homines. 
 
 36. (jratiac perhaps properly 
 'the various exertions of their 
 influence' : but it should be ob- 
 served that Plautus is fond of 
 using the plural of abstract 
 nouns where the singular would 
 be the rule in the classical period. 
 Comp. e. g. opulentiae below 
 490, vcteres parsimoniae 1028, 
 and other instances collected by 
 Lorenz on Most. 345, and see in 
 general the list given by Drager 
 I 9. The plm-al use of ab- 
 stract nouns is subsequently 
 one of the principal featm-es of 
 later Latin, and above all of the 
 African style : see Bernhardy, 
 grundriss der rdm. ht. (4th ed.), 
 p. 324. 
 
 37. odiossusis a genuine spell- 
 ing here preserved by the pa- 
 limpsest and warranted by the 
 recurring spellings Ihpekiossvs 
 and Verrvcossvs in the fasti 
 Capitolini (Eitschl Opusc. 11 
 715). The original form of this
 
 14s TRINVMMVS. [I. I. 15—11. t. 
 
 quae in rebus multis opstant odiossa^quc sunt 15 
 remoramque faciunt rel privatae et publicae. 
 
 Callicles. Megaronides. 
 
 Ca. Larem corona nostrum decorari volo : 
 40 uxor, venerare ut nobis baec habitatio 
 bona fausta felix fortunataque evenat — 
 teque ut quani primuni possim videara cmortuam. 
 
 42. EitscLl writes possit with Lambinus, instead of 2^ossim of 
 the mss., which is however sufficiently defendfed by analogous 
 jiassages which it would be pei-verse to alter: see n. on Alil. Ill) 
 and Ter. Andr. 8G1. (Sj). justly keeps the ms. reading.) 
 
 adjectival suffix being oiitio- 
 (Corsseh i 62), it first became 
 onso; which passed into osso- 
 by way of assimilation, and 
 finally settled down to oso-, 
 though even in Virgil and Ho- 
 race the forms seem to fluctuate : 
 see Corssen ii 186, and Rib- 
 beck's Ind. gi'amm. in the first 
 vol. of his Virgil, p. 434. 
 
 38. remora is a word proba- 
 bly first formed by Plautus ; he 
 has it again Poen. iv 2, 106 
 ( = 918 (Te]:>pert) ; Festus quotes 
 it also from Lucilius {(jaacnatn 
 vox ex tete resonans meo grada 
 remoram fncit? xxvi 52, p. 84 
 ed. L. MilUer), and writers of 
 the silver period have it again. 
 Ovid Met. iii 567 says remora- 
 nu'ii. 
 
 Sc. 11. (39). Callicles comes 
 out of his newly-bought house 
 and at first gives his wife orders 
 as to the festive decorations 
 due to the Imi- of the house. 
 It was the custom to pay spe- 
 cial respect to the Lar on any 
 festive occasion or whenever an 
 event took place in the family 
 over whose welfare he was sup- 
 
 posed to preside. In this way, 
 a Lar is decorated with wreaths 
 and flowers at a departure (Merc. 
 834 sq.) and on a return (Stich. 
 534), and even the miser Euclio 
 buys an offering to his Lar on 
 the approaching nuptials of his 
 daughter: Aul. 383. In the 
 present instance it was neces- 
 sai-y to implore the favour and 
 the blessing of the Lar on ac- 
 count of the change of residence. 
 
 40. veitcrari is used absolutely, 
 'to pray' to the gods. This 
 use of the word is very frequent 
 in ri. (Aul. prol. 8 ; End. 11 1, 
 16; V 2, 62; Poen. v 1, 17, and 
 with an alliteration venerari 
 Vencrem ib. i 2, 66); in one 
 ])lace, Bacch. 173, we find also 
 an active form [veneroqxte, etc.), 
 comp. Hor. Sat. 11 2, 124. 
 
 41. evenat for ereniat is clear- 
 ly due to metrical necessity: 
 the same form occurs Mil. gl. 
 1010, Epid. 11 2, 105, Cure. 39, 
 I'ompon. 35 and Enn. trag. 
 170 ; so also advenat Pseud. 
 130, pervenat Rud. 626, perve- 
 nant below 93, and everutnt 
 Cure. 125.
 
 I. II. 5 — 16.] TRINVMMVS. 15 
 
 Me. hie illest, senecta aetate qui facttist puer, s 
 
 qui admisit in se culpam castigabilem. 
 45 adgrediar hominem. Ca. quoia hie vox prope m6 
 sonat ? 
 
 Me. tui benevolentis, si ita's ut ego te volo : 
 
 sin ahter es, inimici atque irati tibi. 
 
 Ca. o amice, salve. Me. et tu e'depol salve, Callicles. 
 50valen? valuistiu? Ca. valeo, et valui rt^ctius; n 
 
 Me. quid tiia agit uxor ? ut valet ? Ca. plus quam 
 ego volo. 
 
 Me. bene herclest illam tIbi valere et vivere. 
 
 Ca. credo hercle te gauddre, si quid mlhi malist. is 
 
 Me. omnibus amicis, quod mihist, cupio esse item, 
 
 48, 49. The words atque aequalis ut vales Megaronides (which 
 the mss. add after salve) are no doubt an interpolation, as may 
 be seen by the hiatus after salve, by the awkward position oi the 
 name of Megaronides, and by tlie fact of the question as to his 
 health being entirely disregarded by Megaronides, who himself 
 addresses the same question to Callicles. Sp., however, keeps 
 these words and changes salve into salveto. 
 
 43. senecta aetas: see n. on 47. es 'thou art' is always 
 
 Aul. 251. Plautus has the same long in PI. 
 
 expression Cas. ii 3, 26, 43 and 60. rectius ' rather well' :r<'cfe 
 
 Merc. 985. See Munro on Lucr. is used of health Persa iv 3, 34. 
 
 Ill 772. Comp. also Hor. Ep. i 7, 3 si me 
 
 45. qxioius is no doiibt the vivcr'e vis recteque videre valen- 
 genitive of the pronoun used as tevi. 
 
 a possessive adjective, just as 51. The derision of exacting 
 
 7yieus, tuos and suos were origi- and troublesome wives furnished 
 
 nally genitives, or as in English a fertile theme of jokes to the 
 
 mine, thine, his, hers, its are writers of the New Comedy, 
 
 plainly genitives. and in Plautus and Terence 
 
 46. benevolens 'good friend' these have been reproduced with 
 is frequently used as a subst. by much zest, Plautus's Asinaria 
 Plautus; e. g. below 356. Most. and Casina contain powerful pic- 
 195 amicum et benevolentem (cf. tures of wives wearing the 
 also Pseud. 699), Pers. 650, be- breeches instead of their hus- 
 low 1148. Ter. Phorm. 97. bands. — 2;??fs ; Cicero says in 
 Compare also the substantival the opposite sense, ad Att. iv 
 use of nostra bene merenti= li, 1, quod minus valuisses. 
 uostro benefactori, Capt. 931. 54.' With regard to the accen- 
 —te, so. esse. tuatiou of omnibus see n. on
 
 16 
 
 TRINVlVrMVS. 
 
 [I. II. 17—23. 
 
 55 Ca. eho til, tua uxor quid agit? Me. inmortalis est: 
 vivit victuraqudst. Ca, bene hercle iitiutias, 
 deosque oro ut vitae tuae superstes suppetat. 
 Me. dum quidcm hercle tecum impta sit, sane velim. 
 Ca. vin conmutemus? ttiani ego ducam et tu meam? 
 
 GO faxo liaud tantillum dederis verborum mihi. 2 
 
 Me. nanctum enini te credis quern inprudentem ob 
 repseris. 
 
 22 
 
 01. I have adopted Geppert's excellent emendation of tlie 
 reading giveu by A : namquc enim te (tu the other mss.) credo mi : 
 comp. Kud. V 3, 30 sq. iam te ratiCs Nanctum homincm quern 
 dcfrudareg. Kitschl reads ncmpe ciiim tu, credo, vie, his changes 
 being by no means easier than those admitted by Geppert, and the 
 sense he obtains decidedly inferior in point. Sp. retains the text 
 of the mss. BCD, which I believe to be quite inadmissible. Comp. 
 V. 63, in which we should now assume nanctu's to be said with a 
 kind of sneer. 
 
 Aul. 137, and cf. below v. 75. 
 
 55. Comp. Philemon fra,i;m. 
 (p. 426 Mein.), addvaTov ecTc 
 KaKou dva-yKaiov ywri. 
 
 57. The alliteration Bnperstes 
 snippetat renders the expression 
 highly effective, supjyetit means 
 'it is sullicient': so As. i 1, 42 
 non suppetunt dictis duta 'his 
 gifts are not sufficient in com- 
 parison with his words', i. e. 
 are not proportionate to his 
 words. See also Pseud. 108 
 utinam, quae dicis, dictis facta 
 nuppetant. The dative vitae is 
 dependent both on superntcs and 
 the verb: for the sense comp. 
 also Persa 331, ut mihi supemit, 
 suppetat, supemtitet. 
 
 68. For the scansion of dum 
 qu'idem hercle see Introd. to the 
 
 Aul. p. XLVI. 
 
 60. faxo 'I warrant you' : the 
 subjunctive in the dependent 
 clause is in this sense not 
 60 frequent as the future ind.: 
 
 see n. on Ter. Ad. 847. — liaud 
 tantillum' not i\xe very least bit": 
 phrases like this are always ac- 
 companied by the speaker with 
 a gesture showing their real 
 meaning. — verba dare ' cheat, 
 deceive': n. on Aul. 62. — This 
 line is perfectly natural in the 
 mouth of Calliclcs, Megaronides 
 having ])rcviously complained 
 of his curst wife, v. 54. 
 
 61. ohrepere is here and below 
 974 joined with the accusative, 
 though in later Latin it always 
 takes the dative (Cicero joins it 
 with ad or in) : the Plautine 
 construction is, however, imi- 
 tated by tlie writer of the prol. 
 to the Poenulus, 14, taciturn te 
 ohrepet fames. See Driiger i 
 351 and 386. In the same way, 
 Plautus has occurMire with the 
 ace. Mil. glor. 1047. ohrepere 
 is a common term of legal writers 
 for .swindling, cheating, and ob- 
 taining something uiider false 
 
 V
 
 I. 2. 24—30.] 
 
 TKIXVMMVS. 
 
 17 
 
 Ca. ne tu h^rcle faxo baud ndscias quam rem ^geris. 
 Me. habeas ut nanctu's : nota mala res optumast. 25 
 nam ego nunc si ignotam capiam, quid agam ndsciam. 
 60 Me. edepol proinde ut diu vivitur, bene vivitur. 
 sed hoc animum advorte atque aiifer ridicularia : 
 nam ego dedita opera hue ad te venio, Ca. quid 
 venis ? 
 
 Me. malis te ut verbis miiltis multum obiurigem. 
 
 30 
 
 64. Eitschl arranges the six last lines in the following man- 
 ner: 59. 61. 63. 64. 62. 60; but it is difficult to bring cogent 
 reasons against the order given by the mss. 
 
 pretences: see Gronovius Lect. 
 n. p. 338. 
 
 62. faxo : see v. 60. It is 
 here added parenthetically with- 
 out influencing the construction, 
 ne (' indeed, to be sure ') tu hercle 
 haudnescias ('you would soon 
 be aware') being the apodosis 
 of the conditional sentence si 
 commutaverimus, on which the 
 whole conversation turns. — ne 
 tu hercle is frequently found at 
 the beginning of lines : see e. g. 
 MU. glor. 571, Men. 256, As. 412. 
 In the same way we meet with 
 7ie tu edepol and ne tu ecastor : 
 Brix on Men. 256. 
 
 63. mala res = malum : so 
 again Most. 61. 867, Pseud. 770. 
 It means ' punishment '. Parens 
 quotes Liv. xxiii 3 notissimum 
 quodque malum maxime tolera- 
 bile dicentes esse. 
 
 65. Callicles confirms his 
 friend's experience according to 
 which ' the evil we know is best ', 
 and means that the wife one 
 is accustomed to is perhaps the 
 best to live with after all. He 
 says ' just as one lives long 
 together, one jogs on comfort- 
 ably'. — proinde nt 'just as' : 
 BO below 659 and Most. 90. 
 
 On proinde ut {quam, av) see 
 also Nipperdey's note on Tac. 
 A. IV 20 extr. Eitschl says 
 justly 'versus ad diuturnitatem 
 consuetudinis spectat': but it 
 should be added that the mss. 
 agree in reading ut bene vivitur, 
 diu viviturvfhich may, perhaps, 
 mean 'just as one lives in har- 
 mony (with one's wife), one has 
 a chance of living long'. The 
 reading of the text is due to an 
 emendation of Acidalius. 
 
 66. aufer ridicularia ' give 
 over jesting': comp. Aul. 630 
 aufer cavillam, Persa 797 iur- 
 plum hinc auferas, Ter. Phorm. 
 857 poliicitationes aufer, and 
 Phaedr. iii 6, 8 aufer frivolam in- 
 solentiam. — ridicularia 'jokes' 
 occurs also As. 11 2, 64. True. 
 Ill 2, 16. 
 
 67. Callicles interrupts his 
 friend's speech by saying quid 
 venis? We should not, there- 
 fore, place a full stop after 
 venio. 
 
 68. mw/iHTO is an adverb: seen, 
 on Aul. 124. — Plautus uses iuri- 
 gare and pririgare side by side 
 with the common formsiurgare 
 and purgare. These verbs be- 
 long to the same class of deri- 
 
 W. P.
 
 18 THINVMMVS. [I. 2. 81—40. 
 
 Ca, men? Me. numquis est hie alius praeter me 
 
 atque te ? 
 Ca. nemost. Me. quid tu igitur rdgitas, tene ob- 
 
 iurigem ? 
 nisi tu me mihimet censes dicturum male, 
 nam si In te aegrotant artes antiqua^ tuae, 31 
 
 7-') omnibus amicis morbum tu incuties gravem, 
 ut t(3 videre audireque aegroti sient. 
 Ca. qui in mentem venit tibi istaec dicta dicere? 40 
 
 72. After this lino the mss. add the following three lines: 
 
 Sin immiitare vis ingeninm moribns, 
 Aut si demutant mores iugeuium tuum, 
 Neque eos autiquos servas, ast cajotas novos 
 
 ■which -were justly rejected by Eitschl. It will be understood at 
 once that the first and second cannot exist side by side on account 
 of the awkward repetition of the verb mutare, and the first is 
 indeed omitted in the palimpsest: in the second it would be neces- 
 sary to explain ' or if the bad morals of the period deprave your 
 natural disposition' — but is this not saying the same as aegrotant 
 artfis antiqiiae tuae? In the third line, ast is contrary to the 
 l;abit of Plautus, who has at in numerous places, but ast only 
 Capt. Ill 5, 25 (where Brix, however, reads at), and Merc. 24.6, 
 and m.ost likely we should write at there also. We may also add 
 tliat eon seems to us extremely languid, and tliat the phrase cap- 
 tare mnrca novox would be i;n)iaralleled in Tlautus. (Sp. cancels 
 only the first line, but maintains the other two. I consider this 
 as very perverse.) 
 
 vatives as clarigare gnarUfare 70. The infinitives are some- 
 
 fitmigare fustigare levigarc niitl- what negligently added after 
 
 gave navigare remigare varie- aegroti instead of quom te vide- 
 
 gare, enumerated by Eitschl aut audiantque. (Jomp. Merc. 
 
 Opusc. ii427. See also Corssen 818 defeHsua sum urheni totam 
 
 II 583. pervenarier ( = pervenando) ; ib. 
 
 7-i. artes antiquae 'the quali- 288 nan sum occupatus ximquam 
 
 ties youonce possessed'. For the amico operam dare. 
 metaphorical use of aegrotare, Wo find an analogous loose 
 
 comp. Lucr. iv 1124, aegrotat use of the infinitive in the 
 
 fama vacillans. I'llizabethan writers; see Ab- 
 
 75. morbum is said in refer- bott's Shakesp. Grnmm. § 35G. 
 cnce to V. 72, Gallicles being 77. qui is the old ablative : 
 treated as one whoso contact is 'hovr'.— dicta dicere is an in- 
 infectious, stazice of tlie 'ligura etyiuolo-
 
 I. 2. 41—44.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 19 
 
 Me. quia omnls bonos bonasque adcurare jiddecet, 
 suspicionein et culpam ut apse segregent. 
 80 Ca. non potis utrumque fieri. Me. quaproptdr ? 
 Ca. rogas i 
 ne adinittatn culpam, ego meo sum promus pdctori : 
 
 79. apse is given by B and justly retained by EitscM in his 
 second edition : see the instances collected in my Introd. to the 
 Aul. p. V, to wbich may be added attria in B below 152, imma- 
 itibits in B Poeu. v 2, 20, iinmelina B Ejiid. i 1. 22, instances 
 quite analogous to i)iq)riitatuin in the Lex agraria of a. 643, C. I. L. 
 n. 200, 27: see also Eitschl, legis Kubriae pars superstes, p. 4. 
 For later mss. see Merkel, praef. Ov. Met. p. ix s. and in his vol. 
 I. p. XIII. concoUecia (i. e. cum collega) is the reading of the 
 Medicean ms. of Cic. ad Fam. i 9, 25. — In the present hue, only 
 the ms. C gives the spelling siispitlo, while all the other mss. give 
 a c, and v. 82 they agree in giving a c. Numerous other instances 
 of the spelling with a c are collected by M. Haupt, Hermes iv p. 
 147, and the same is defended by Gorssen. But as the bent mss. 
 flactuate in this word, it might seem that the Eomans themselves 
 spelt it either way. (See n. on Aul. 598, which should be modihed 
 iu accordance with the present observations.) 
 
 gica' which is of such frequent 
 occurrence in Plant us : see u. 
 on Aul. 218. 
 
 78. For the scansion of quia 
 omnls see Introd. to the Aul. 
 XLiii. — adcurare is a verb pecu- 
 liar to the comic writers; Cicero 
 knows of it only the past part. 
 accuraius. 
 
 79. Comp. Asin. iv 1, 29 
 suspiciones omncs ah sc scgregct, 
 i. e. she is to conduct herself 
 so that no suspicion can attach 
 to her. 
 
 80. potis is in the old language 
 also neuter iji accordance with 
 its origin from potius (so satis 
 = satius ; mayis = magius) : 
 Corssen, Krit. Beitr. p. 551. 
 Vok. etc. II 582, 600. Side by 
 side with the neuter potis we 
 find alse pote : v. 352, Aul. 307. 
 Later scribes frequently sub- 
 
 stituted potest in the place of 
 potis: Eitschl, Proll. cxii. 
 
 81. promus is a kind of butler: 
 prorni et cellarii in Columella 
 de re rust, xii 3, 9, and again 
 ib. 4, 3 he gives 'praecepta' as 
 to the diligentia cellarii to this 
 effect castum esse coiitinentemque 
 oportere, quoniam totum in eo 
 sit, ne contractentur pocula vel 
 cibi nisi ant ah impiihe autcerte 
 abstinentissimo rebus venereis... 
 propter quod' necessarium essi 
 jjueri vel virginis ministerium, 
 per quos promantur quae tisus 
 jwstiilarerit. It appears, there- 
 fore, that the promus was a re- 
 spectable servant, and we ac- 
 cordingly find in Varro, de re 
 rust. 1 16, 5, that he shares 
 with the vilicus the right of 
 absenting himself from the 
 farm without special permis- 
 
 2—2
 
 20 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [I. 2. 45—50. 
 
 suspfciost in pectore alieno sita. 45 
 
 nam nunc ego si tc surrupuissc suspicer 
 lovi coronam de capite ex Capit61io, 
 85 qui in columine astat summo : si id non feceris, 
 atque id tanien milii lubeat suspiearier : 
 qui tu id prohibere me potes ne suspicer? so 
 
 85. qui is an evident emendation by Scaliger and A. Becker 
 (Ant. p. 40) instead of quod which is given by all the mss. : it 
 being absurd to inform the Romans where the Capitol was situated, 
 and moreover astare being employed not of things, but only of 
 persons. 
 
 85, 86. Eitschl considers these two lines as interpolations, 
 praef. p. xxxii, saying ironically 'nimirum dedita opera liomani 
 edocendi fuerunt, quo in loco Capitolii sui statua ilia lovis con- 
 spiceretur'. I maintained them as genuine in my first ed., and 
 am glad to find that Sp. does the same. 
 
 sion. Comp. also Plaut, Pseud. 
 608, condm promu.'i sum, pro- 
 curator petti. Callicles means 
 that he can manage his thoughts 
 by himself without any foreign 
 advice. The dative pectori is a 
 •dat. commodi', which we find 
 not rarely used by the comic 
 poets in a free and easy man- 
 ner : see below 204. Similarly 
 we have Bacch. 652 sq. liahct 
 multipotens pectus, ubiquomque 
 vsas siet, pectore promat suo. 
 For the sense of pectus see also 
 below v. 90. 
 
 83. For the archaic form 
 surrupere see my note on Aul. 
 39; to the quotations there given 
 may be added Fleckeisen, jahrb. 
 LX, p. 252, and the materials 
 collected by Schuchardt i 173 
 
 sq. 
 
 84. The expression was pro- 
 verbial to denote a great and 
 daring crime: comp. Men. 941 
 wbere Menaechinus, infuriated 
 by the (to him inexplicable) 
 persistance of the old man, calls 
 out: at e<jo te sacravi coronam 
 surrupuisse lovis scio. On this 
 
 passage W. A. Becker, Ant. 
 Plaut. p. 30, says ' Verumne sa- 
 crilegium respexerit Plautus an 
 audacissimum facinus signifi- 
 care voluerit, dubitari potest. 
 Lambinus quidem adnotavit fe- 
 cisse hoc Petilium quendam 
 eumque ex eo dictum esse Ca- 
 pitolinuni, quam fabulam nullo 
 nomine tirmatam qui secuti sunt 
 editores commeutariis suis in- 
 seruerunt. at vero Capitolinus 
 ille, neutiquam a sacrilegio no- 
 tatus, duobus paene saeculispost 
 f urti accusatus est : vide Hon 
 Sat. I 4, 94 sqq. atque eius 
 Commcntatorem Crucquianum.' 
 85. Plautus alludes to the 
 statue of Juppiter Triumpha- 
 tor in the highest part of the 
 Capitol, in which the god was 
 crowned with a laurel-wreath: 
 Becker 1. 1. — columeii is a pecu- 
 liar Plautine form instead of 
 culmeii: he has it also meta- 
 phorically Cas. Ill 2, 6 senati 
 columen. — Observe id here and 
 in the next two lines, where 
 the emphasis of the repetition 
 will be easily perceived.
 
 I. 2. 51—63.] TRINVMMVS. 21 
 
 sed istuc negoti cupio scire qufd siet. 
 Me. habdn tu amicum aut familiarem quempiam, 
 90 quoi pectus sapiat ? Ca. ^depol baud dicam dolo. 
 sunt quos scio esse amfcos, sunt quos suspicor: 54 
 sed tu ex amicis c^rtis mi es certlssumus. 57 
 
 95 siquid scis me fecisse inscite aut Inprobe, 
 
 si id non me accusas, tute obiurgandus. Me. scio, 
 et si aba buc causa ad te adveni, aequora p6stulas. 60 
 Ca. exspdcto siquid dicas. Me. primumdum omnium 
 male dictitatur tibi volgo in sermonibus, 
 100 turpilucricupidum te Yocant civds tui. 
 
 92, 93 (sunt quorum ingenia atque animos nequeo noscere, Ad 
 amici partem an ad inimici pervenant) are clearly an interpolation, 
 as those whose friendly or hostile disposition towards himself he 
 cannot discern, would not belong to his amici. There is little 
 doubt that these two lines are only an amplification of the words 
 sunt quos suspicor derived from an actor's copy. (Sp. maintains 
 these two lines as genuine.) 96. si the mss., sed Brix. 97. et 
 si hue alia the mss. ; the transposition is by Camerarius. Sp. writes 
 haud alia causa, which is pleasing enough, but deviates too much 
 from the ms. reading. 
 
 88. istuc negoti ' that business I should be blaifaeable if, under 
 
 of yours' which brings you here : these circumstances, I did not 
 
 v. 67. candidly express my disappro- 
 
 90. sapere is ' to be wise ', bation of your conduct. 
 
 sapienter sapere Poen. iii 2, 29. 98. siquid, ft n (in the sense 
 
 pectus = (ppives : see above 81, of ti), see below v. 148. — pri- 
 
 andHiiCch. 2'26,hocvcilebit pectus mumdum 'in the first place': 
 
 perfidia meum. — haud dolo origi- dum is frequently found as an 
 
 nally ' without any evil thought ', enclitic, especially after impera- 
 
 without deceiving you. See be- tives : agedum, adesdum etc., 
 
 low 480, Men. 228 and many and in adverbs of time, e.g. 
 
 other passages. It is the same interdum, dudum, vixdum, non- 
 
 as sedulo ( = se, sine, dolo), for dum. It is originally the accu- 
 
 which see n. on Ter. Andr. sative of dius (an old form for 
 
 146. dies, cf. noctu dluque,interdius, 
 
 95. inscite, so as to deserve n. on Aul. 72) and is, therefore, 
 
 blame, but no punishment : a compression of dium, mean- 
 
 ' foolishly': n. on Ter. Hec.740. ing 'a while'. Corssen 11 856. 
 
 inscitia is a bevue. True, iv 3, 99. in sermonibus, 'in the 
 
 71. inprobe is a stronger term. towntalk '. 
 
 97. alia, i. e. nisi ut te ob- 100. turpilucricupidus is a 
 
 iurgem: comp. 68. — aequompos- Plautiue word, no doubt intended 
 
 tulas 'you say quite right' that to lendei the Greek al(TxpoKfp5iji,
 
 22 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [T. 2. (54—72. 
 
 turn autem sunt alii, qui te volturium vocant : 
 hostisne an civis comedis, parvi pt^ndere. C5 
 
 haec quom audio in te dici, discruciov miser. 
 Ca. est atque non est mi in manu, Megaronides : 
 105 qnin dicant, non est: merito ut ne dicant, id est. 
 Me. fuitne hic tibi amicus Charmides ? Ca. est ^t fuit. 
 id ita ^sse ut credas, r^m tibi auctorem dabo. 7o 
 nam postquam hic eius rdm confregit filius 
 videtque ipso ad paupertatem jjrostratum dsse se 
 
 103. dicis excrucior B, splendidly emended by E. and Kamp- 
 mann. 107. A. Kiessliug ingeniously conjectures cm for rem 
 vrhich is admitted by Sp. into bis text. 109. videtque ipue is 
 satisfactorily accounted for by the examples collected Introd. to 
 the Aul. p. XXXIV sq. and defended also by C. F. W. MuUer, 
 Plautine Prosody, p. 151. Eitscbl writes pmiperiem in imitation 
 of Stich. 176, but there is no necessity for this cbange. — pro- 
 stratum is an eKcollent emendation by Bergk instead of protractum 
 of the mss., Vhich seems rather an affected expression: i^ro- 
 
 a process reminding one of the 
 theory that human life is a hel- 
 ium omnium coiitra omnes. 
 But in the old writers, the ori- 
 ginal meaning of liostis appears 
 in man}' passages (e. g. here) : 
 see also Varro L. L. v 3 hostis, 
 nam turn eo verho dicebant pere- 
 grinum. See also Cic. Off. i 12, 
 37. Plautus says hoaticinn do- 
 micilium for 'foreign dwelling- 
 place': Mil. gl. 450. See Cors- 
 sen I 796 sq. Wordsworth, 
 Spec, of Early Lat. p. 518. (We 
 may say 'fiiend or foe', though 
 this is no exact translation of 
 the expression used in the 
 text.) 
 
 103. discrucior : see n. on 
 Aul. 2-40. 'dis' jrro'iuilde' is an 
 appropriate explanation of Cha- 
 risius II p. 178 P. 198 K. 
 
 107. auctorem — textevi. Gro- 
 novius styles the phrase rem 
 auctorem dare'locutio elegans'; 
 hut see crit. note. 
 
 101. volturlus *a vulture' on 
 account of his greediness and 
 rapacity. Cic. in Pis. 16, 31 ap- 
 j)eUatus est hi(^ volturius lUkis 
 provinciac , si dis j^lacct, impera- 
 tor: a passage quoted by Cha- 
 risius I p. 147 K. who cites also 
 from a speech of M. Aemilius 
 Scaurus contra Q. Caepiouem 
 nefarius volturius, putriae par- 
 ricida, and volturius rei public 
 cae. Plautus says similarly, 
 True. II 3, 16, q^lasi volturii 
 tridu-o Prius pracdivinant quo 
 die exuri sient. In the Captivi, 
 840, Ergasilus is called volturius 
 on account of his voracity. 
 
 102. comedis from the sub- 
 jimctive edim (v. 339). — hostis 
 is etjTnologically the same as 
 the German finst (English (/uest) 
 and originjilly denotes 'a stran- 
 ger', but in accordance with the 
 warlike and encroaching charac- 
 ter of the Romans this passed 
 into the meaning of 'an enemy':
 
 I. 2. 73—81.] TRINVMMVS. 23 
 
 110 suamquc filiam (?sse adultam virginem, 
 
 simul eius matrem, suampte uxorem, rnortuam : 
 quoniam liliic iturust ip.sus in Seleuciam, 73 
 
 mihi conmendavit virgiuem gnatara suam 
 et r^m suam omnem, et ilium corrumptum fllium. 
 
 115 haec, si mi inimicus dsset, credo, baud crederet. 
 Me. quid tu adulescentem, quem esse corrumptum 
 
 vides, 
 qui tuae mandatus ^st fide et fiduciae, so 
 
 quin eiim restituis ? quin ad frugem conrigis ? 
 
 sternere is 'to bring down low'; cf. Cic. Cluent. yi 15, perf regit 
 ac prostravit omnia cupiditate ac furore, which is moreover sig- 
 nificant for our passage when we compare Cicero's perfregit with 
 confregit in the preceding line. 111. suampte is Kitschl's 
 emendation, the mss. reading suamque. The maler and uxor are 
 one and the same person, and it seems scarcely possible to ex- 
 plain que on the assumption of its being used for the Greek 5e 
 in such a sentence as Brix quotes from Herod, vii 10, irarpl ry 
 trip, a5e\<pi^ bh ifx-Qi Aape/y TJybpevov. (Eitschl suspects also that 
 the original reading may have been suam voxorem : for which 
 form see on v^JOOJ 114. et cdnrumptum ilium filimn Sp. against 
 the mss. TTieanapaest et ilhlm is quite inadmissible after the 
 liecuhar caesura of this line. 0. Brugman, 'de sen.' p. 40, thinks 
 that we should either pronounce et lum or scan et Uu, so as to 
 treat the first syllable of ilium as short. 
 
 112. quoniam: seen, on v. 14 114. corrwm^Ju? is the archaic 
 
 ahove. — i)t SeZeucmm: meaning form of the participle, cf. cor- 
 
 the province or country called rumptor, below 240. In Plautus 
 
 "ZiXivKis by the Greeks, comp. the nasal was aU the more re- 
 
 Persia, for Ilepcny. See below quired in this form as cornf/)^(S 
 
 845, where Seleucia is men- might also be the participle of 
 
 tioned together with familiar corruirio {see y. 8'd). 
 
 names of countries, iV/acedo?!m, 115. credo, 'I trow', is fre- 
 
 Asia, and Arabia. The Greek quently used without direct in- 
 
 name of the town is SeXeiJ/ceta, fluence upon the construction : 
 
 and if the Latin be derived di- e. g. Merc. 207 credo, non credet 
 
 rect from this, we have here an pater. 
 
 instance of the shortening of an 117. For the dative fide (v. 
 
 unaccented long syllable, though 129) see u. on Aul. C07. Ter. 
 
 even accented long syllables are Andr. 29G, Eun. 886, 898. 
 
 in Latin shortened iii this way, 118. quin eum is sHghtly irre- 
 
 e. g. ■n-'Karda platea, yvvaiKelou gular after quid adulescentem 
 
 gnnaecetim,pdkavt1ovhal(i)neum, of v. 116: but such sudden 
 
 Xopeiacliurea. Seen, on Aul. 404. changes in the construction are
 
 24 
 
 TiUNVMMVS. 
 
 [I. 2. 82—90. 
 
 ei rei 6peram dare te fuerat aliquanto acquius, 
 120 siqui probiorcm facore posses, nou uti 
 
 in eandem tute accddcres infaniiam 
 
 malumque ut eius cum tuo misceres malo. 85' 
 
 Ca. quid feci ? Me. quod homo nequam. Ca. non 
 istuc meumst. 
 
 Me. emistin de adulescente hasce aedis ? quid taces ? 
 125 ubi nunc tute habitas. Ta. dmi atque argentum dedi 
 
 [minas quadraginta, adulescenti ipsi In manum]. 
 
 Me. dedisti argentum ? Ca. factum, neque facti piget. 
 
 126. ' Totum versum, qnamquam per se bonum, tamen ipsius 
 Plauti non esse fabulae versus 403 persuadet.' Rltschl, though 
 this is by no means cogent: yet there is no reason why Callicles 
 should so emphatically add adulescenti ipsi in manum. Sp. retains 
 this line in his text, nor would I reject it with the same confi- 
 dence as V. 92 sq., but I consider it to be very doubtful. 127. 
 Themss. give here dcdintin 'hue inlatum e v. 129,' as Eitschl justly 
 says. Megaronides merely repeats the expression of Callicles 
 
 due to the agitation of the speak- 
 er. Comp. e. g. Men. 853 sq. rnt?ic 
 hunc impurissimum, Barbatum 
 tremulum Titlionum, qui duct 
 Cvcino patre, Ita mihi inperas, 
 ut ego huius membra atque ossa 
 atque artua Conminuam. — rc- 
 stituere and conrigcrc are joined 
 in the same way by Cic. Div. ii 
 46 illudne duhium est quin mulli, 
 cum, ita nati esscnt ut quncdam 
 contra naturam depravata habe- 
 rent, restituerentur et corrige- 
 rentur ab natura aut arte ant 
 medicina ? — ad frugem, i. e. ita 
 lit frugi {x/»7<rTos, n. on Aul. 579) 
 fiat. Brix appropriately quotes 
 Bacch. 1085, ecquid eum mi ad 
 virtutem aut ad frugem opera 
 sua conpulerit. See also below 
 T. 270. conrigere appears hero 
 in its original meaning 'to direct ' 
 towards an honest life. 
 
 119. rei is monosyllabic, = re 
 (v. 117), and hence totally elid- 
 
 ed. Perhaps it would even be 
 advisable to write re. The res 
 in question is expressed in the 
 nest sentence. 
 
 120. siqui eiVajs or e f jrj; .• qui 
 being the old ablative, for which 
 see above, v. 14. 
 
 121. 'You should not have 
 become a sharer of the infamy 
 attaching to the young man by 
 helping him in his evil courses.' 
 
 122. ?»Yi/(/7;i = culpa, is said 
 with special reference to v. 99. 
 
 123. meumtit 'my manner': 
 of. Mil. gl. 1363 non est meum. 
 See also below, v. 445, 631. — 
 istuc ' the charge put forward by 
 yon.' 
 
 124. uhi nunc tute habitas is 
 an additional explanation of 
 liasce in the preceding line. 
 
 127. factum without est, see 
 below 429, and comp. 295, sapi- 
 enter factum a iH>bis, Pseud. 361 
 factum optume, and ib. 1099 betie
 
 I. 2. 91—93.] TRINVMMVS. 25 
 
 Me, edep61 fide adulescdntem mandatum malae. 91 
 dedistine hoc facto ei gladium qui se occideret? 
 130 quid secus est aut quid interest dare te in manus 
 
 V. 125 dedi, and a sign of exclamation would perhaps be more 
 appropriate than a note of interrogation. This may be another 
 reason why v. 126 should be considered as the addition of some 
 interpolator. 130. This is one of the most curious passages in 
 Eitschl's criticism. The rass. read secutus est (secus est FZ) aut quid 
 interest: in his second edition Kitschl gives quid sectiust [aut quid 
 interest], while his 'proecdosis' boldly substituted quid sectiust 
 nam, te obsecro, a change now merely mentioned in the notes. It 
 is strange that Eit?chl should adhere to his first opinion in spite 
 of Brix's elaborate note, in which tautologies of this kind are 
 shown to be peculiar to colloquial language : see also Lorenz on 
 Mil. gl. 451, neque vos qui sitis homines novi neque scio. But 
 undoubtedly Eitschl's note in the second edition may easily 
 mislead his readers 'sectiust E Proleg. p. lxxv auctore Varrone 
 apud Gellium xviii 9': on consulting Gellius, we find that in 
 treating of sequ- in the meaning 'to speak' ( = €7r- in Greek, cf. 
 ^^'I'eTre lairere) he also refers to a Plautine line, Men. 1017, which 
 as he says Varro read nihilo minus esse videtur sectius quamsomnia 
 and explained 'nihilo magis narranda esse quamsi ea essent 
 somnia,' i. e. he derived sectius from the root ^ec-, though it 
 should be addfd that this is absolutely nonsense in the passage in 
 questioL ; but those acquainted with VaiTo's precious etymologies 
 will neither wonder at it nor find it out of keeping with his 
 character. But while in his first edition Eitschl assures us 'sectius, 
 h.e. teste Gellio xviii 9 secius' (of which Gellius says nothing), he 
 even goes so far in his second as to quote Varro in support of a 
 reading which in that sense Varro certainly did not defend. But 
 to cut a long tale short, sectius (which Eitschl reads here and 
 Men. 1047, and Eibbeckhas instead of rectius in a line of Titinius, 
 V. 74, Com. p. 123) is a form destitute of all authority, as has 
 been sufiiciently shown by Corssen, Krit. Beitr. p. 5 — 11. Without 
 paying the slightest attention to Corssen, Eibbeck goes so far as to 
 propose secitiust in the present passage; see his Coroll. in the sec. 
 ed. of his Com. fragm., p. lviii, 
 
 Jiercle factum (Eitschl, Opusc. ii invident, omnis inimicos mi istoc 
 
 609.) facto ( = meo facto) repperi : 
 
 129. ' Veteribus in /flcfi voca- item in Truculento ii 3, 22 
 
 bulo singulari nnmero posito post factum plector, videlicet 
 
 nullam subiecti variationem ad- meum, non alienum. in persona 
 
 mittere placuit. itaque Plautus secunda Hem istoc me facto tibi 
 
 Bcripsit in Epidico i 2, 6 gwi devinxti, Asin. v 1, 21. in per-
 
 26 
 
 TPJNVMMVS. 
 
 [I. 2. 94—99. 
 
 arg^ntum amanti homini adulescenti, animi inpoti, 
 qui exaediticaret suam incoliatam ignaviam ? 95 
 
 Oa. lion ego illi argentum redderem ? Me. non 
 
 r^dderes, 
 neque de illo quicquam ndque emexes ueque vdn- 
 
 dercs, 
 135 nee qui deterior dsset, faceres copiam. 
 incouciliastin' eum qui mandatust tibi? 
 
 sona tertia, iu eadem fabula 
 V 2, 12 'etc. Lachmanu ou Lucr. 
 p. 63 sq. where numerous other 
 instances are given. — For the 
 prosody of dedlstme see Introd. 
 to the Aul. p. LI. — qui: v. 
 14. 
 
 132. exaedificare has here a 
 different sense from below, v. 
 1127; it means 'to complete 
 the building'. — incohare is the 
 spelling of the Monum. Ancyra- 
 num, of an inscr. of 102 a.d. 
 (I. E. no. 62G8), and is, more- 
 over, specially attested by Gel- 
 lius II 3. In Cicero de republ. 
 I 35 and iii 2 the old pahmpsest 
 is iu favour of incohare, see 
 Osann's note, p. Ill sq. In 
 Vu-gil, G-eorg. iii 42, incohat is 
 the speUing of the best mss. 
 (except E), and Aen. vi 252 in- 
 coliat P, inrlioat FM, iiicoat E 
 (m. p.) [liibbeek does not men- 
 tion anything in his Index p. 
 421 — 423]: according to Diome- 
 des, p. 365 K., the ancient 
 grammarians disagreed as to 
 the spelling, but 'Verrius et 
 Flaccus' [perhaps this is merely 
 an error for Verrius FlaccusJ 
 in postreraa syllaba adspiran- 
 dum putaveruut. ' See also 
 Brambach, Latin Orthography, 
 p. 291 sq. 
 
 133. reddrrc merely 'to pay' 
 the sum, dtrooiodi'ai. Trauslate 
 
 'was I not to pay him the 
 
 moue,y? ' — iwn redderes is an 
 emphatic repetition of Callicles' 
 own words, instead of 7ie r., 
 which would be required by 
 strict grammar. 
 
 135. qui deterior esset ' to ruin 
 himself. 
 
 130. inconciliastica,nnotraean 
 'you have made an enemy of 
 him ', the negative prefix in not 
 being added iu this way to 
 verbs, but only to adjectives 
 and participles. Festus p. 107 
 M. explains this particular Plau- 
 tiue word hy conqnu-are, cnmme)t- 
 dare (a sense absolutely foreign 
 to the passages in which it oc- 
 curs) vel, ut aiitiqui, per dolum 
 dcciperc. Not even the second 
 meaning is appropriate either 
 here, or Most. 6l3, ne inconcHi- 
 are quid 7w.s porro jwstiiles, 
 where Ilamsay justly says that 
 the word must mean 'to disturb' 
 or 'to get into difiiculties '. 
 (See p. 15G of his edition, and 
 comp. (Ironovius Lect. PI. p. 
 338.) It is the same iu the other 
 passages where Plautns uses the 
 word (Persa 834, and Baccli. 
 551). On the whole, I am in- 
 clined to agree with Mr Key 
 (Misc. Eemarks on Eitschl's 
 Plautus, p. 176) in connecting 
 the word with cilia* small hairs ', 
 so that conciliare would mean
 
 I. 2. 100 — 10.9.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 27 
 
 ille qui mandavit, ^xturbasti ex a^^dibus? 
 
 edepol mandatum pulcre, et curatiim probe. 
 
 crede huic tutelam : suam rem melius g(^sserit. 
 140 Ca. subigis maledictis me tuis, Megaronides, 
 
 novo modo adeo ut, quod meae concrt^ditumst 
 
 taciturnitati clam, fide et fiduciae, 
 
 ne endntiarem quolquarn ueu facerdm palam, 
 
 ut mihi necesse sit iam id tibi coucredere. 
 145 Me. mihi quod credideris, sumes ubi posiveris. 
 
 Ca. circum sjaicedum te, n^quis ad.sit arbiter. 
 
 100 
 
 105 
 
 137. eum extnrbasti Sp., bnt eum seems to have been jiistly 
 removed by E. Observe that we had it ah-eady iu the preceding 
 line. 1-lG. cuxuiti te spicedum Sp. against the mss. 
 
 ' to felt (wool)' ; but I do not 
 like him understand inconciliare 
 as 'unravel', but rather as 'en- 
 tangle'. If so, Megaronides 
 means to say 'you have got the 
 young man into a jolly mess'. 
 
 137. iile qui: the object of 
 the main sentence is put into 
 the relative sentence iu the 
 same case as its subject: cf. 
 Most. 2,")0 mulier quae t>e suam- 
 qite aetatem spernit, specula el 
 itsus est. (See the instances 
 collected by A. Kiessliug, Eh. 
 Mus. XXIII 423.) 
 
 138. pulcre is ironical: cf. 
 Mil. gL 401, Ter. Phorm. 542. 
 
 139. Comp. Ter. Phorm. (3'JO, 
 huic viandes qui te ad seopulum 
 e tranquillo auferat. Ad. 372, 
 huic niandes siquid recte cura- 
 tuni veils, hale to this present 
 person; melius quam alterius 
 rem ipsi maudatam. 
 
 143. ne is dependent on 
 concredilumst. The secret was 
 entrusted to him icitli the in- 
 junction that he was not to re- 
 veal it to anyone. 
 
 144. wf is repeated on account 
 of the intervening sentence: cf. 
 Ter. Phorm. 153, adeon rem 
 redisse, ut qui mihi consultum 
 optiine velit esse, Phacdrla, pa- 
 trem ut e.rtimescam. 
 
 145. The secret committed 
 to Megaronides is considered by 
 him as a kind of deposit : comp. 
 Mil. gl. 234 sclas Iti.xta mecum 
 mea consilia. Per. salva sumes 
 indidem. — posivi is 'the form 
 of the perfect exclusively used 
 by Plautus and Terence [in ac- 
 cordance with the origin of the 
 YerhjJono ~pd + sino, whence^o 
 + sivi'\ ; the shortened ioxvaposul 
 occurs for the first time in En- 
 nius ap. Prise, iv p. 233 H., once 
 in Lucretius vi 20, three times 
 in Catullus 47, 4 ; 56, 64 ; 69, 
 2 : in iambic Unes it was first 
 used by Lucihus ap. Non. p. 
 496.' Brix. 
 
 146. For the enclitic dum see 
 n. on V. 98. — The phrase se 
 circum spicere is not only Plau- 
 tine (cf. 863 circum spectat sese, 
 and Pseud. 912 te Iwrcle ego cir-
 
 28 TRINVMMVS. I. 2. 110—115. 
 
 Me. non dst. Ca. sed qnaeso, i(l(3ntideni circumspice. 
 
 A/f p ^|t Tti * # 
 
 ausculto siquid dicas. Ca. si tace^s, loquar. m 
 quouiam liinc est profecturus peregre Charmides, 
 150 thensaiirum demonstravit mihi in hisce a^dibus, 
 hie in conclavi quodam — sed circumspice. 
 Me. nemo liic est. Ca. nummum Philippeum ad 
 tria milia. iis 
 
 147. Sp. joins this line with the preceding one by reading 
 nohis etquaeso, giving all to Callicles : in so doing, he revives the 
 ins. reading, emended by R. It should be added that Sp. does not 
 believe in the gap assumed by E and myself. Just as in the 
 passage quoted in the exeg. commentary from the Most. 474, 
 Theopropides returns an answer to the second injunction (ne- 
 7iiost: loquere nunciam), it is necessary here that Meg. should say 
 something in answer to v. 147 : Ritschl has, therefore, justly 
 assumed the loss of a line in this place, as a specimen of which 
 he proposes noli vereri: tiita sunt hie omnia. 152. hie has been 
 added by Eitschl who also introduced the Plautine form munmum 
 instead of the reading of the mss., nununorum. Plautus has 
 always nummum in the genitive, except here, below 848 (where see 
 our note) and Most. 357 according to the common reading which 
 
 cum speetaham, where the sense 148. siquid: see v. 98. 
 
 is, however, 'I was just looking 149. quoniam has a merely 
 
 out /or you'), but Bitschl quotes temporal sense: see v. 14. — 
 
 even from Cicero, Parad. iv 2, jjercf/r^ 'abroad', an old locative, 
 
 30 numquam te circumspicics.— the original form of wliich was 
 
 Comp. the similar passages Mil. peregrei : Biicheler on Latin de- 
 
 gl. 955 circum spiecdum, nequis cleusion p. C2. In Plautus, 
 
 nostra hie aueeps sermoni siet, peregri means always 'in a 
 
 and Most. 472, circum spicedum, strange country ' (Amph. 5. 352) 
 
 numquis est, sermonem nostrum iv ^eviq., but peregre et't ^edav, 
 
 qui aucupet?, where the injunc- or f/c ^evias. See Gorssen i 776. 
 
 tion is repeated 474, circum 152. The nummus Fhilippeus 
 
 spice etiam, just as in the pre- was so called from Philip II. 
 
 sent passage. — In accordance king of Macedonia, the father 
 
 with liitschl's note, I have se- of Alexander the Great, who 
 
 parated the word into its two struck great numbers of gold 
 
 parts (see also liitschl's Opusc. coins, having obtained a large 
 
 II p. 508) ; the original verb supply of that metal from the 
 
 spicit occurs Mil. gl, 697 ; cf. mines of Thrace. See Ramsay's 
 
 also specimen specitur Bacch. edition of the Mostellaria, p. 
 
 899, Gas. in 1, 2, and spexit 244 sq. The value of the coin 
 
 Enn. ann. 402. was about 15 shillings, a mina
 
 I. 2. 116—121.] TiimvMMvs. 29 
 
 id s61us solum per amicitiam et pdr fidem 
 flens me opsecravit suo lie gnato crdderem, 
 155 neu ([uoiquam undo ad eum id posset permanascere. 
 nunc si ille hue salvos rdvenit, reddam suom sibi. 
 siquid eo fuerit, certe illius filiae, 120 
 
 quae mihi mandatast, habeo dotem ei uude dem. 
 
 is, however, splendidly emended by Eitschl: vel ihi qui liosticas 
 ['hastis' the mss.] trium nummnm causa suln'unt sub falas. 
 156. Only the Italian text (represented by F) reads redierit 
 instead of revenit, and it is rather strange that Eitschl should 
 consider this reading important enough to mention Koch's con- 
 jecture rediet which is based upon it. But of this conjecture it 
 may well be said that it is impossible to build a good house on 
 a rotten foundation. [For the (un-Plautine) form rediet see 
 Ritschrs note on v. 265.] 158. The mss. do not give ei, which 
 was added by Eitschl, Par. p. 526: in his new edition he reads 
 cunde, a form merely assumed by him to avoid the hiatus. See 
 n. on cubi v. 984. There is no doubt that cunde was the 
 original form of the pronoun in Latin, but it survives only in 
 compounds, e. g. alicunde. (Sp. reads ut inde. But is it good 
 Latin to say habeo ut inde, imless there be an object after 
 habeo ?) 
 
 {fivd) being valued at five Phi- line we have fuerit to express 
 
 Uppei (see Bockh, Staatshaus- doubt, suom sibi expresses only 
 
 halt I p. 23). On the constant one notion 'his own'. s(5i is fre- 
 
 shortening of the second syllable quently added in the comic lan- 
 
 in Plautus see my Introd. to the guage to the possessive pronoun 
 
 Aul. p. XLin. — ad 'about': see to enforce its meaning: see my 
 
 on V. 873. n. on Ter. Ad. 958. Brix quotes 
 
 153. id is the object of ere- Poen. v 2, 123 suam sibi rem 
 
 derem. id does not specially salvam sistam, and even from 
 
 refer to thensaurus (see on v. Cicero, Phil, ii 37, 96 prius 
 
 405), but to the whole fact re- quam tu suum sibi venderes. 
 lated V. 150 and 151. 157. siqttid eo fuerit 'if any- 
 
 155. permanascere is a Aw. thing should happen to him', 
 \ey. The inchoative expresses et ri irddoi, a euphemism for 
 the slow, gradual, and secret d airodavoL (in German ' wenn 
 spreading of the news. ihm was menschliches begegnet'}. 
 
 156. si. ..revenit 'if he re- With the present passage comp. 
 returns'; the present indicative especially Poen. v 2, 125 quin 
 expresses the speaker's certain viea quoque iste habebit, siquid 
 hope of the fulfilment of this me fuat. Enn. ann. 128 siquid 
 condition, while in the next me fuerit humanity^.
 
 50 
 
 TPJNVMMVS. [I. 2. 122 — 132, 
 
 lit eain in se dignam condicionem coulocem. 
 160 Me. pro di inmortales, verbis paucis quam cito 
 
 alium fecisti me : alius ad te veneram. 
 
 sed ut occepisti, perge porro proloqui. 125 
 
 Ca. quid tlbi ego dicam, qui illius sapientiam 
 
 et meam lidelitatem et celata omnia 
 165 paene ille iguavos funditus pessum dedit? 
 
 Ca. quia, ruri diim ego sura unos 
 
 Me. quidum ? 
 s^x dies, 
 
 me aps^nte atque insciente, inconsultii meo, 
 aedis veualis litisce inscribit litteris. 
 Me. lupus observavit, dura doruiitaret canes; 
 
 130 
 
 159. conJocare in aliquid is a 
 frequent constr. : n. ou Aul. 
 698. Ter. Ph. 759. -coiulicio 
 'a match': below 455; Aul. 235, 
 472; Ter. Andr. 79; Hec. 241. 
 
 1G2. ut occepisti : see n. on 
 897. — jMrro percjere occurs in 
 several places in Plautus : see 
 below 777; Amph. 803; Most. 
 54G, 9G3. i)cr(i)(i-cre means ori- 
 ginally 'to carry through', and 
 this sense is emphasized by the 
 addition of porro 'further on'. 
 Plautus has a very pleonastic 
 jihrase Pseud. 1249, where we 
 road lii'i'^itin jJfrqere? (See E. 
 Walder, Der lufin. bei PL, p. 29.) 
 
 163. 'How shall I describe to 
 you the way in which he nearly 
 upset' etc. 5tu = quomodo (14, 
 120). 
 
 164. celata omnia 'the whole 
 secret'. 
 
 165. ifjnavos 'scape-grace'. — - 
 2:ics.s(i?» = pervorsum, cf. russum 
 
 = revorsum (v. 182). pessum 
 dare lit. 'to turn topsy-turvy'. 
 
 166. quidum 'how then?' ttcos 
 orJTa ; for du)ii see n. on v. 98. 
 unos sex dies 'merely a few 
 days': comp. Pseud. 54 7nnic 
 
 imne quinqxte reiiiorantur minae. 
 Bacch. 832 tris unos passns. — 
 sex dies is a tyjjical expression : 
 Cist. II 1, 13. A. ICiessling, rh. 
 mus. XXIII 418. 
 
 167. inscicns is the archaic 
 form, constantly used by Plau- 
 tus and Terence, instead of 
 inscius. For the construction 
 comp. me iudicente Ter. Ad. 507 
 with my note. — inconsultus is a 
 dir. \€y. Nonius has inconsulto 
 me and perhaps there may have 
 been an old readhig iiirousidto 
 7/i('o which was imitated by .lulius 
 Valerius i 52 implicati ordines 
 non tarn, diseriiniiiuui 'necessitate 
 quam multitudinis inconsulto, 
 though in a diSerent sense 
 (mult. incons.^To tuv iroK\i2v 
 
 dvOTjTCv). 
 
 168. 'By a placard (litteris) 
 he advertises (inscribit) this 
 house (as one) for sale.' Te- 
 rence says in the same way 
 Haut. 144 iiiscripsi ilico aedis, 
 Cicero has inscrihere statuas 
 Verr. ii 2, 167, and proscribere 
 pro Quincdio iv 15 ; ad Att. iv 2, 
 
 169. canes: this form of the 
 nominative is used by Plautus
 
 I. 2. 133—144.] TRIXVMMVS. 
 
 31 
 
 170 adesurivit dt inliiavit clcrius : 
 
 gregem iiuivorsum voluit totum avortere. 
 
 Ca. fecisset edepol, ni haec praesensisset canes. 135 
 
 sed nunc rog-are hoc ego vicissim t6 volo: 
 
 quid fuit officium meum me facero ? fac sciam. 
 
 175 utrura Indicare me ei tliensaurum aequom fuit, 
 advorsum quam eius me opsecravisset pater ? 
 an ego aliura dominiim paterer fieri hisce at^dibus ? 
 qui emisset, eius essetne ea iDecunia ? ui 
 
 emi dgomet potius aedis : argentum dedi 
 
 180 thensauri causa, ut salvom amico traderem. 
 neque adeo hasce emi mihi nee usurae meae : 
 
 170. In the arrangement of the lines I have followed the advice 
 of my friend A. Kiessling ; the order in the mss. and editions is 
 170. 169. 171, and this is maintained by Sp. 173. hoc is omitted 
 in the mss., but has been added by G. Hermann to avoid the 
 hiatus. 
 
 here and 172, Men. 718 and 
 JSIost. 41, canis appearing in all 
 other places where he has the 
 word. Comp. Varro L. L. vii 
 32 (dubitatur) utrum ^^r/f/nnn 
 una canis ant canes sit appellata, 
 dicta enim apud veteres iina 
 ca7ies, of which he gives instan- 
 ces from Ennius and Lucilins. 
 Comp. also the analogous forms 
 volpes volpis, feles frits etc. and 
 see Biicheler, (jrundr. p. 8. 
 
 170. adesurire, a dV. \ey., is 
 explained 'valde esurire' by 
 Forcelliui : this will account for 
 the origin of the gloss magis 
 here found in all the mss., 
 adesurire being explained by a 
 scholiast as ' magis esurire '. 
 (In Stich. 180 j^ropterea, credo, 
 nunc adesurio acrius the mss. 
 give e.turio which Eitschl changes 
 to adesurio : but we should read 
 esiirio ego acrius.) 
 
 171. univorsum totum 'the 
 
 whole fiock all at once', or 'at 
 one stroke': a most expressive 
 tautology, comp. soluia u)ittiii 
 Ter. Ad. 833 and my note on 
 Plato, Phaedo 79 e.— The ex- 
 pression rtrorft'r(?7)rafda?« is used 
 by Livy i 7, 5 of Cacus dragging 
 the cows of Hercules into his 
 cave. 
 
 172. haec canes 'the present 
 dog', meaning himself. Comp. 
 n. on 1115 Itic liomo = ego. See 
 also V. 507. — praesentire ' to 
 smell out beforehand'. 
 
 176. advorsum quam occurs 
 only here as a conjunction, nor 
 has any passage been found in 
 any Latin writer to attest this 
 use of it : but it is sufncieutly 
 defended by the analogy of con- 
 tra quam, prae quam, and prae- 
 terquam. 
 
 178. ne is added to the second 
 word : see v. 515.
 
 82 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [I. 2. 145—151. 
 
 illi redemi russnra, a me argentlim dedi. 
 haec sunt: si recte seu pervorse facta snnt, 
 ego me fecisse confiteor, Megaronides, 
 185 em mt^a malfacta, em meam avaritiam tibi. 
 hascine propter res maledicas famas ferunt ? 
 Mk. Traiaai : vicisti castigatorem tuom. 
 occltisti ling nam : nil est quod respondeam. 
 
 U5 
 
 150 
 
 185. Ritschl adels iain before avaritiam in order to avoid the 
 hiatus: but I agree with Brix who observes that 'the pause re- 
 quired in this jjlace by the caesura and by recitation after malfacta 
 and the emphasis of the second em render the hiatus quite admis- 
 sible'. See, moreover, my observations in the Introd. to the Aul. 
 p. LX sq. But if it were necessary to admit a change for the sake of 
 avoiding a hiatus, I should rather write vuas avaritias (see n. on 
 V. 36) with Miiller (on Plant, prosody p. 685) than add a languid 
 iam which, moreover, disturbs the equality of the two expressions. 
 (In his 'Nachtriige' p. 64, MiLller proposes em mea tibi malefdcta, 
 cm avaritiam meam.) Sp. edits em em. m. a. t. 187. The Greek 
 TTttOtrai is given by the palimpsest, while the later mss. substitute 
 pausa. 
 
 182. ruxsum is a form attested 
 by our best mss. in more than 
 one place in Plautus and other 
 poets, and due to assimilation 
 of the r in ritrsum to the follow- 
 ing s. Lucretius has rusum in- 
 trosuin and prosum: see Munro 
 on III 45. Lachmann (p. 144) 
 says 'hac scribendi rations qua 
 r iittera post vocalem longam 
 eliditur niliil vulgatius est', add- 
 ing an instance from Cic. de 
 fin. IV 68. Key (L. Gr. p. 144) 
 quotes prosus and rusus from 
 the Mediceau ms. of Cic. ad 
 fam. XIII 13 and ix 9, 3. Kib- 
 beck, Ind. Verg. p. 444, gives 
 instances of rursus msus and 
 rusum from his excellent mss. 
 — a vie 'out of my own means'. 
 
 183, si — seu is the invariable 
 usage of Plautus instead of 
 sive...sive. See Ritschl, Proll. 
 p. 84. 324. I'or Tere»ce see 
 
 my n. on Andr. 216. 
 
 185. For em, see n. on v. 3, 
 — For the form malfacta (which 
 is here required by the metre, 
 though the mss. read malefacta) 
 see my n. on henficium Ter. 
 Eun. 149, and on malfaciant 
 Phorm. 394. 
 
 187. Plautus uses Greek 
 vrords more than once in his 
 Latin, sometimes to produce a 
 jocular effect, in other places to 
 express affectation, and in some 
 passages without any apparent 
 reason whatever. See below 
 V. 419, and comp. especially 
 Cas. Ill 6, 8 enimvero irpdy/jLaTa 
 HOI Tra/j^xfty. St. dabo fxi-Ya 
 KaKbv. Ol. dabin fJ-iya. Kanbv I 
 St. ut opinor, nisi resistis, 'O^iJ. 
 
 188. occZwsti = occlusisti. The 
 same phrase recurs Mil. gl. 605 
 tuopte tibi consilio occludunt 
 lingaam.
 
 I. 2. 152— IGl.] trinvm:,ivs. 
 
 33 
 
 Ca. nunc 6go te quaeso ut me opera et consilio iuves, 
 190 conmunicesque hanc m(^(;um meam provinciam. 
 Me. polliceor operam. Ca. ergo ubi eris pauIo post ? 
 
 Me. domi. 
 Ca. numquid vi.s ? Me. cures tu^m fidem. Ca. fit 
 
 sedulo. 156 
 
 Me. sed quid ais ? Ca. quid vis ? Me. tibi nunc 
 
 adulescdns habet ? 
 Ca. postlculum hoc recepit, quom aedis vendidit. 
 195 Me. istiic volebam scire : i sane nunciam. 
 
 sed quid ais, quid nunc virgo ? nempe apud t^st ? 
 
 Ca. itast, 
 iuxtaque earn euro ciim mea. Me. rect^ facis. i6o 
 Ca. numquid, priusquam abeo, md rogaturus ? 
 
 Me. vale. 
 
 190. communicare ' to share ', 
 orig. 'communem habeas', una 
 mecum subeas. 
 
 192. numquid vis is the habi- 
 tual ' formula abeundi ' : uote on 
 Aul. 173, 261. Ter. Eun. 191. 
 When Horace meets his trou- 
 blesome friend in the sacra via, 
 his second word to him is num- 
 quid vis : Sat. i 9, 6.^ — cures 
 tuam fidcm properly 'take care 
 of the credit you enjoy', i.e. 'be 
 sure to keep the secret'. 
 
 193. sed quid ais is a phrase 
 habitually used to express the 
 addition of a point in danger 
 of being forgotten. — habere — 
 habitare, see n. on Aul. 5 ; 
 comp. below 390. 
 
 19'4- postlculum, a small pos- 
 ticum (i. e. oTncrdoSofios), seems 
 to be a dV. Xey. — recipcre: 'in 
 venditionibus recipi dicuntur 
 quae excipiuntur neque vene- 
 unt'. GeUius xvii 6, 7. — Plau- 
 tus and Terence, and the archaic 
 writers in general, do not use 
 
 , W. P. 
 
 quom in its temporal sense witli 
 the subjunctive : hence quom 
 vendidit, as our mss. justly give, 
 while Nonius p. 384, 10 has 
 venderet: comp. a similar pass- 
 age in the Aulularia, v. 17fi, 
 where our mss. read quom ex- 
 ibam, but Cicero quotes exi- 
 rem. 
 
 195. nunciam is trisyllabic. 
 
 196. sed gwifZ ais; comp. note 
 on V. 193. nempe 'of course, I 
 may suppose': so v. 966. 1076. 
 - — apud should be pronounced 
 apu : Introd. to the Aul. p. 
 XXXIV : cf. also Schuchardt, on 
 Low Latin i 123. 
 
 197. iuxta cum mea 'equally 
 with my own daughter', i. e. 
 as carefully as my own child. 
 See the instances of this ex- 
 pression collected in my n. on 
 Aul. 674, and Lorenz on Mil. 
 gl. 234 (233). 
 
 198. Callicles reverts to the 
 question he had already put in 
 V. 192.
 
 34. 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [I. 2. 1G2 — 1G9. 
 
 nihil est profecto stultius neque stolidius 
 20U [neque mendaciloquoiu ndque aJeo argutum magis] 
 neque confidentiloquius neque peiitirius, 
 quam urbani adsiJui cives quos scurras vocant. i65 
 atcjue ^goinet me adeo cum illis una ibidem traho : 
 qui illorum verbis falsis acceptor fui, 
 205 qui omnia se simulant scire neque qiiicquam sciunt. 
 quod quisque in animo aut habet aut habiturtist, 
 sciunt : 
 
 200. The mss. read mendaciloquius at variance ■with the 
 scanniug of the line, nor is it possible to find a reason why Plautus 
 should tir&t have used a comparative and afterwards magis argutum 
 instead of argutius, which would have rendered the line much 
 smoother. (See also Neue, Formenl. ii p. 112, § Gl fin.) argutus, 
 moreover, does not appear to have such a pronounced bad sense 
 as the other adjectives of this line and the next (Ramsay on Most, 
 p. 93). Eitschl seems, therefore, right in considering this line as 
 an interpolation or rather as a dittography of the next. 
 
 206 — 209. 'Tot a seuteutiarum nexu et ratione incommodis 
 laborant, ut minime culpandus videatur qui bos versus universes 
 a Plauto abiudicet, quamquam eos saltem, qui sunt 206 — 208, ex 
 ipsa nisi fallimur antii^uitate repetendos.' IIitschl. I should think 
 that it will be difficult to prove the impossibility that Plautus was 
 
 199. stiiltus and stolidus are 
 identical in derivation and al- 
 most synonjTnous in meaning. 
 This would, therefore, seem to 
 be another instance of the use of 
 synonyms expressing one and 
 the same idea very forcibly. 
 
 201. coiifiilcns in the comic 
 poets generally bears a bad 
 meaning 'impudent ': u. on Ter. 
 Andr. Hi>5. Phorni. 123. — pei- 
 iiirius is the spelling given by 
 the palimpsest, and which ap- 
 pears in several other passages 
 in Plautus, who has the forms 
 periurus peiiurus peiurus perier- 
 are (Priscian has peiurare) and 
 2>nerare: see Corsseu ii 203. 
 I 618. Neue ii p. 733. 
 
 202. The urbani adsidui cives 
 
 are a class of 'flaneurs' (Germ. 
 * pflastertreter ') who devote 
 their time merely to gossiping, 
 dSoX^crxctf. So Most. 15, urba- 
 nus scurra ; cf. also Epid. i 1, 
 13 and True, ii 6, 10. In Ho- 
 race a scurra is the same as 
 jiarasitus in Plautus : but comp. 
 also Cic. pro Quinctio viii. 11 
 paruvi facetus scurra. 
 
 203. ibidem is the habitual 
 quantity of this word in Plautus, 
 not ibidem. — The same phrase 
 and the same quantity recur 
 below, V. 412. It means 'to 
 ])ut to the same account, on the 
 same level '. 
 
 204. acceptorem esse alicui rei 
 seems a colloquial phrase, ' to 
 Msten to something'.
 
 1. 2. 170—177.] TRiNVMMVs. 35 
 
 scilint, quid in aurem r^x reginae dixerit : no 
 
 sciunt, quod luno fabulatast cum love : 
 [quae n^que futura ndque sunt, tamen illl sciunt.] 
 210 falsou' an vero laudent, culpent qudra velint, 
 non ilocci faciunt, dum illud quod lubeat sciant. 
 omnis mortalis htinc aiebant Calliclem 175 
 
 indignurn civitate ac sese vivere, 
 bonis qui hunc adulescdntem evortissdt suis. 
 
 the author of 206, 7, 8, but am convinced that v. 209 is an inter- 
 polation. Sp. has all these three lines in the text. 
 
 206. I have now followed E.'s first ed. in inserting ant before 
 hahet, instead of assuming the second syllable of hahet to appear 
 here in its original long quantity. R. brings in one of his pet- 
 forms, animod, and Sp. writes in amino liahent aut hahituri, which 
 appears to be very improbable. 0. Brugman, 'de sen.' p. 9, agrees 
 with my present view. 207. is perhaps an interpolation : both 
 the preceding and the succeeding hne have the indicative in the 
 dependent sentence, and only here we have the interrogative 
 pronoun and the subj. 
 
 209. The line is given in the above shape on the authority of 
 the palimpsest: the other mss. hawe quae neque futura neque facta 
 sunt against the metre. Eitschl justly says 'contictus est ad ex- 
 emplum versus 206'. 212. The nominative oinnis mortalis 
 has the authority of BCD, while A is iu favour of the ending 
 es. See above v. 29, 
 
 214. The palimpsest alone has omnibus against metre and 
 sense: of. v. 194. (We might conjecture bonisque h. a. evortisse 
 omnibus.) 
 
 208. A phrase like the present 210. quern velint ( =■ quemvis) 
 
 seems to have been proverbial. is the object of the two verbs 
 
 Theocritus (xv (M) says of talk- laudent and culpent, which wll 
 
 ati ve and meddling women Tracra be best understood by putting 
 
 ■YVvoLKt^ tffavTi, Kal ci5j Zei'S sive between them. 
 
 d'ydy(d"'iipav — though the nup- 211. non Jlocci faciunt is a 
 
 tials of Zeus and Here were a common expression, comp. the 
 
 secret to the gods themselves. English 'I do not care a straw', 
 
 Of a scurra of modern times, 'alig', etc. 
 
 Butler says (Hudibras i 1, 17 213. ac sese is said emphati- 
 
 sqq.) 'He could tell . . . What cally instead of 'his name, his 
 
 Adam dreamt of, when his family'. 
 
 bride Came from her closet in 214. snis is emphatic, 'those 
 
 his side : Whether the Devil possessions which are his by 
 
 tempted her By a High-Dutch right', 
 interpreter' etc 
 
 3—2
 
 :JG 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [I. 2. 178 — 185. 
 
 21') ego de eorum verbis famigeratorum insciens 
 prosilui amicura castigatum innoxium. 
 (|Uod si exquiratur usque apstirpe auct6ritas, iso 
 uude quidque auditum dicant : nisi id adpareat, 
 famigeratori rds sit cum damno et malo : 
 
 220 hoc ita si fiat, publico fiat bono. 
 
 pauci sint faxim qui sciant quod ndsciunt, 
 occlusioremque habeant stultiloqudntiam. i85 
 
 215. de denotes the source 
 from which his 2^'>'osilire pro- 
 ceeds (Key § 1326, b). — famigc- 
 rator 'gossip', a Plautine word. 
 insciens : see above, v. 167. In 
 the present line, only the palim- 
 l^sest has the genuine reading, 
 all the other mss. giving inscitis. 
 
 217. apstirpe 'from the very 
 root ' : see n. on v. 79 (and Nene 
 II p. 741). So interire ab stirpe 
 Gell. XII 5. — usque ah is not as 
 frequent as usque ad, but of. Aul. 
 248, 539. — auctoritas 'source'. 
 
 218. undo has its first syllable 
 short here : Introd. to the Aul. 
 p. XLV. It means ex qua and 
 should be joined with auditum. 
 
 219. res mihi est cum aliquo 
 lit. 'I have business (a trans- 
 action) with a person ' : here the 
 phrase is colloquially applied 
 to things, in the sense of being 
 
 troubled with, subject to, some- 
 thing, damnum is especially 
 'a fine', in accordance with its 
 derivation from damenum, an 
 old participial form = to 8i86- 
 fievop, that which is paid as a 
 fine, malum ' bodily punish- 
 ment'. 
 
 220. publico bono, iirl rifi t^s 
 TTo'Xews dya.6(f: cf. Capt. iii 2, 
 2 bene rem gerere bono publico. 
 
 221. sciant = scire se dicant, 
 in the same way as v. 211. 
 
 222. occlusior aunique com- 
 parative (see the list of com- 
 paratives of participles in the 
 earUer writers given by Drager, 
 I 22) : for the sense comp. 
 above, v. 188. — stultiloquentia is 
 one of those happy compounds 
 with which PI. enriched his 
 language, = 0Xi'ap/a, fiwpoXoyia. 
 He has also stultiloquium.
 
 11. 1. 1—3.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 37 
 
 ACTVS 11. 
 
 Lysiteles. 
 
 Multas res simitu in meo corde vorso, 
 multum la cogitando dolorem indipiscor. 
 225 egomet me coquo ^t macero 4t defetigo ; 
 magister mihi ^xercitor animus nunc est. 
 
 III. 
 
 225, 6. Eitschl considers these two lines as dittographies, but 
 though they ?«</?/ be such, it will be extremely difficult to prove 
 that they must be such. 
 
 Act II. Sc. ii. A canticum 
 or lyrical monologue contain- 
 ing the reasons that might 
 determine a young man to 
 settle down to an orderly life 
 from the very beginning, with- 
 out first ' sowing his wild 
 oats'. 
 
 223. The form simitu is 
 given by the Plautine mss. in 
 several places (liitschl, Proll. 
 p. 143), and attested by the old 
 Plautine glossary (id. Opusc. 
 II 558 sq.): it belongs clearly 
 to the same root as sivinl and 
 sim-ilis, i. e. sama (English 
 same, Greek d'/ua) ' one ', see 
 Corssen i p. 376; but might 
 not, as Prof. Key suggests, itu 
 stand instead of ictu, simitu 
 meaning ' at one stroke ' ? 
 
 224. indipisci is in the comic 
 writers more frequent than a- 
 dipisci or the simple verb 
 apisci: in later writers, it is 
 found in Lucretius, Livy, Gel- 
 
 lius and Apuleius; see n. on 
 Aul. 768. Neue ii p. 273. 
 
 225. coquere in poetical lan- 
 guage means ' to vex, trouble, 
 excite': soEnn. ann. 340, (cura) 
 quae nunc te coquit et versat. 
 Virg. A. VII 345, fcmineae ar- 
 dentem curaeque iraeque coque- 
 hant. — macBrare is frequently 
 used in this way by Plautus: 
 maceror maerore he has Capt. 
 I 2, 24; Cist, i 1,60. (Ep. in. 1, 
 2.) maceravi me curls et lacrimis 
 Capt. V 1, 7. — dcfetigare is 
 given by the best mss. of Plau- 
 tus and Terence and seems to 
 have been the only form in use 
 in archaic Latin : but Cicero 
 and Caesar use both defatigo 
 and defetigo; Eleckeiseu, 50 
 Artikel p. 16. For analogous 
 compound verbs in which an 
 original a passes into an e, see 
 Corssen ii 409. 
 
 226. For the long quantity 
 of the ending in excrcitor see 
 
 »7 
 2 
 
 ? 1 7
 
 33 TRINV5IMVS. [II. 1. 8 9. 
 
 sed lioc non liquet nee satis eogitatumst, 
 utram potius liaruni mihi artem expetessam, 
 utram a^tati agundae arbitrdr firmiorem : 
 239 amorin med an re opsequi potius par sit : 5 
 
 [utra in parte plus sit voluptatis vitae 
 
 ad a^tatem agundam.] 
 de hac r^ mihi satis hati liquet : nisi hoc sic faciam, 
 
 opinor, 
 ut utramque rem simul exputem, iude^x sim reusque 
 ad eam rem. 
 
 230. amorin me an ret E. who considers the dative rei to be a 
 ppondee. But this is shown to be contrary to Plautine usage by 
 O. Seyffert, ' Studia Phxut.' p. 25 sq., whom I have followed in the 
 text. 231,2. are justly considered spurious by Fleckeisen : in the 
 first place, nearly the same words are read Amph. C)33, satin parva 
 res est voluptatum in vita atque in actate agtinda; but even 
 greater weight should be attributed to the awkward repetition of 
 the phrase ad aetatem agiuidam as compared with v. 229, and to 
 the fact that voluptas is here quite out of place : as Lysiteles is 
 perfectly aware that the ^loluptas is all on the side of love, and 
 firandis labos connected with an orderly life, cf. v. 270 sq. In sj^ite 
 of these arguments Sp. does not bracket these lines. 
 
 Introd. to the Aul. p. xvii. — 230. rei ohsequi is said by 
 
 magister exercitor (an expres- zeugma in the sense of rei 
 
 siou like mu/j>r mcretrix and sfi/^^jre 'to follow lucrative pur- 
 
 in Greek dj^p ffrpaTnoTTjs) is suits'. 
 
 the iraLdoTf)ipr]s, below merely 233. hau is a Plautine form 
 
 exercitor v. lOlfi. As a master admissible before consonants 
 
 lays tasks upon a boy, so his only.— satis hau is a somewhat 
 
 mind wearies him with care unusual order instead of hau 
 
 and thought. satis, but precisely this devia- 
 
 227. sedhoc nonliquet^sed. tion from the common phrase 
 hoc est quod mihi non liquet, renders it more emphatic ; Brix 
 quod uondum ad liquidum compares Aul. 229, tit me bos 
 potui perducere. magis hau respicias. — In order 
 
 228. arte77i = rationem vitae, to understand ?i /si, it is neces- 
 cf. Hor. Od. Ill 3, 9 hac arte sary to supply a sentence like 
 Pollux ct vagus Hercules Eni- neque mihi liqucbit. In places 
 SHs arces attigit igneas. (Lin- hke this, nisi frequently ap- 
 dem.) proaches the sense of scd. 
 
 229. aetati agundae ' for the 234. reus he may be called 
 conduct of life'. as he will have to submit to 
 
 I
 
 II. 1. 9—12.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 39 
 
 10 
 
 235 ita faciam : ita placet. 
 
 omnium primum amoris arteis dloquar quem ad 
 
 m6dum se expediant. 
 numquam amor quemquam nisi cupidum postulat se 
 
 hominem In plagas 
 conicere; eos petit, eos sectatur, subdole ab re con- 
 
 sulit : 
 
 235. Sp. aiTanges the rest of this lyrical monologue in short 
 anapaestic lines, with the exception of v. 253 — '256, in which his 
 edition and mine are in agreement. I neither approve of his 
 arrangement, nor do I think his anapaests very pleasing and elegant. 
 236. arteis is the spelling of the palimpsest, all the other mss. 
 giving flr^w. In cases of this kind, it will be prudent to follow our 
 best authorities instead of regulating the spellings in conformity 
 with lixed rules, as it is impossible to say whether the author 
 himself was consistent in details of this kind. See Munro's obser- 
 vations in the second edition of his Lucretius, p. 88. — Ritschl 
 justly dislikes the inelegant pronunciation quem ad mddum: I 
 inchue to think him right in considering qiwmadmodum a gloss for 
 qui, so that the line would end qui sese expediant. 237. Here 
 Sp. would do well to recollect the first poem in Horace: seu 
 rupit teretes Marsus aper plagas. He surprises us with this ana- 
 paestic line : postulat se in plagas conicere ! 238. The mss. 
 add the gloss hlanditur after subdole; cf. the following line. 
 I confess not to understand the Latin Sp. produces here by 
 
 the mode of life prescribed in 
 the iudicium. 
 
 236. se expediant seems to 
 occur only here, but has no 
 doubt the same sense as the 
 simple expediant: comp. below 
 
 V. 276, se^'^'**'*^'"'^- res expedit 
 means ' the affair takes a (cer- 
 tain) course': Amph. i 3, 23 
 nequiter paene expedivit prima 
 parasitatio ' my first appear- 
 ance in the part of parasite 
 had nearly been a sad failure'; 
 ib. prol. 5, tit res vostrorum om- 
 nium bene expedire voltis ' as 
 you all wish your affairs to turn 
 out weir. 
 
 237. postulat is the Latin 
 
 for d^tot, 'claims, pretends', 
 and in many passages of the 
 comic writers is almost equiva- 
 lent to a simple velle. See u. 
 on Aul. 359. It takes not only 
 the infinitive, but also an ac- 
 cus. c. iufin.: cf. Stich. 488, 
 Capt. 739, and comp. the same 
 construction with volo though 
 the subj. is the same, below 
 V. 324. — Love is here compared 
 to a hunter who spreads his 
 nets for catching the game. 
 
 238. eos is somewhat loosely 
 used as if a plural had preceded, 
 but plurality is implied in the 
 iudefiuite pronoun quemquam. 
 consulit ah re occurs only here,
 
 40 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [II. 1. U— 17. 
 
 blandiloquentuliist, harpago, mendax, cuppes, 
 240 tk'spoliator, latebricolaniin liominuin corrumptor, 
 
 celatum iudairator. 15 
 
 nam qui amat, quod ainat, quom extemplo eius saviis 
 perculsus est, 
 ilico rds foras labitur, llquitur. 
 
 ■writing subdole iib re consuUt consiliinn, the last word boinK an 
 iuvention of his own. 2-10. The lover is here called latebri- 
 cola in accordance with v. 261 sq. It is not, therefore, ne- 
 cessary to write latehricola, homonum as Kitschl is inclined to 
 do. 242. The text gives the reading of the Ambrosian palim- 
 psest, while the other mss. have a manifest interpolation: savis 
 xiKjittatis 'pcrcustms est. Coaip. also Apul. Apol. p. 19, 1 (Kriiger) 
 1'eiius iiullls ad titrjntudiiu'iii stimuli^ vcl iiilecebris sectatores 
 >!iius pe7-celli'ns {pelliciens Jahn). The literal meaning oipercellere 
 is ' to knock over'. 
 
 but in rem consulerc would 
 clearly be ' advise to one's 
 advantage'; in rem stands in 
 this sense below v. 268. in rem 
 conducit Capt. 383. ab re ' to 
 one's disadvantage': Asin. i 
 3, 71 hand id est ab re auciipis. 
 We should, of course, supply 
 
 239. blandiloqiieiituhts is a 
 dV. Xey. blandiloquens is used 
 by Laberius. 
 
 24.1. There is a happy an- 
 tithesis between this line and 
 the preceding: though Cupid 
 is tlie seducer of those who 
 stray from the safe track of 
 publicity, he is at the same 
 time tlie betrayer of the hidden 
 joys of the lovers. — celatum = 
 celatnrum. 
 
 242. quom extemplo, ewd 
 TtixKTTa : cf. V. 492, 725, and 
 many other places. — saviin eius 
 qnod rt?/i((( = saviis amicae ; in 
 this way quod amat is often 
 met with, e. g. Merc. 744, nam 
 
 qui amat ( = amator), quod amat 
 (=ainicam, to (piXovfxevoi') si 
 hahet, id liabet pro ciho. Cure. 
 
 I 3, 14 ipsus se cxcruciat qui 
 homo quod amat videt nee po- 
 titur dum licet. 
 
 243. ilico is the genuine 
 spelling, not illico. — ' llquitur 
 prouuntiandum esse, non llqui- 
 tur, Biicheler nionet,' llit&chl ; 
 but the Augustan poets say 
 I'iquitur wherever they use the 
 word : Virg. G. i 43, A. iii 
 27, IX 813; Lucan, ix 772, and 
 so also Lucr. ii 1132 : why 
 should it, then, be short iu 
 riautus ? The only reasons 
 which may be alleged may be 
 found in Muiiro's note on Lucr. 
 
 II 452; but Mr Wordsworth is 
 no doubt right in saying ' the i 
 is rcgulai-ly long in the depo- 
 lU'Ut, but short in the transitive 
 //(/»(//■(■.' (Fr. and Sp. of E. L. 
 p. 598. See also Uiichcler,,/r;/;r6. 
 1869 p. 488, and llibbeck. Poet. 
 scaen. fr. ii p. 33.) Observe
 
 245 
 
 250 
 
 ,11. 1. 17 — 22.] TRINVMMVS, 41 
 
 'da mihi hoc, m^l raeum, si me amas, si audes'. 
 dtque ibi ille cuculus 'o oc^lle mi, fiat: 
 et istuc et si amplius vis dari, dabitur'. 
 ibi pendentem ferit : iam amplius orat 
 (non satis id dst mali, ni ampliust dtiam) 20 
 
 quod bibit, quod comest, quod facit surapti. 
 nox datur: ducitur familia tota : 
 ve'stiplica, unctor, aiiri custos, flabelliferae, sandali- 
 gerulae, 
 
 249. ' Totum versiculum iuterpretl Biichelerus tribuit, quern 
 nunc sequor,' Kitschl ; but the line is perfectly unobjectionable, 
 nor are we favoured with any reasons why it should be spurious. 
 
 252. vestiplica is Eitschl's reading founded on vestiplice given 
 
 the v<TT€pou TrpoTepov, and the 
 highly effective alliteration. 
 
 244. mel meum: comp. the 
 endearing expression 'honey' 
 so frequently used in Yorkshire. 
 — St audes = sodes ' if you please' : 
 see n. on Aul. 46. aud('rc=Si- 
 videre 'to have a mind to'. 
 
 245. ille cuculus ' the spoony 
 fool '. Cf. Pseud. 96 quid fles, 
 cucule? In Hor. Sat. i 7, 31 
 compellans voce cuculum we 
 may, perhaps, find the origin 
 of this derisive epithet. 
 
 247. The spoony lover is 
 enslaved by his mistress and 
 actually treated like a slave : 
 pendens feritur. It was usual 
 to hang up slaves, put heavy 
 weights to their feet (As. 299 
 sqq.) and flog them in this 
 manner: hence the expressions 
 caedi pendentem Most. 1167, 
 plecti pendentem Ter. Phorm. 
 220, pendentem fodiam stimulis 
 Men. 951, and pendere alone 
 As. 617, Ter.Eun. 1021. (Lor. 
 on Most. 1167.) See liamsay's 
 Excursus on the punishments 
 of slaves, especially p. 254 sq. 
 In the present instance it 
 
 should be added that ferire 
 is also used metaphorically of 
 ' mulcting ' some one by obhg- 
 ing him to make presents ; cf. 
 Ter. Phorm. 47 with my note. 
 In Prop. IV 3, 50 the word 
 seems to stand in the sense 
 'to deceive'. — For the long 
 quantity of the ending in am- 
 plius cf. Men. 326, proin til ne 
 quo aheas longlus ab aedibus, 
 and ib. 980, magis millto patior 
 fdcilius ego verba, verbera ddl. 
 — iam, avTiKa. 
 
 250. comest = covaedit. — For 
 the genitive sumpti see n. on 
 Aul. 83. 
 
 251. ducitur familia tota 
 much in the same way as 
 Bacchis in Terence's Hauton- 
 timorumenos invades her lover's 
 house with a large train of 
 ancillae and servi. — For the 
 long quantity of the nomina- 
 tive -a see Introd. to the Aul. 
 
 p. XVI. 
 
 252. vestipUca ( = quae vestes 
 plicat) is quoted from Quin- 
 tilian and the Inscriptions (cf. 
 plicatrix Mil. gl. 693) ; vesti- 
 spica ( = quae vestes spicit, i. e.
 
 42 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [II. 1. 23—25. 
 
 cantrices, cistt^llatrices, niintii renuntii, 
 raptores ]ianis dt peni : 
 255 ' fit ipso, dum illis comis est, 
 
 inops amator. 24 
 
 hat^c ego quom ago cum meo animo et recolo et 
 repute rectiits, 
 257'' i-'i^i qui eget quam prdti sit parvi: 
 
 by BCD, while A has ventispica : he adds, however, 'duplicem 
 ex ipsa antiquitate traditam esse scripturara apparct,' Nonius 
 also readiu;; ve.^tixpici. 257 a. The reading of this line is 
 exceedingly difficult to settle: the palimpsest has hacc ego 
 quum cum aiiiino dwo rcjmto, which might he taken as an 
 anapaestic tetrameter, hut I quite agree with Ilitschl 'alienis- 
 eimi hinc sunt auapaestici numeri, ' which express excitement, 
 but certainly not calm reflection ; the other mss. read hacc ego 
 cum ago cum meo cmimo et recolo, though B gives rectilo as 
 the last word. It is evident that we have here the 'disiecta 
 
 iuspicit) from Yarro ap. Non. ; 
 comp. also Afran. 388, 7wvi non 
 inscitulnm AnciUuhim jjro re, 
 vestispicam. — unctor,ca,\\eilalip- 
 tes ( = aXeiTTTTjs) by Juvenal iii 
 76 and vi 421, is the slave whose 
 business it was to anoint per- 
 sons in the bath : cf. Sen. 
 epist. 123, 4 von unctores, non 
 balneum, non ullum aliud reme- 
 dium quavi temporis quucro. — 
 fiaheUifi'rn is a air. \ey., the 
 slave so called had to take care 
 of the fans of her mistress, 
 an article in which both Ro- 
 mans and Greeks indulged in 
 great luxury. In Ter. Eun. in 
 6, 47 the supposed eunucli is 
 ordered to take the fan and ren- 
 tulumfiirrrc to a girl. Cf. also 
 Martial in 82, 10 et aentuanti 
 tenue ventilat frigu.s Supina 
 prasino concubina flabello. In 
 the Imperial period, the Ro- 
 man ladies had fans made of 
 peacock-feathers: see Prop, ii 
 18, 59 pavoiiis caudae Jlabella 
 
 snperhi. — sandaligerula is an- 
 other dV. 'Key., the slave who 
 takes care of her mistress's 
 sandals. 
 
 253. cistellatrix a dV. Xe7., 
 the slave who keeps the cis- 
 tellae, i. e. perhaps the jewel- 
 boxes. — nuntii renuntii denotes 
 the ' go-betweens ' who claim 
 to be paid for carrying a mes- 
 sage from their mistress to her 
 lover (nuntii) and back [ren.), 
 Forcelliui quotes from Cod. 
 Theod. in 7, 1 taciti nuntii 
 rennntiique corrupti. 
 
 254. panis et peni is a jocu- 
 lar alliteration and assonance: 
 for the meaning of penat; conf. 
 Cic. de nat. deor. ii 27, 68 est 
 oinne quo vescuntur homines 
 2:ienus.- — raptores is of course 
 apposition to the two preceding 
 lines. 
 
 255. comis ' liberal ': cf. co- 
 mitas below v. 333. 
 
 257 b. ubi qui = si qnis, cf. 
 Fersa 313, nam ubi qui mala
 
 11. 1. 25—28.] TRINVMMVS. 43 
 
 apage amor, non places, nil te utor. 
 quamquam iliud est dulce, ^sse et bibere, 
 amor araari dat tamen 
 260'' satis quod aegrest: 
 
 fugit forum, fugat tuos cognatos, 
 fugat ipsus semet ab suo contutu 
 
 membra' of the genuine reading; Eitscbl gives haec ego qnom 
 cum meo animo reputo [et recolo ....].... I have added rec- 
 tius at the end of the line, suggested, of course, by rectilo in 
 B, but recommended also by the threefold alliteration and the 
 frequent use Plautus makes of this word: see e. g. v. 50. 
 
 257 b. I follow the reading of the mss., Eitschl has ubl qui etjet, 
 preti quam sit }mrvi, as a bacch. trim, acatal., but in his note he 
 recommends ubi quisque eget quam preti sit perparvi. For the 
 shortening of the geuetival suffix in preti see Introd. to the Aul. 
 p. XXV. 258. apage, amor is the reading of Donatus on Ter. Eun. 
 IV 6, 18; our mss. add te in the second place: Eitschl writes apage 
 amor, n6n places, nil ego fed litor, but the mss. have no ego and 
 agree in giving te. By keeping the reading of Donatus and the 
 mss., we obtain a line corresponding in metre to the preceding, and 
 a short trochaic metre will be found highly appropriate after the 
 trochaic septenarius 257a. For the shortening in places see 
 Introd. to the Aul. p. xxxvii sq. 259. I have marked this line 
 as an iambic dimeter hypercat., the next as an iambic dimeter 
 catal., and the third as a dipodia iambi ca hypercatal. A system 
 of iambic hues seems to me quite in its place after the tro- 
 chaic system which precedes. — The mss. read est dulce, which 
 I have kept in preference to Eitschl's dulcest. Comp. the Eng- 
 lish rendering ' though indeed it is pleasant,' where we naturally 
 lay a stress on is, and the same would be the case in Latin. 
 261. tuos is in all probabihty the reading of the palimpsest, the 
 other mss. having vos. Camerarius was the first editor who wrote 
 tuos. 2G2. In accordance with the preceding line I have here 
 gained the same metre (tripodia iamb. cat. + trip. iamb. acat. : 
 see Studemund de canticis p. 29) by a slight change based on the 
 reading of the palimpsest /!/,9a( ipsus semab suo, where sfT)^ clearly 
 means semet, as was suggested by Eitschl in his first edition. 
 
 tangit manu, dolores cooriun- dissimus : Nam gustu dat dulce, 
 
 tur. amarum ad satietatem usque 
 
 260. Comp. Cist, i, 70 sqq. oggerit. 
 
 Gy. amat haec mulier. Si. eho, 262. Love is, with an ex- 
 
 an aviare occipere amarumst, pressive oxymoron, said to 
 
 obsecro ? Gy. Namque ecastor drive himself away from his 
 
 amor et melle et felle est fecun- own sight: i.e. the cares and
 
 44 TRINVMMVS. [II. 1. 29 — 32. 
 
 [neque eum sibi amicum volunt dici]. 
 mllle modis 'amor ignorandust, procul abhibendus 
 atque apstandust. so 
 
 2G5 nam qui in amorem pi-aecipitavit, peius perit quasi 
 saxo saliat. 
 apage te sis amor : tuas res tibi habeto. 
 
 263. This line has Leen justly cousiderei spurious by 
 Bothe and the sueceedinp; editors (except Spengel) : it being im- 
 possible to construe it with the preceding line ; though it might 
 perhaps be possible to transpose it after 261, in which case we 
 should also have to arrange it in this wa}', neque earn sibi volunt 
 amicum did. 2Qi. The mss. read procul adiiiheudus, which Eitschl 
 changes to <i&cfc;irfHs, Acidalius to ahhihendus (a word not foimd 
 elsewhere), Hare and Bergk to ahifiendus. But as we have already 
 noticed so many ci-n-a.^ \ey6/j.epa in this play, and as, moreover, 
 abstandus is again quite isolated in the Latinity known to us, 
 it will scarcely be too bold to accept Acidalius' emendation, which, 
 at all events, has the advantage of closely approaching the read- 
 ing of the mss. — abstandus is the reading of the palimpsest, the 
 other mss. having a gloss aptinendus (i.e. ahst.) : for the trans- 
 itive use of abstare Brix compares 1159 placenda dos est (see 
 note) and Epid. i 1, 72 pereunda puppis est probe. 
 
 annoyances consequent upon that quasi stands for quam si 
 
 imprudent connexions of the only after comparatives in a 
 
 kind previously described put negative sentence; the nega- 
 
 love to flight and disgust a tion being in the present in- 
 
 lover with himself. stance impUed in peius. The 
 
 264. For the transitive use construction saxn salire may be 
 of abstare see crit. note. defended by v. 639, officio mi- 
 
 265. The intransitive use of pnire. A Koman would natu- 
 praecipitarc with a reflective rally think of the Tarpeian rock 
 meaning occurs in Cicero and from which criminals were fre- 
 Caesar, and becomes especial- quently precipitated. 
 
 ly frequent in Livy and later 266. sis = si vis, frequently 
 
 writers. — quasi is in more than added to imperatives even with- 
 
 one place found after compara- out any meaning of politeness, 
 
 tives: see n. on Aul. 229. It — tuas res tibi haheto is a 
 
 is merely a compression of an jocular use of the phrase cus- 
 
 original quam si, the middle toraary in a divorce: comp. 
 
 stage quamsei being supplied Amph. iii 2, 47 (in a scene of 
 
 by the lex agraria, 1. 27. (Bii- this kind) valeas, tibi habeas 
 
 cheler, lat. decl. p. 30.) Miillcr res tuas, reddas meas. 
 observes (Plant. Pros. p. 107)
 
 II. 1. 33—39.] TRINVMMVS. 45 
 
 ^mor, amicus mihi ne fuas: 
 sunt tamen, quos misere miseros maleque habeas, 
 qu6s tibi f^cisti obnoxios. 
 270 certa res ^st ad frugem adplicare animura : 
 
 quamquam ibi gnindis capitiir labos. 35 
 
 boni sibi haec dxpetunt, rem lidem honorem, 
 gloriam et gratiam : hoc probis prdtiumst. 
 eo mihi magis kibet cum probis p6tius 
 275 quam inprobis vivere vanidicis. 
 
 267. Most mss. add umquam at the end of the Hue, but this 
 word is omitted in the palimpsest. 268. misere has been added 
 by Hermann and Eitschl. 
 
 271. The paUmpsest has labos grandis capitur, to -which the 
 other mss. add the gloss animo before labos. I follow Ritschl. 
 
 272. For the shortening of the ending in boni see Introd. to 
 the Aul. p. XXV. — The hiatus in fidem honorem has been left 
 unchanged by Eitschl in his second edition, while in his first 
 he added et to avoid it. There is no other instance of hiatus in 
 Plautus precisely analogous to this: Poen. i 2, 31 sordr, cogitd 
 amabo, item nos pcrhiberi (with which Eitschl defends it Proll. 
 p. ecu) differs in the important point of the hiatus being in the 
 arsis. 273. The hiatus after gratiam is admissible on account of 
 the caesura. 275. ' Post versum 275 subscriptum est in codice 
 vetere B...\j filto hjsiteles, neque dubium esse potest quin /ysint 
 lysitelis nominislitterae primae.' Spengel. As this ly was stated by 
 Eitschl to be Ix, I formerly interpreted this of the number of lines 
 and employed this as a confirmation of Ladewig's suspicion that 
 some lines had been lost at the end of this monologue; see 
 
 269. o&«oxius 'subject', 'o- both participles of the root 
 bliged': comp. Mil. gl. 746, cer- in cer-no { = Kplv-u} byway 
 servos .. .mihi instruxi...non qui of metathesis). 
 
 mi imperarent quibusve ego 273. prctium 'reward': cf. 
 
 essem obnoxius, and Caecil. Capt. 936, j^''^ benefactis eius 
 
 23 sq. (Eibb.), ne tibi me esse ut ei prctium passim reddere. 
 
 oh earn rem obnoxium Reare : 274. eo is monosyllabic. 
 
 audibis male, si male dlcis 275. vanidicus is a com- 
 
 mihi. pound like fiupoXoyoi, quite in 
 
 270. certa res — decretura the style of PI. who has also 
 est; so Amph. 705 sq. In the blaiididicus, magnidicus and 
 same way we often find cer- falsidicus; Terence uses sae- 
 tumst (see v. 511, 584). certus vidicus, and even Cicero has 
 and de-cretus are in reahty veridicus.
 
 46 TRINVMMVS. [II. 2. 1 — 6. 
 
 Philto. Lvsiteles. 
 
 Ph. quo illic homo foras se penetravit ex aedi- 
 
 bus ? II 2. 
 
 Lv. pater, adsum : inper^ quidvis, ndque tibi ero in 
 
 r^mora, 
 nee latebrose me aps tuo conspdctu occultabo. 
 Ph. ft^ceris par tuis ceteris factis, 
 280 si patrem pdrcoles. tudm per pietatem, 
 
 nolo ego cum inprobis td viris, gnate mi, 5 
 
 neque in via neque in foro neciillum sermonem 
 
 exsequi. 
 
 Philol. svii p. 250. This hypothesis should of course be abandoned 
 DOW. 276. This part of thecanticum has likewise been arranged 
 in anapaestic lines by Sp., with the exception of v. 285 and 286, 
 which he holds to be iambic, as others had done before him. 
 
 277. The mss. give mora, which has been emended by Grain. 
 280. The mss. omit tuam, which has been added by Eitschl. 
 
 _Sc. II. Lysiteles explains to =remoravi facere alicui above 
 
 his father his wish to get v. 38, or reniorari aliquem Epid. 
 
 married and obtains his pro- v 1, 23. 
 
 mise to ask for the hand of 279. par ' agreeing with'. 
 
 Lesbonieus' sister in his name. 280 sq. The usual phrase 
 
 276. The solutions of the would be oro te per tuam pie- 
 first two feet express Philto's tatcm, ne—exKeqtiaris. 
 agitation. — se penetrare is in 282. 7ieciiUum = nullum vrith 
 Plautus the usual construction, the old form of the negation 
 cf. 291, 314, Amph. i 1, 93 and 7iec instead of 7wn, for which 
 True. I 1, 23; pnielrare as an see Corssen ii 880 sq. In this 
 intransitive verb occurs only line the palimpsest has Ne- 
 Jincch. iS(\\ penetrare pedemMen. qullum, which has been justly 
 400, 815. — Comp. Capt. 530, explained by Bergk.— exsequi 
 quo ilium nunc hominem pro- sermonem is a somewhat unu- 
 ripnisse foras se dicajn ex aedi- sual expression, iu wliich the 
 biix? preposition seems to add em- 
 
 277. alicui in remora esse phasis to the verb.
 
 II. 2. 7 — 11.] TRINVxMMVS. 47 
 
 novi ego lioc saeculum, moribus quibus sit : 
 md.lus bonum lualuiii esse volt, ut sit sui similis : 
 285 turbaut, miscent mores mali, rapax, avarus, Invidus : 
 Sclorum profanum, publicum privatum habent, hiulca 
 
 gens. 
 ha^c ego doleo, haec sunt quae excruciant, liaec 
 dies noctes canto ut caveas. lo 
 
 quod manu nequeunt tangere tantura fas habent 
 quo uianus apstineant : 
 
 287. The mss. read quae me [A) or que (BCD), and it has been 
 justly observed by L. Spengel (though his sou A. Sp. does not 
 appear to be of the same opinion) that the pathetic turn of ex- 
 pression haec sunt quae is foreign to the habit of the Latin lan- 
 guage. His own idea, however, of throwing out sunt quae altogether 
 and admitting hiatus in the caesura, appears to me somewhat 
 violent: I would propose haec curae excruciant. One of the 
 archaic spellings of cura would be coiraor coera {Corsseni3o6 sq.) 
 and from coerae we might get by a mistake quaeme ; suHt being 
 added as a gloss, haec is the usual nom. plur. of the feminine in 
 archaic Latin. 
 
 283. hoc saeculum ^the pre- — c^nto 'preach'; cf. Ter. Haut. 
 sent generation'. (This is the 260 with my note. — dies noctes 
 original sense of saeculum, u is the reading of the palim- 
 word derived from the root sa, psest, and it is in conform- 
 in se-r-o, sd-tuin^ so that its ity with the habit of archaic 
 first meaning would be 'seed'.) Latin to omit the copula: see 
 
 285 sq. The allusion might Lachmann and Munro on Lucr. 
 
 be as well to Greek as to Eoman ii 118. Comp. below v. 302. 
 life. Complaints of this kind 288. For the shortening in 
 
 are so sweeping and general manu see lutrod. to the Aul. 
 
 that, especially in the mouth of p. xsiv. (Mr J. Wordsworth 
 
 an old man, they will easily ' P'ragm. and Spef^imens of 
 
 apply to almost any period. Early Latin' p. 519 is mistaken 
 
 286. For the expression comp, in saying that manu is ' perhaps 
 Hor. Ep. I 16, si sit spes fal- elsewhere unexampled ' than in 
 lendi, miscehis sacra profwiis. Naev. 108, that very instance 
 sacnnn drops its final m. — being exceedingly doubtful, as 
 hiulca gens is a comprehensive the shortening appears to be 
 apposition like raptores panis inadmissible after the cae- 
 et/)em 254; in ftiu/cas 'greedy' sura. See Eibbeck's second 
 we have the same metaphor edition.) For mdnns see ibid. p. 
 as in the verb inhiare v. 1(59. xxxvii. Comp. also Mil. gL 325, 
 
 287. dies is monosyllabic. — idin mihi sunt maniis inquinatae.
 
 48 
 
 TKINVMMVS. 
 
 [11. 2. 12—17. 
 
 cetera rape tralie, fuge late. 
 290 l£crumas mi liaec quom video eliciunt, quia ego 
 
 ad hoc genus duravi hominum. 
 quin prius me ad pluris penetravi ? 
 nam hi mores maiorum laudant, eosdem kititant 
 
 quos conlaudant. is 
 his ego de artibus gratiam facio, 
 ne inbuas eis tuom ing^nium. 
 
 294. cis tuom is not in the mss., added by Eitschl. (At the 
 beginning of the line the mss. read neu colas ncu inbuas.) 
 
 — tantum fas habent quo is a 
 constr. hke dujnus with a fol- 
 lowing relative sentence. 
 
 289. Eitschl justly observes 
 that the proceleusmatic rape 
 traheis intentionally introduced 
 by the poet to express the 
 greedy rapacity of the 'hiulca 
 gens'. Cf. Pseud. 138 sq., rape 
 clcpe tene harpaga bibe es fuge. 
 
 290. It has been justly observ- 
 ed by Brix that Plautus habitual- 
 ly uses quia after verbs express- 
 ing emotion, e. g. doleo gaudco 
 suscenseo laetus sum pavcopiget 
 pudet, volup est, acerbumst mace- 
 ror, vitio vorto, lamentor conso- 
 ler: he quotes Mil. gh 1827, 
 quom ego servos, quando aspicio 
 hunc, lacrumem quia disiuiigi- 
 mur. Exceptions to this constr. 
 are ib. 468, niviis beat quod 
 commeatus transtinet trans pa- 
 rietem, and Bacch. 1073, ne 
 inlrcmini quod von triumplw. 
 It appears, therefore, that the 
 sentence beginning with quia 
 is dependent on lacrumas elici- 
 unt. — duravi 'I have lived to 
 see ': ' duro enim pectore opor- 
 tet esse qui hoc genus hominum 
 ferre possint.' 
 
 291. quin, 'why not': a 
 common sense of the word, cf. 
 below V. 1026. — pluris, like the 
 Greek oi TrXetoves, is an eu- 
 phemism for the dead, who 
 may be supposed to form the 
 majority. In Ai-istoph. Eccles. 
 1073 ypavi dve(TTT]KULa irapa. t(2v 
 irXfwvuv means ' a woman risen 
 from the dead'. In Petronius 
 42 (p. 46, 12 Biich.) we have 
 the expression, abiit ad plures. 
 
 292. lutitare is a aw. \ey. 
 which Eitschl was the first to 
 discover in latitant, the reading 
 of the mss. Observe also the 
 alliteration in laudant and luti' 
 tant. 
 
 293. The expression is some- 
 what awkward. Brix compares 
 Mil. glor. 576, quam benigne 
 gratiam fecit ne iratus esset: 
 so here gratiam facio ne inbuas 
 ' I charge thee not to imbue 
 thy nature (ingenium) with 
 these wicked pursuits {artes)\ 
 Instances of this phrase are 
 given by Gronovius, Lect. Plaut. 
 p. 342, but his collection is not 
 properly digested. — de las art. 
 ' concerning these quahties or 
 pursuits'.
 
 II. 2. 18—24] 
 
 TRIXVMMVS. 
 
 49 
 
 meo modo et moribus vivito antiquis : 
 
 quae ego tibi praecipio, ea facito. 
 nil ego istos nioror faeceos mores, 
 
 quibus boni sese dedecorant. 
 liaec tibi si mea capesses iuperia, 
 SOO niiilta bona in pe'ctore consident. 
 
 Lv. se^mper ego usque ad banc aetatem ab in- 
 eunte aduiescdntia so 
 
 tnis servivi sdrvitutem inptViis, praeceptis, pater, 
 pro ingenio ego me liberum esse ratus sum, pro 
 
 inperio tuo 
 me'uni animuni tibi se'rvitutera sdrvire aequoni 
 censui. 
 305 Ph. qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate 
 depugnat suo, 
 
 208. turbidos quibus A (BCD) ' a^erta, faeceos vocis iuterpreta- 
 tioue ' EiTSCHL, whom I follow in rejectiug the word. 
 
 should be pro- 
 a mouosj'llable. 
 
 295. meo 
 nounced as 
 
 antiquos iu Philto's mouth is 
 of coarse au equivalent of all 
 that is good aud honourable : 
 cf. in Terence the expressions 
 Ad. 442 (homo) antiqua virtute 
 ac fide (in the mouth of Demea 
 who is also a ' laudator temporis 
 acti'); ib. 812, eandem illani 
 rationem antiquam ohtine. 
 
 297. nil ?)ioror'I do not trouble 
 myself about'; see v. 337 and 
 the commentators on Hor. Ep. 
 I 15, 16 nam vina nihil mowr 
 illius orae. — faeceus is ciTr. Xe^., 
 aud though originally suggested 
 as a conjecture, lias subse- 
 quently been confirmed by the 
 palimpsest. 
 
 299. capessere imperia ( = ac- 
 cipere, ailmittere) occurs only 
 
 here. 
 300. 
 302. 
 
 bona 'excellent rules'. 
 servire strvitutem is one 
 
 W. P. 
 
 of the numerous instances of 
 the ' figura etymologica ' found 
 in Plautus, this phrase being 
 moreover of very frequent oc- 
 currence : comp. note on Anl. 
 584. — The omission of the 
 copula in inperiis praeceptis is 
 another instance of the pecu- 
 liarity of early Latin noticed on 
 v. 287. 
 
 303 sq. These lines are happily 
 and concisely translated by ' an 
 old Westminster ' (Oxford, Par- 
 ker, 1860) : 
 
 In heart a freeman and a 
 
 gentleman. 
 To thee I felt it honour to 
 
 be slave! 
 
 pro ingenio means ' according to 
 my natural disposition' which 
 I should follow towards all 
 others, except you. 
 
 304. animus 'inclination'. 
 
 305. qui = si quis, or rather
 
 50 
 
 TRINVMxMVS, 
 
 [II. 2. 25—34. 
 
 iitrum itano esse mavelit, ut eum animus aequom 
 cdnseat, 25 
 
 tin ita potius, ut parentis eiim esse et cognati 
 veliut : 
 
 si animus horainem pepulit, actumst, animo servit, 
 non sibi : 
 
 si ipsus animum pdpulit, vivit, victor victortim cluet. 
 310 tu si animum vicisti potius quam animus te, est 
 quod gaudeas. 
 
 uimio satiust, ut opust ita tecZ esse, quam ut ani- 
 mo lubet. 30 
 
 qui animum vincunt, quam quos animus, semper 
 probiores cluent. 
 
 Lv. istaec ego mi semper habui aetati integumen- 
 tinn meae, 
 
 n4 j)enetrarem me usquam, ubi esset damni conci- 
 liabulum, 
 315 neu noctu irem obambulatum, neu suora adimerem 
 alteri. 
 
 309. The mss. Lave ipse, eraeiicled by Eitscbl in his note 
 (lie has in his text sin {})>!€, a couj. by Hermann). Cf. v. 2G'2, 
 where the other mss. give ipse, and only the palimpsest has 
 ipsus. 311. sq. Eitschl considers these two lines to be later addi- 
 tions in the same manner as v. 206 sq. Instead of adopting the 
 easy emendation of this line by writing ted in the place of te, 
 Sp. prefers to insert esse after opust. 313. intepumeniuin is the 
 conjecture of Bishop Haro, subsequently confirmed by the palim- 
 Ijsest, The word recurs Bacch. Gul and 002. 
 
 we should recognise an anaco- 
 luthia in v. 308. 
 
 306. Instances of iitrum-ne- 
 an are given in my note on 
 Aul. 427. — For viavelU see In- 
 trod. Aul. p. XX. 
 
 307. For the nominative 
 parentis see n. on v. 29. 
 
 308. i^epulit continues the 
 simile of v. 305 ; it means ' has 
 beaten', like peUere hostes. 
 
 309. victor victontui ' the 
 
 mightiest conqueror of all'. 
 
 311. nimio satins 'better hy 
 far'. Cf. below, v. 387. 
 
 313. istaec ' those your pre- 
 cepts ', subsequently explained 
 by the two lines which follow. 
 
 314. cone iliahul urn damni, a 
 place where damnosi (' spend- 
 thrifts ') congregate: of the 
 house of a 'meretrix' the ex- 
 jiresflion occurs Baccli. 80. 
 
 315. noctn vhambnlare is the
 
 II. 2. 85—42.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 51 
 
 ne tibi aegritudinem, pater, parerem, parsi sedulo: 35 
 sarta tecta tua praecepta usque hiibai mea niodt^stia. 
 Ph. quid exprobras, bene quod facisti? tIbi fecisti, 
 
 non mi hi. 
 milii quidem aetas actast ferme, tua istuc refert 
 
 maxume. 
 320 is probust quern pa^nitet, quara probus sit et frugi 
 
 bonae. 
 qui ipsus sibi satis placet, nee pi'obus est nee frngi 
 
 bonae : 40 
 
 qui Ipsus se contdmnit, in eost Indoles industriae, 
 bdue facta bene factis aliis p(^rtegit, ne p^rpluant. 
 
 321. is omitted in CD, but given by AB. Eitsclil considers 
 this line and the following as dittograpliies of v. 320. o23. 2^er- 
 ti'ffit is Kiessliug's emeudatiou: the mss. have i^ertegito, which is 
 
 Latin phrase for Kwnd^nv, co- 
 niissari. — The meaning of oham- 
 hulare seems to be ' walk about ' 
 without any definite purpose. 
 
 316. 'pater drops its final r: 
 Introd. Aul. p. xxxiii sq. See 
 below V. 361. In conformity 
 with the preceding lines parai 
 (i. e. the old perfect instead 
 of peperci) is construed with 
 ne rather than with the infini- 
 tive : in meaning it is almost 
 identical with cart. 
 
 317. sarta tecta was a pro- 
 verbial expression ^ sarta et 
 tecta (see v. 287) : comp. Cie. 
 ad fam. xiii 50 hoc mihi da 
 atque largire, ut M\ Curium 
 sartum et tectum, ut aiunt, ah 
 omnique iticommodo detrimento 
 moh'stia sincerum integruvtqne 
 conserves. Gronovius, Lect. 
 Plant, p. 311, gives numerous 
 instances of this phrase from 
 Cicero, Ulpiauus, and other 
 writers. Cf. also Festus: 'sarte' 
 in auguralibus pro integre po- 
 nitur : sane sarteque audire 
 
 videreque. oh quam causam 
 opera publicantur quae locantur, 
 ut Integra j^'i'^estcntur, ^ sarta 
 tecta ' vocantur, etenim ^sarcire ' 
 est integrum faccre. (The rooc 
 is sar, cf. Vanicek, Latin Ety- 
 molo'gy,-.p. 176-. We have it 
 verj' significantly in ser-vo and 
 with the interchange of r and 
 1 in salvus.) Philto continues 
 the metaphor v. 320. 
 
 318. On the shortening in 
 quid ex^jrohras see Introd. to 
 Aul. p. XLV sq. — exprohras means 
 ' why do you recount it' : com]i. 
 Most. 300, triginta minas pro 
 capite tuo dedi. Ph. qxwr tx- 
 pruhras ? 
 
 320. paenitet ' parum vide- 
 tur ' Servius on Yirg. Eel. 11 
 33, Donatus on Ter. Eun. v 6, 
 12. — quam is 'how little': cf. 
 Ter. Haut. 72, quantum hie 
 operis fiat paenitet, 'I am dis- 
 contented that BO little work 
 should be done here'. Sec also 
 u. on Aul. 431. 
 
 323. Perhaps we should here 
 
 4-2
 
 52 
 
 TRINVMMVS 
 
 [11. 2. 43—48. 
 
 Lv. 6b earn rem haec, pater, autumavi, quia res 
 
 quaedamst, quain volo 
 25 (igo me ajjs te exorare. Ph, quid id est? v^niam 
 
 dare iam gdstio. 
 Lv. adulescenti hiuc genere summo, araico atque 
 
 aequali meo, 45 
 
 minus qui cautu et cogitate suam rem tractavit, 
 
 pater, 
 bene volo ego illi facere, si tu non nevis. Pll. nempe 
 
 dd tuo? 
 Lv. de meo : nam quod tuomst, mcumst, omne 
 
 meum autdm tuomst. 
 
 retaiuetl by the other editors and Eitsclil who follows Bothe in 
 placing the line after 319. (Sp. retains perti'dito and leaves the 
 line in its present place.) 325. veniam dan' iam B which I have 
 adopted in accordance with B, dare iam veniam A, adopted hy Sp. ; 
 Veniam iam dare the other mss. 329. omne vieumst aittem tiiom 
 Sp. following the reading indicated by the variations of the mss. 
 
 recognise an instance of the 
 long quantity of the a in the 
 neuter plural. — I have printed 
 bene facta in order to bring out 
 the participial force of the ex- 
 pression at first sight (cf. e. g. 
 328). — perpJaant 'to let the 
 rain pass through', so Most. 
 Ill, where sec Ramsay's note, 
 
 324. autumo ' non id solum 
 significat ' aestumo', sed et 
 ' dico ' et ' opinor ' et ' censeo'; 
 OelUus XV 3, 6. It is of frequent 
 occurrence in Plantus in the 
 sense of s.iying. — Lysi teles' ex- 
 pressions are somewhat proUx, 
 but this is intentional. 
 
 325. The construction exo- 
 rare ah aliquo occurs again 
 Bacch. 1170, 1177: ex aliquo 
 only Mil. gl. 1063, and in all 
 other passages the verb is con- 
 
 strued with the accusative, 
 
 320. hlnc is almost like an 
 adjective: cf. below ;559, 872. 
 Ter. Andr. 221, 833. In Greek 
 it would be eTTiOvfjiiJ ei/epytTeif 
 veavlav riva tQiv ivrevdev. 
 
 327. cogitate = prndenter ; 
 so Mil. gl. \)4:i,vieditari cogitate, 
 
 328. rfcr/.s' is quoted from 
 this line in the old glossary of 
 riautine words: Ivitschl, Opusc. 
 II 235. See below v. lloG. 
 = nempe de tuo 'out of your 
 own means': nempe is ironical, 
 and Philto gives Lysiteles to 
 understand tliat as yet he can- 
 not call anything his own. For 
 nempe see Introd. to Aul. p. xlvi : 
 the mss. ]1CD read hero nepe, 
 ' mcmorahili indicio pyrrhi- 
 chiacaemeusurae', adds llitschl.
 
 II. 2. 49—54.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 53 
 
 330 Ph. quid is? egetne? Lv. egdt. Ph. habuitne rem ? 
 
 Lv. habuit. Ph. qui earn p^rdidit ? 
 publicisne adfinis fuit an maritumis negotiis? 
 mdrcaturan', an venalis habuit, ubi rem j^erdidit ? so 
 Lv. nil istorum. Ph. quid igitur? Lv. per comi- 
 
 tateni edepol, pater, 
 pradterea aliquantum animi causa ia d^liciis dis- 
 
 p^rdidit. 
 335 Ph. ddepol hominem praddicatum firme et fami- 
 
 liariter, 
 qui quidem nusquam per virtutem rdm confregit, 
 
 atque eget. 
 
 336. equidem Sp. in accordance Tvith the views of 0. Eibbeck 
 (see exeg. u. on y. 352), but against tlie mss. 
 
 331. affinis 'engaged in': 
 vdth a dative here, Lncr. iii 
 733, fuid Cic. pro HuUa § 79, 
 pro Cluent. 45 ; with a genet. 
 Ter. Haut. 215, Cic. pro Sulla 
 § 17. — publtca negotia denotes 
 the occupations which fall with- 
 in the range oi pitbUcini, espec. 
 farming of agei publicus, col- 
 lecting of taxes and duties, etc. 
 jnarituma negotia are commer- 
 cial speculations involving ven- 
 tures at sea. Of Cato the elder 
 (a man to Philto's heart) Plu- 
 tarch relates c. 21, ixprj<^aTo 
 Kai ry 5ia[iep\r]fX€uu) fidXiffTa 
 T'Siv SaveLa/J-uiv ini vavriKOLS tov 
 TpoTTOv rovTOP. e\'Aei'6 toi)$ 5a- 
 rfL^o/J-fvovs iirl KOivwviq. ttoWovs 
 TrapaKoXeiv. yevofxevoov 34 Trevrrj- 
 Kovra Kai TrXoiiov toctovtiov airos 
 elxe ixLav ixepiba bia. Koi'icnw^'os 
 direXevOepov Tois Savei^o/x^uois 
 avfiTTpayuarevofi^vov Kai crvp.Tr\^- 
 ovTOi. Tjv 6' ovw ovK els ciirav 
 6 KivSwos, dXX' €is nipos 
 fiiKpov iirl Kt pSea I fj-eydXois 
 (it was ' limited' liability). 
 
 332. mercaturan' , sc. perdi- 
 dit: the ablative is given by the 
 palimpsest, all other mss. hav- 
 ing viercaturamne, which would 
 oblige us to assume an awkward 
 zeugma, as the Latin phrase 
 is not mercaturam habere, but 
 facere. — venalis habere is ' to 
 trade in slaves': but this was 
 not a very respectable business. 
 Ergasilus calls it quacstum in- 
 honestum, Capt. 98. Cato the 
 elder did not pursue it openly, 
 but through his other slaves 
 •and freedmeu (Plut. Cato maj. 
 21). 
 
 333. istorum ' of the things 
 you mention'. 
 
 331. dlsperdere is also used 
 by Cicero, Agrar. i 1 ut a via- 
 ioribus nostris possessiones re- 
 lictas disperdat et dissipet. 
 
 335. Philto expresses him- 
 self sarcastically ' Well, that's 
 what I call describing a man 
 to the point [firme) and in a 
 friendly spirit'. 
 
 33(j. a?gite 'andyet'.
 
 54. 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [ir. 2. 55— G2. 
 
 nil moror onra tibi esse amicum cum elus modi 
 
 virtutibus. 55 
 
 Lv. quia sine omni malitiast, tolerare ei egestatdm 
 
 volo. 
 Ph. (\6 mendico male meretur, qui ei dat quod 
 
 edit aut bibat : 
 S-tO nam ^t illud quod dat perdit et illi prodit vitam 
 
 ad miseriain. 
 non eo liaec dico, quin quae tu vis ego velim et 
 
 faciam lubens : eo 
 
 sed ego hoc verbum quom illi quoidam dico, prae- 
 
 mostro tibi, 
 ut ita te aliorum miserescat, n^ tis alios misereat. 
 
 338. egcstatem cim volo Sp. with the mss. BG (ciiis egestatem 
 T>). I follow 11; cf. V. 358, 371. 3-il. non eo dico haec Sp. 
 against the mss. 
 
 337. nil morCir ' I don't care, 
 am uot particularly auxious': 
 see above v. 297.- — eiiis is mono- 
 syllabic. 
 
 338. sine omni is very com- 
 mon in Plautus for sine ulla : 
 cf. below, V. (J21. — malitia is 
 a much stronger word than 
 'malice'; it means 'wicked- 
 ness '. — For the dative ci' seecrit. 
 u. on V. 358. to/frtrce 'lighten', 
 = suhlevare, so again 358, 371. 
 
 339. This maxim provokes 
 the wrath of Lactantius, Instit. 
 VI 11, who calls it detestanda 
 sententia. — For the subj. edit 
 see above, v. 102. 
 
 340. prodit has the sense of 
 producit, by which it has been 
 superseded in all other mss. 
 but the palimpsest. See n. on 
 Ter. Andr. 313. 
 
 341. qnin ' as if not'. 
 
 342. hoe vcrhiim ' my rule ' : 
 V. 339. — illc quidam no doubt 
 refers to v. 324 and 326. — 
 
 jrraemo.stro is the spelling given 
 by Ji, cf, 920, 949. comtno>^trarc 
 Merc. 894, and Aul. 12, though 
 the latter passage seems to 
 show that such ancient spell- 
 ings sometimes appear quite 
 unexpectedly in late mss. The 
 best i^roof of the existence of 
 this spelling in the time of 
 Plautus is the title of one of 
 his plays, the Mostellaria. 
 
 343. tis : this peculiar form 
 of the genetive recurs Mil. gl. 
 1033, Bacch. 1200 and Pseud. 
 ; the analogous form mis in 
 Enn. ann. 131 ; Eitschl pro- 
 mised five years ago an ' ube- 
 rior tractatio ' of them ' alibi ' 
 (but has not published it yetk 
 meanwhile we may consider it 
 as the original form of the 
 genetive except the loss of its 
 u; it stands for tins and cor- 
 responds to the Doric genetives 
 i/xioi and re'os reus, for which see 
 Buttmaun, Ausfiihrl. Sprachl.
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 ■55 
 
 ir. 2. 63—69.] 
 
 Lv. d(^serere ilium et ddiuvare in rebus advorsis 
 
 pudet. 
 845 Ph. pol pudere quam pigere pradstat totidem lit- 
 
 teris. 
 Lv. edepol deuni virtute dicam, pater, et maiorum 
 
 ^t tua 6.> 
 
 mtilta bona bene parta habemus : bdne si amico 
 
 ft^ceris, 
 n^ pigeat feclsse : nt potius piideat, si non fdceris. 
 Ph. de magnis divitiis si quid demas, plus fit an 
 
 minus ? 
 350 Lv, minus, pater, sed civi inmoeni sciu quid can- 
 
 tari solet? 
 
 347. Sp. introduces here the somewhat strange-looking hen 
 parta, which may, however, be right, analogous as it is to ben 
 jicium and maljieiam. 
 
 I p. 289; Krviger, Sprachl. 11, 
 § 25, 1, 9. (See now also 
 J. Wordsworth, Spec, of Early 
 Lat. p. 87 sq.) 
 
 344;. deiiivare air. \ey. 'to 
 refuse assistance'. 
 
 345. totidem liiteris ' though 
 these words have the same 
 number of letters': of. Pseud. 
 281, nimio id quod jnidet facilins 
 fertur quam illud quod piget. 
 (Liudemanu explains praestat 
 totidem- Utteris very differently: 
 ' quasi per omnes litteras me- 
 lius est, tamquam htterae in 
 voce pudere omnes ac singulae 
 meliores sint, quam in voce 
 pigere'. The same explanation 
 is adopted by H. Nettleship, 
 The Academy in 299.) Com- 
 pare also Eurip. Hippol. 387, 
 ovK cLv 5ij' -qcFTriv TaUr' ^X'^"'''^ 
 ypdnfiara. 
 
 346. Comp. Aul. 1G4, ego 
 virtute deum et maiorum nos- 
 trum dives sum satis, a Une re- 
 
 curring Capt. 320 : see Ritschl, 
 Opusc. II 283 sqq.— dicam is 
 parenthetic, like credo above, 
 V. 115. 
 
 348. lit potius ' rather should 
 you' : lit is not strictly required 
 to complete the sense, but 
 added in antithesis to ne. 
 
 349. de magnis div., tt^ovtov 
 Kalvep /iieyaXov 6vtos. 
 
 350. minus drops its final .5. 
 immoenis has here a different 
 meaning from v. 14: munus 
 {moenus) being both ' task ' and 
 ' gift', immoenis might naturally 
 bear two senses. Lysiteles takes 
 it in the sense of ' ungenerous, 
 stingy' (qui nulla datmoenera), 
 while Philto v. 354 explains it 
 differently. — The words scin 
 quid cantari solet show that we 
 have here one of the popular 
 ditties of the time ; see Teuffel's 
 History of Eoman literature. 
 Vol. I. p. 15 of the Engl, 
 transl.
 
 oG TRINVMMVS. [II. 2. 70—77. 
 
 ' qiiod babes, ne babeas, et iUud quod nou babes, 
 
 babeas, mahnn : 7o 
 
 quando ecjuidem nee tibi bene esse pote pati ne- 
 
 que alteri'. 
 Ph. scio equidem istuc ita solere fieri : verum, gnate 
 
 mi, 
 is est inmoenis, quoi nil est qui mo^nus fungatur 
 
 suom. 
 355 Lv. deum virtute hab^mus et qui nosmet utamur, 
 
 pater, 
 et abis qui comitati simus benevoldntibus. 75 
 
 Ph. non edepol tibi pdrnegare possum quidquam 
 
 quod veHs. 
 quoi tu egestatdm tolerare vis ? loquere audacter patri. 
 
 352. pote is the reading of the palimpsest, superseded in the 
 other niss. by the rIoss jjotts; cf. Persa 30, si tutc tibi bene ease 
 pote (90 CD, potes FZ) pati. 358. The mss. read cuius from which 
 Eitschl in his first edition elicited cui tu or, in Plautine spelling, 
 
 351. malum I take to be the by Eitschl and Corssen ii 856. 
 Tocative = homonihili, neqnani, The instances of equidem e(jo 
 as Plautus frequently has it ; collected in my note ou Ter. 
 it might be objected that Ly- Haut. 632 should not, therefore, 
 ftiteles would not use such a be considered pleonasms any 
 strong expression towards his longer. 
 
 father; but it may be observed 354. I have not hesitated to 
 
 that these words are not directly restore the old spelling of the 
 
 addressed to Philto, but merely word, both in the adjective and 
 
 convey a hint which he may con- in the substantive, though 
 
 stnie according to his pleasure. Eitschl does not give it in his 
 
 — quod habes means his riches, text. Even Lucretius uses the 
 
 which the miser is to lose ; antique form vioenera in three 
 
 ijuod non habes is paupertas. places: Munro on i 29. — For 
 
 352. equidem. with other per- the constr. of fungi see n. ou 
 sons except the third was oigi- v. 1. 
 
 nally rejected in Plautus and 356. The phrase comitati 
 
 Terence by Eitschl (Proll. p. esse ( = comem esse) alicui soems 
 
 76 sqq.), butEibbeck's explana- to occur only here. — For bene- 
 
 tion of it, according to which volens see v. 46. 
 it is not a compression of e>io 357. pernegare = persistere 
 
 quidem, but composed of the in uegando : cf. Asin. ii 2, 56 
 
 interjection e and quidem (hat. pernegabo atque obdurabo, per- 
 
 Part. p. 41), is now approved iurabo denique.
 
 n. 2. 78 — 84.] TRINVMMVS. 57 
 
 Lv. Ldsbonico hinc adulescenti, Ch^rmidai filio, 
 360 qui illic habitat. Ph. quin comedit quod fuit, quod 
 
 n6n fuit? 
 Lv. ne dxprobra, pater : multa eveniunt homini quae 
 
 volt, quae nevolt. so 
 
 Ph. mtintire edepol, gnate, atque id nunc facis baud 
 
 consuetudine. 
 nam sapiens quiddm pol ipsus fingit fortunam sibi : 
 eo non multa quae nevolt eveniunt, nisi fictor 
 
 malust. 
 3G5 Lv, miilta illi opera opiist ficturae, qui se fictorem 
 
 probum 
 
 quoi tu. In the second edition he gives quoil ■with the note ' vel 
 quoiei, frequenti in legibus saeculi yii sciiptura': but a form quOi 
 does not occur in any other place in Plautus (see, however, v. 558), 
 though he uses ei (Biicheler, Lat. decl. p. 59) : and even if it did, 
 we might justly wonder that Eitsehl should adopt this form who 
 only three years ago refused even to admit eii in Plautus : Opusc. 
 II 422. The dative, however, is required on account of the next 
 line. See also below, v. 37i. 359. huic the mss., hinc R. 
 365. The reading now in the text on the authority of Stude- 
 inund's collatiou of the palimpsest is exceedingly awkward. The 
 
 359. Charmidai : 'this old El. 298 rds oiJaas ri fiov Kal 
 form of the genetive was used ras dirovcras eXwidas SU<p6opas. 
 not only in feminine, but also 3C1. nevolt is quoted from 
 in masculine nouns of the first this line or 364 in the Plautine 
 decl. and also in proper names ; glossary: cf. jievis v. 328. — 
 in the Epidicus e.g. the gene- pater drops its final r, comp. 
 tive of Periphancs is always v. 316; but the reading is not 
 Periphanai : ii 2, 62. iii 4, 72. quite certain. The palimpsest 
 V 1, 29. Comp. also Antidamai reads mala multa, and this 
 •Poen. T 2, 85. Sosiai Amph. might he kept by removing 
 I 1, 228.' Brix. quae volt, as Bergk proposed. 
 
 360. quin = quine i.e. isne 362. jiientlre is not bo strong 
 qui. See the instances given as ' you lie ', but like xj/evoei. 
 by Kejs L. G. § 1425, note. — merely ' you are mistaken, you 
 quod fuit quod non fuit is a err'. 
 
 proverbial expression denoting 364. eo = ideo. — malus ' un- 
 
 ' everything and anything'; skilful'. 
 
 comp. Soph. Antig. 1109 sq. 365. fictura 'the process of 
 
 dirdoves o'i r' ovres o'i r' dn-oVres. Jingere \ occurs only here in
 
 58 TRINVMMVS. [II. 2. 85 — 91. 
 
 vitae agandae esse expetit : sed hie adraodum adu- 
 
 lescentulust. 85 
 
 Ph. nou aetate, verum ingenio, apiscitur sapi- 
 
 entia. 
 [sapienti aetas condlmentum, sapiens aetati cibiist.] 
 agedum eloquere, quid dare illi nunc vis ? Lv. nil 
 
 quidquam, pater. 
 370 tu mode ne me prohibeas acclpere, si quid det 
 
 mihi. 
 Ph. an eo egestatein ei tolerabis, si quid ab illo 
 
 acc^peris ? t'o 
 
 Lv. eo, pater. Ph. pol dgo istam volo me ratio- 
 
 neni edoceas. Lv. licet. 
 
 construction is illi est opus multa opera ficturae, but is not opera 
 ficturae a very curious expression ? I confess that Bergk's reading 
 seems to be most acceptable: viultaest operae opus ficturae. (Sp. 
 eJits multast opera opus ficturae, which I think to be far inferior 
 to Bergk's conj.) 368. This line gives no sense unless we admit 
 very violent changes of the ms. reading, and even then it might be 
 difficult to get it into trochaic metre, and it would still be merely 
 a languid repetition of the preceding line. I have, therefore, 
 followed Eitschl in bracketing it. Sp. maintains it in the text. 
 Mr Nettleship (Academy, iii 299) thinks that it is an iambic octo- 
 narius (sapicntiae aetas condimentum, sdperest aetati cibus), 
 wrongly introduced into this trochaic passage, though good in 
 itself. 369. arjidum is the reading of /)', afieduni of the other 
 mss. ; but as tiiis would be quite isolated in Plautus (Eitschl 
 Opusc. II 563), I have not adopted it, though Eitschl does so in 
 his second edition. 371. The mss. give et for ei : but there is 
 no doubt as to the true reading, though old editors have eius : see 
 V. 358. 
 
 this sense ; Mil. gl. 1189, satis taham maxume. 
 
 2ilacet fictura; it means 'fie- 367. a^isci«(/r 'is obtained': 
 
 tion, invention ', Gellius x 5, the only place in Plautus in 
 
 3 uses fictura of the ' forma- which this verb has a passive 
 
 tion' of words. — se: the ace. c. sense; but cf. the correspond- 
 
 iiitin. is dependent on expetit ing active form Asin. ii 2, 13 
 
 in the next line: see n. on (279) nnmqitam edepol quadrigis 
 
 v. 237. Cf. Most. 625, id ma albis indipiscet postea. 
 
 scire expeto, and the ace. c. 372. licet 'willingly': see 
 
 infin. after exoptare Mil. gl. below V. 517 and n. on Aul. 
 
 1135, nam quos videre vie cxoj)- 326.
 
 11. 2. 92—99.] TRiNVMMVS. 59 
 
 scin tu ilium quo gduere gnatus sit? Ph. scio, 
 
 adprime probo. 
 Lv. s6ror illist adulta virgo grandis : earn cupio, 
 ^ pater, 
 '^^'^ ducere uxordm sine dote. Ph. sine dote autem 
 
 uxorem? Lv, ita, 
 tua re salva. hoc pacto ab illo summam inibis 
 
 gratiam, 9.5 
 
 n^que commodius ullo pacto ei poteris auxiliaries 
 Ph. dgone indotatam te uxorem ut patiar ? Lv. pa- 
 
 tiundumst, pater : 
 4t eo pacto addideris nostrae l^pidam famam fa- 
 
 miliae. 
 oov^ Ph. miilta ego possum docte;, dicta et quamvis fa- 
 
 cund^ loqui : 
 
 375. autem is om. in the mss. and was added by Fritzsche; 
 on account of the common pronunciation of an as this word 
 could easily be omitted after dote : it is far more expressive of 
 Philto's surprise than sine dote uxoremne I which is Eitschl's 
 reading. Sp.'s reading — ' sine dote uxorem ' — I do not under- 
 stand. 
 
 373. In ilium we may ob- for such a character as Philto, 
 serve a prolepsis of the subject we think that a clever actor 
 of the dependent sentence. would naturally pause after the 
 For other instances see v. 88, word salva to watch its effect 
 698, 872, 960, 992; Capt. 373; upon Philto, before he adds a 
 Men. 246, 881. second reason, tva re salva 
 
 374. grandis virgo seems to 'without any expense to you '. 
 be the usual expression for a 378. ^lt patiar, sc. diiceie. 
 girl of marriageable age: see 379. lepidam : n. on Aul. 
 n. on Aul. 189, and comp. Ter. 493 ; where it should be added 
 Ad. 673, Andr. 814. Comp. also that the word occurs also in 
 adulta virgo in Hor. Carm. iii Phaedrus and Martial. It is 
 2, 8. also well known as a proper 
 
 376. The latest editor of this name, 
 
 play, A. Spengel, has preferred 380. docta dicta 'wise saws', 
 
 reading the whole line as one occurs also Asin. iii 1, 22 and 
 
 sentence, by omitting thepunc- Men. 249. — et quamvis facunde 
 
 tuation after salva. But on ' and even ever so eloquently ' : 
 
 account of the importance which similar passages for quamvis 
 
 thisconsideration would possess are Bacch. 339, Merc. 318; cf.
 
 GO TRINVMMYS. [II. 2. 100—105. 
 
 historiani veterera atquo anticpiam Iiacc mda senec- 
 
 tus sustinet, lOO 
 
 v^rum ego qiiando te et amicitiam et gratiam. iu 
 
 nostram domum 
 video adlicere, etsi advorsatus tlbi fui, istac iudico : 
 tibi permittara, posce, duce. Lv. di te servassint 
 
 mihi. 
 385 s(^d ad istam adde gratiam imum. Ph. quid id est 
 
 autem unum ? Lv. eloquar, 
 tute ad eum adeas tit concilies, ttite poscas. Ph. ec- 
 
 cere. io5 
 
 884. permittam is tbe actnal reading of A, according to 
 Geppert, Plant. Stud. 2, 3, and has been justly admitted into the 
 text by Sp. 38.5. The mss. read sed udde ad istam and this is 
 maintained by Sp. : see Introd. to Aul. p. xliv. ' Quamquam non 
 nescio esse qui defendant, tamen et olim rcieci Proleg. p. 124, et 
 nunc habeo cur spernam, de quo genere universo dedita opera 
 agetur iu Vindiciis.'' Eitschl, 1871; his Vtndiciae have not 
 come out yet. 38G. tu cone. Sp. follo\viug Bo the and his father; 
 ut cone. Bergk, It. ; tute cone, tlie mss. 
 
 in the present play v. 554, 797. SiareXel vevo/Mo-fxiua. — 7iace mca 
 
 381. The synonymous ad- senectus sustinet ' my old head 
 
 jectives vctus and antiquos can bear'. 
 
 jointly express the idea cf ' old' 383. istac iudico '1 decide 
 
 with increased emphasis: the in the manner proposed (or 
 
 same occurs Most. 476, Persa wished) by you'. 
 
 53, Mil. gl. 751, Poen. V 2, 18, 384. scriuissint^scrvaverint, 
 
 Amph. prol. 118. The same or rather originally servavesint, 
 
 phrase occurs in the writers of see n. on Aul. 226. The same 
 
 the silver age, e. g. Yelleii;s phrase occurs Cas. ii 5, 16 
 
 Paterculus and Pliny the young- and Pseud. 37 ; cf . di te avia- 
 
 er: see also the commentators hunt Men. 277. 
 
 on Juv. VI 21. Thus we have 386. ut concilies ' to win 
 
 in Greek TraXaios and apxaios him over'. — cccere 'there we 
 
 joined together: o. g. Lys. fi, have it ', an expression of indig- 
 
 51 Kara to vo/xinov to ira\atdv nation and suri^rise; Corssen 
 
 Kal apxa-iov. Herod. vii_ 176, ii 858. 
 
 TO n^v vv» T€lxo% TO apxouov iK 387. J'/miOCJtfus 'more quick- 
 
 iraXatou (o^o.u.t^to. Arist. ap. lybyfar'; see Ramsay's Mos- 
 
 Plutarcli. cons, ad Ap. 115 c, telliiria, ]). 235, and comp. 
 
 Tavd^ oiiTus apxa-la. kol TraXaia above, v. 311.
 
 n. 2. lOG— 3. C] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 61 
 
 Ly. iiimit:) citius transiges : firmura omne erit quod 
 
 til t^geris. 
 gravius tuoin erit unum verbuni ad earn rem quam 
 
 centum mea. 
 PiJ. ecce autem in benignitate r^pperi negotium. 
 390 dabitur opera. Lv. lepidus vivis. hade sunt aedes, 
 
 hie Labet : 
 Lesbonicost nomen. age rem cura : ego te opperiar 
 
 domi. 110 
 
 Ph. nou optuma haec sunt, neque ut ego aequom 
 
 censeo : II 8. 
 
 verum meliora sunt quam quae detdrruraa. 
 sed hoc linum consolatur me atque animum meum, 
 395 quia qui nil aliud nisi quod sibi soli jjlacet, 
 
 consulit advorsum filium, nusas agit : 5 
 
 miser ex ammo fit, factius nilo facit. 
 
 389. Sp. maintains the ms. reading Itoc r. negotium against 
 Sfialiger and E. S'.t/. 0. Brugman, de sen. iamb. p. 37, prefers 
 the reading in EitseliFs first edition, fit miser ex animo, by which 
 the anapaestic word in the second foot is avoided. 
 
 388. ad earn rem ' to that first of which leads ng to the 
 
 effect '. 
 
 389. nerjotiiun 'a trouble- 
 some piece of work '. 
 
 390. lepidus vivis = [henig- 
 nus) es; for this use of vivere 
 see n. on Aul. 41t". CatuU. 
 10, 3 mala ac molesta vivis. - 
 liaec is the usual form of the 
 nom. pi. fern, in Plautus. • — 
 — /)«&(;£ = habitat, seo above v, 
 156. 
 
 396. For the accentuation 
 consulit comp. above, v. 75. — 
 nugas agit 'acts foolishly': 
 comp. ill, nugas jwstulet 'would 
 desire impossibilities'. ' There 
 are two older forms of nugae : 
 vaiigae and nogae (in which wc 
 have the same vowel-change as 
 iu claudus clodus cludus), the 
 
 only right derivation from nan- 
 cum, i.e. res niliili (c and g in 
 viginti vicesimus, curcuUo gur- 
 gulio, etc.). The origin, how- 
 ever, of naucum was obscure 
 even to the ancient grammari- 
 ans (see their opinions in Fes- 
 tus p. 1G6 M.), nay even to 
 Plautus himself, who lets the 
 slave Tranio say in Most, v 1 , 
 1, qui homo timidus erit in 
 rebus dubiis, nauci nan erit. 
 Atque equidem quid id esse 
 dicam verhi 'nauci' nescio. — 
 naugae is the spelling of C 
 Merc. V 2, 101; naugatorius of 
 A Trin. 844; naugari seems 
 to be indicated by the errors of 
 the mss. Trin. 900; n.qas is the 
 spelling of B Trin. 850.' Bki.v.
 
 62 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [II. 3. 7. — 4. 4. 
 
 sua^ scnectuti aciiorem liieiiK^m parat, 
 quom illain inportunam tdmpestatein conciet. 
 400 sod aperiuntur atsdes, quo ibam : coramodum 
 ipse dxit Lesbonicus cum servo foras. 
 
 10 
 
 Lesbonicvs. Stasimvs. Philto. 
 
 Le. minus quindecim dies sunt quom pro hisce 
 a(idibus II 4. 
 
 jninas quadi-aginta accepisti a Callicle. 
 estne hoc quod dico, Stasime ? St. quom consi- 
 dero, 
 405 memiulsse videor fieri. Le. quid factumst eo ? 
 
 398. senectuti is Sp. -nitli PCD, but is om. A, ■wliicli is 
 followed by B. Either reading is admissible aecordinp! to Plautine 
 prosody. 402. Brugman, 1. c. p. 12, proposes to read dies as a 
 monosyllable and to insert tu after quom. This is iinnecessary, 
 as dies su7it should be z'hythmically considered as cue word. 
 
 397. ex aviino in Ovfxqi: so 
 also Epid. IV 1, 1 ; Stich. i 
 1, 2; Capt. V 1, 7: Brix com- 
 pares Cist. I 1, 62 dolco ah 
 animo. — factius is an isolated 
 comparative; the sense is iiiio 
 Titafjis quidquam effcctumreddit. 
 See occlusior above, v. 222. 
 
 398. Old age may be called 
 the liiemjis of life ; by displeas- 
 ing his son, a father merely 
 contrives to render this winter- 
 time even more unpleasant than 
 it naturally is. 
 
 (599. conciet is the present : 
 the future cict is quoted from 
 Amph. I 2, 14. 
 
 400. ibam 'I was going': 
 imi)f. de conatu. — commodum 
 ' just in time ' : so again 113G. 
 Bee my n. on Ter. lOun. 313. 
 
 401. Sec n. on v. 275. 
 
 Sc. IV. Philto stands aside 
 during the following dialogue 
 between Lesbonicus and Stasi- 
 mus. 
 
 402. quindecim dies ' a fort- 
 night'; so in French quinzc 
 Jours. 
 
 403. It is characteristic of 
 Lesbonicus that he does not 
 even take the trouble of con- 
 trolling liis money, but leaves 
 it in the hands of a slave. 
 
 405. CO, sc. argento : just as 
 we might say, ' what's become of 
 it?': the neuter id being used in 
 vague reference to the subject in 
 question. Cf. Asin. i l,76iyiginti 
 iam iisust filio argcnti minis : 
 face id (that sum) ut j>aratum 
 sit. Brix also quotes Bacch. 
 IV 9, 103, lOG; Epid. i 2, 11 sqq. 
 PECud. IV 7, 51. "\Vc may add
 
 II. 4. 
 
 -7.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 03 
 
 St. e^essum, expotum, exunctura, elutum in balineis. 5 
 piscator pistor apstulit, lanii coqui 
 holitores muropolae aucupes : conflt cito. 
 
 406. The mss. agree in reading comessnm, in which the double 
 s is a spelling frequently found in the best mss. of archaic 
 writers, no doubt due to the assimilation of d to s, the original 
 form being comed-sum. I have, however, followed Ritschl in 
 writing e.vessam, a form given (perhaps from this very line) 
 in three old glossaries, and by the introduction of which we get 
 four participles equally compounded with ex. 
 
 from Terence Haut. 63; Hec. 
 421. 
 
 406. exunchtm, elutiivi (for 
 which Plautus probably wrote 
 cxlutum) : ' the main delight 
 and extravagance of the bath 
 commenced: theirslaves anoint- 
 ed the bathers from vials of 
 gold, alabaster, or of crystal, 
 containing the rarest unguents 
 gathered from all quarters of 
 the world. The number of these 
 smegm."ta used by the wealthy 
 would fill a modern volume— 
 especially if the volume were 
 printed by a fashionable pub- 
 lisher; Amaraciman,MegaHuin, 
 Nardum — omne quod exit in 
 vm :' Lord Lytton, The Last 
 Days of Pompeii, B. i, ch. 7. 
 cxunctum = unguentis absump- 
 tum, and clutmn should be ex- 
 plained in the same manner. — 
 halinea (not halineum) appears 
 to be the form exclusively used 
 by Plautus, in close correspond- 
 ence with the Greek fia\a.vuov 
 (see n. on v. 112) : instances 
 of halinea and halineum from 
 Inscriptions are collected by 
 Corssen ii 256. (See also ib. 
 347.) Cf. also Eitschl, Opusc. 
 11 523. 
 
 407. pistor ' nomen erat eius 
 qui ruri far pinsebat', accordii^g 
 to Varro ap. Kon. p. 152 ; ' a 
 
 miller', the baking of bread 
 being one of the duties of the 
 cook (as it is in the country 
 even now). See crit. n. on 
 Aul. 397. 
 
 408. 7jo?ifor 'thegreengrocer'; 
 holus and Iwlitor should be 
 spelt with an h both on ety- 
 mological grounds (see Cors- 
 sen 1 100, II 160) and in accord- 
 ance with the Inscriptions (ib. 
 101) and mss. (Ribb. Ind. Verg. 
 p. 421): see also n. on Ter. 
 Andr. 369. Varro, however, 
 knows and accounts for olus, de 
 1. 1. V 108 (p. 43 Isl.).— aucupes 
 ' poulterer' : but is it not strange 
 that the /j.vpoTrui\i]i should be 
 mentioned with the greengrocer 
 and poulterer ? As Mr Nettle- 
 ship observes (Academy, iii 299) 
 ' it is possible that Plautus may 
 have had in his eye the custom 
 of using unguents as oil for 
 herbs (comp. the proverb ro 
 iirl rrj <paK7J nvpov), which is 
 known to have existed among 
 persons of vulgar and extrava- 
 gant tastes.' — confit ' is got 
 through ', instead of conficitur. 
 The same form was formerly 
 read Ter. Ad. 946, but has there 
 yielded to quom fit in recciit 
 editions. For this and similar 
 forms see Munro on Lucr. ii 
 1001.
 
 G4. 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [II. 4. 8—12. 
 
 nou hc'rclc minus divorse distrahitur cito, 
 410 quam si tu obicias formicis papaveretn. 
 
 Le. minus hercle in istis rdbus sumptumst sex minis. 
 St. quid, quod dedisti scortis? Le. ibidem una 
 
 traho. 10 
 
 St. quid, quod ego frudavi? Le. em istaec ratio 
 
 maxumast. 
 St. non tibi illud adparere, si sumas, potest, 
 
 413. frudavi is EitscU's emendation (Sp. dcfraudavi ? Les. 
 cm, ratio viaxumast, but istaec is surely required). The mss. 
 have eitlier di-frudavi (BDa) or dcfraudavi (AC): but frudare 
 aud di'frudarc are supported by the best authorities and attested 
 by Prise, i 5"2 h. : see n. on Ter. Phorm. 44. Eitschl, Par. 
 ■p. 541 sq. Corssen i 660 quotes even frude for fraude from au 
 Inscription. 
 
 409. This line is omitted in 
 all mss. except the palimpsest. 
 The forcible expression diror.-^'« 
 iMstracti would alone be siilH.- 
 cieut to vindicate the Plautiue 
 origin of these words. 
 
 410. The molossus formicis 
 may be defended witli other 
 instances, see Eitschl, ProU. 
 p. ccxiv ; but accentuations like 
 this are especially frequent in 
 the spurious prologues : cdiiscn- 
 tit Cas. prol. o9. fvcistls Poen. 
 prol. 7. iufantis ib. 28. dhiurdnt 
 liud. prol. 14. Virtutaii Amph. 
 prol. 42. j)ra€fect(cst ib. 100. 
 Mercator^lcrc. prol. 6. ccL-tar 
 Amph. I 2, 28 (in a scene which 
 can be shown to be interpo- 
 lated); for Plautus comp. espe- 
 cially Men. 102, 702; Eud. 461, 
 805; Poen. n 34; in 3, 20. It 
 is not, therefore, necessary to 
 vrrite formicis tu ohicius (Nonius 
 has so without tu), as Eitschl 
 did in his first edition. — pupa- 
 ver as masc. is quoted by Cha- 
 risius p. 8?, 27 K. from tliis 
 place ; iu I'lautus and in the 
 
 earlier writers it is always masc. 
 
 411. in istis rebus ' in those 
 things which you enumerate '. 
 — sumptuiiist — absumptum est, 
 inpensum est, 'has been spent'; 
 comp. 414 and especially Mil. 
 gl. 666 sq., in mala uxore atque. 
 inimico si quid sumcL^, sumptus 
 est : Iu bono hospite atque amico 
 quaestus est quod sumitur. A 
 later Latin construction would 
 be with the compound, istis 
 rebus insumptum est. 
 
 412. ibidem una traho: see 
 n. on V. 203. 
 
 413. istaec ratio 'your ac- 
 count ' : for this meaning of 
 ratio see u. on Ter. Ad. 855, 
 and cf, here v. 417, 8, (9). 
 
 414. ilhid, the whole affair. 
 si sumas ' if you merely spend ', 
 leaving all the trouble of ac- 
 counting for the money to me. 
 This ex]ilanation is also sup- 
 ported by the forcible position 
 of tibi and tu at the beginning 
 of the line, for which we should 
 supply the antithesis ' but it 
 does to me '.
 
 II. -k l:l— 23 ] TrjxvM?,ivs. 
 
 65 
 
 415 nisi tu inmortale rdre esse argentuni tibi. 
 
 Ph. sero atquo stulte, prius quod cautum oportuit, 
 postquam comedit rem, post rationem putat. is 
 
 Le. nequaquam argenti ratio cou2:>aret taraeu. 
 St. ratio quidem hercle adparet: argentum OL)^eTai. 
 
 420 minas quadraginta accepisti a Callicle, 
 
 et ille aedis mancupio aps te accepit. Le. admodum. 
 Ph. pol opino adfinis noster aedis vendidit. 20 
 
 pater quom peregre veniet, in portast locus : 
 nisi forte in ventrem filio conrepserit. 
 
 425 St. mill^ drachumarum tarpezitae Olumpico, 
 
 425. Sp. has again trapezitae, drachumarum millc Ohjmpico, 
 which it is quite certain that PI. did not write. 
 
 416. quod, sc. ut rationem 
 putaret. 
 
 417. Observe the emphatic 
 repetition of post, which is else- 
 where not repeated in the apo- 
 dosis. — Lambinus observes 
 ' haec loquitur ad spectatores 
 conversus'. — rationem putare 
 'to balance an account', occurs 
 AuL 520, Most. 299, Cas. in 2, 
 25; Ter. Ad. 208; Afran. 79; 
 Cato de re rust. 2, 5 ; 5, 3 estr. 
 Cic. Att. IV 11, 1. 
 
 419. For Greek words and 
 phrases in Plautus see n. on 
 vaiKTai V. 187. — ratio may here 
 be taken in the sense of ' man- 
 ner' : Stasimus means that the 
 manner in which the money 
 was spent is just as clear (see 
 406—410) as the result. A 
 ludicrous application of this 
 line (which serves also to show 
 the popularity the Trinummus 
 would seem to have enjoyed) 
 is related by Cicero, in Pison. 
 25, 61 : ita enim sunt perscriptae 
 (rationes) scite et litterate, itt 
 scriba, ad aerarium qui eas ret- 
 tulit, perscriptis rationibus se- 
 
 W, P. 
 
 ami ipse, caput sinistra manu 
 pcrfricans, commurmuratus sit 
 ratio... oi'xer at. 
 
 421. mancupio accipere ' to 
 receive into one's possession' 
 recurs Cure. 494 sq. egone ah 
 Icnone quicquam Mancupio acci- 
 piam, quibus sui nil est nisi 
 una lingua? — admodum 'just 
 so ' : see n. on Ter. Hec. 458. 
 
 422. opino is used by Plau- 
 tus in a considerable number of 
 passages mstead of opinor. — 
 adfinis noster is ironical, 'our 
 intended brother '. 
 
 423. peregre ' from abroad' : 
 see n. on v. 14:9.— in porta, i. e. 
 at one of the gates of the town, 
 where beggars used to station 
 themselves : Capt. i 1, 22, vel 
 extra portam Trigeminam ad 
 saccum ilicet. 
 
 424. nisi forte is ironical, 
 et fir) apa.— filio is a colloquial 
 use of the dative (very frequent 
 also in German : wenn er nicht 
 etwa seinem sohn in den bauch 
 kriechen will) ; in prose we 
 should say i7i ventrem filii. 
 
 425. mille drachutnarum oc-
 
 66 
 
 TRINVJCIVS. [II. 4. 24—27. 
 
 quas de ratione ddlubuisti, reJJitae. 
 
 [pro sponsione pronuper quam exactns es]. 25 
 
 Le. nempe quas spopondi. St. immo ' (pias de- 
 
 spondi' Inquito, 
 pro illo adulescente, quem tu esse aibas divitem. 
 
 427. This line is placed here by A, but after the next line 
 by the other mss. But pronuper is no word ('immditum sanae- 
 qne rationis plane expers' says Eitschl), and in spite of even 
 the most violent chanf^es it is impossible to construe this line 
 in any way, and besides nempe 427 b. would have no sense, if 
 Stasimus himself had already mentioned the sponsio. Eitschl 
 (Par. p. 529) has, therefore, justly rejected these words as a 
 versified gloss on the next line. Weise had done so even before 
 Eitschl. (Sp. places v. 427 before 426, and reads in the first 
 ' quas depeniW immo inquito, and then quia spoiisionem propter 
 tute exdctua es. I do not believe that this new reading will find 
 many supporters.) — immo enim is the conjecture of 0. Brugman, 
 de sen. p. 24. 
 
 curs in the same way Ter. Haut. 
 601; mllle is in fact always 
 treated as a subst. by Plautus, 
 never as an adjective. As a 
 subst. we find it also in Cor- 
 nelius Nepos, Cicero (pro Mil, 
 20, 53; Phil. 6, 5), Horace 
 (Sat. II 3, 197), and Livy. See 
 Madvig, § 72; Zumpt, § 116, 
 note ; Drager, Syntax, p. 89 
 sq., and read the chapter in 
 Gellius I 16. — drachuma is 
 the usual form in which the 
 Greek bpaxiJ-'f} appears in the 
 old writers, as has been elabo- 
 rately proved by Eitschl (see 
 his Opusc. II Ind.); cf. Corsseu 
 II 131, and my n. on Ter. 
 Andr. 451.— tarpezita, or rather 
 tarpessita is the Plautine form 
 of the (jreek rpaTre^tTrj^ 'a 
 banker': first vindicated by 
 Fleckeisen, Ep. crit. p. 13 sq., 
 then by Eitschl (Opusc. 11 Ind. 
 V. tarjyessita). For similar in- 
 stances of metathesis see my 
 
 dissertation on the Aul. p. 14. 
 — Olyvipicus 'OXu^TTt/cos occurs 
 as a name in Greek writers 
 also. 
 
 426. de ratione ' according 
 to account '. — dehihere and 
 2>raehibere occur in several pas- 
 sages in Plautus instead of 
 debere and praebere ; but as the 
 mss. vary it would not be wise 
 to restore these original forms 
 throughout, as Fleckeisen did 
 in the second volume of his 
 Plautus. — redditae (sunt), the 
 construction being as if the 
 subj. were after all mille dra- 
 chumae, x^^'^o-'- Spax/J-al dvodedo- 
 fievai daiv, ' have been paid '. 
 
 427 b. For nempe see n. on 
 V. 328. — dcspondcrc is in this 
 sense invented by Stasimus ; he 
 means ' say rather that by bail- 
 ing him you lost your money'. 
 de denotes here removal : spon- 
 deudo demere sibi.
 
 ir. 4. 28—38.] 
 
 TRINVMjrV^S. 
 
 Le. factum. St. tit quidem illud perierit. Le. fac- 
 tum Id quoquest. 
 430 nam nunc eum vidi miserum et me eius miseritumst. 
 
 St. miserdt te aliorum, tui nee miseret n^c pudet. 30 
 
 Ph. tempiist adeundi. Le. estne hie Pliilto qui 
 advenit ? 
 
 is hardest ipsua. ST. ddepol ne ego isti'im velim 
 
 meura fieri sorvom cum suo peculio. 
 43.5 Ph. erum atque servom plurumum Philto iubet 
 
 salvere, Lesbonicum et Stasimum. Le. di duint 35 
 
 tibi, Philto, quae([uomque optes. quid agit filius ? 
 
 Ph. bene volt tibi. Le. edepol mutuom mecuni facit. 
 
 St. nequam illud verbumst 'bdne volt', nisi qui 
 bene facit. 
 
 430. Instead of nunc Brix conjectures dudum. 432. For 
 the hiatus (which is sufficiently protected by the change of 
 speakers) see lutrod. to Aul. p. lx. (The everlasting fluctua- 
 tions of Ritschl's judgment as to hiatus are here perceptible in his 
 note ^ tempiis adeundi est Camerarius, haud scio an vere', while 
 Ms 'proecdosis ' maintains the hiatus.) 
 
 429. factum ' 'tis true ' : cf. 
 V. 127. — Stasimus presses his 
 point to show that Lesbonicus 
 was careless with his money, 
 as this makes his own careless- 
 ness more pardonable, ut qui- 
 dem ' whence follows that that 
 sum at all events was wasted 
 (;jer(>ri(=disperditasitj, thrown 
 away', ut is conceived in de- 
 pendence on factum. 
 
 430. eiius is the spelling of 
 the palimpsest (as may be men- 
 tioned here, but I did not 
 choose to put it in my text); 
 
 see n. on v. 358 The pity felt 
 
 by Lesbonicus for the misfor- 
 tunes of others is a happy trait 
 which renders him in our eyes 
 deserving of Lysiteles' kindness 
 to him. Lesbonicus is only 
 thoughtless, but not wicked. 
 
 433. istum ' the man you 
 mention'. 
 
 434. peculium is here jo- 
 cosely applied to Philto's pri- 
 vate property, he himself being 
 considered as Stasimus' servos. 
 
 435. Philto is exquisitely 
 polite in saluting both master 
 and servant. — erus is the only 
 genuine spelling, not herus. 
 
 438. duint : see n. on Aul. 62. 
 
 438. mutuom iiiecum facit — 
 mutuo a me amatur (Lambin.). 
 Cf. Cure. 4G sq. ea me deperit. 
 ego autem cum ilia nolo facere. 
 mutuom. Pa. quid ita? Ph. 
 quia proprium facia : amo pari- 
 tcr semul. So mutuom Jit (sc. a 
 me) Mil. gl. 1253. 
 
 439. ' Ostendit voluntatem 
 esse inanem sine re et factis.' 
 Lambin. 
 
 — -J
 
 G8 TRINVMMVS. [II. 4. 39—51. 
 
 440 ego quoqiie volo esse liber: nequiquam volo. 
 
 liic postulet frugi 4^se : niigas postulet. 40 
 
 Ph. mens gndtus me ad te misit, inter te atque nos 
 adflnitatem ut conciliarem et gratiam. 
 tnam volt sororem ducere uxorem, ct mihi 
 
 445 sententia eademst et volo. Le. ban nosed tuom : 
 bonis tuis rebus meas res inrides malas. 45 
 
 Pii. bomo ego sum, tu bomo's : Ita me amabit 
 
 luppiter, 
 neque td derisum advenio neque digniim puto. 
 verum boc quod dixi, meus me oravit filius 
 
 450 ut tuam sororem poscerem uxorem sibi. 
 
 Le. mearuni me rerum novisse aequomst ordinem. 50 
 cum vostra nostra uon est aequa factio : 
 
 440. I adhere to the spelling vrqniqnam, which is supported 
 by the best mss. in the majority of instances (though not here) 
 and iu agreement with the formation of the word: qui being 
 the ablative, I am sorrj' that Ritschl who originally substantiated 
 the genuine spelling, should now have reverted to the bad spellings 
 neqnidqnavi and nequicqxiam, in which he fancies he discovers a 
 trace of an old ablative d. (See below v. 565.) 447. luniw tux 
 Sp. with the mss. I follow R. 448. advenio A (which R fol- 
 lows), veni the other mss. (adopted by Sp.). 452. vestra A, 
 vcstris the other mss. ; the latter reading is adopted by Sp. But 
 it is evident that it arose from v. 467. 
 
 441. j)o.^tnlct a^tolr) dv ' let the uncertain state of human 
 
 him pretend'. — 7ut[icis fwsttilct affairs we should never boast of 
 
 is explained iu n. on v. 39(). our possessions, and be always 
 
 445. hau nosco tuom ' I do afraid of the (pdofos Oewv. See 
 not recognise your character ' the similar conversation be- 
 (in your present conduct): comp. tween Megadorus and Euclio, 
 Ter. Eun. 10()(;, mm cognusco Aul. 218- 222. 
 
 rostrum tdin stiperhuin. See also 449. hoc quod dixi 'as I 
 
 on V. 123. have already said ', = i/a uti 
 
 446. bonis tuis rrhus is aid. di.ri which occurs in many 
 absol., Tuiv ffuu evTropovfTuv. (Or j)assages. 
 
 we might take it as a real abl. 451. ordincvi, the rank of 
 
 instr. ; 'by your wealth', i. e. social position befitting my for- 
 
 by bringing my poverty face to tune, 
 
 face with your wealth'.) 452. factio is originally a 
 
 447. liomo: on account of political term, but here (and
 
 II. 4. 52—58.] 
 
 TRINViOlVS. 
 
 69 
 
 adfinitateni vobis aliam quaerite. 
 St. satin tu sanu's mentis aut auimi tui, 
 4'55 qui condicionem banc repudies ? nam ilium tibi 
 ferentarium esse amicum inventum int^llego. .^5 
 Le. abin hiuc dierecte ? St. si hercle ire occipiam, 
 
 votes. 
 Le. nisi quid me aliud vis, Philto, respond! tibi. 
 Ph. benigniorem, Lesbonice, te mibi 
 
 458. I have kept the reading of the mss., though Eitschl 
 adopts Hermann's order nisi me aliud quid vis, as he considers an 
 anapaestic word faulty in the second foot: Proll. 221. (Sp. 
 reads nisi quid vis me aliud and Brugman, de sen. p. 37, substi- 
 tutes the archaic alid, which was still used by Catullus. See, 
 for it, J. Wordsworth's Spec, of Early Lat. p. 9-4 sq.) But comp. 
 above, v. 397 miser ex animn fit etc. But why then does not 
 Bitschl also change Merc. 728 illdst-etiam vis nomen dicam t 
 where it would be easy enough to read vis etiam; again Persa 372 
 veruni ei rei operant do ne alii dicant quibus licet (why not 
 €i rei do operam ?) ; see also other passages collected by Brix : 
 Poen. Ill 3, 68; Mil. gl. Oil, and in Terence Ad. in 5, 57; 
 Haut 113; Phorm. v 8, 38. 
 
 467, 431, 497) used of social 
 rank, as we might say ' circle '. 
 Brix appropriately compares 
 Cist. II 1, 17 neque nos fact tone 
 tanta quanta tu sunms, neque 
 opes nostrae tam sunt validae 
 quavi tuae. 
 
 454. For the genetives mentis 
 and animi comp. my note on 
 Aul. 105, where I might also 
 have quoted Epid. ii 2, 55 
 sermonis fallebar, though this 
 is differently explained by Key, 
 L. G. § 940. 
 
 455. condicio ' a marriage 
 offer ', and above v. 159. 
 
 456. For ferentarium see In- 
 trod, to Aul. p. xLiv (an instance 
 exactly parallel is scde/itdrii 
 sutores Aul. 508) ; see also 
 C. F. W. Miiller, ' Nachtriige ' 
 p. 37 sq. (158). "According to 
 Yeget. I 20, the ferentarii were 
 
 light troops whom it was usual 
 to place at the flanks to begin 
 the fight with slight skirmish- 
 ing; according to Varro, de 1. 1. 
 VII 57, and Paul. p. 85 the name 
 was derived from ferre {auxi- 
 lium or anna), and here it is 
 obvious that Plautus thinks of 
 a ' helping' friend, 'a friend in 
 need'." Brix. 
 
 457. abin hinc dierecte ' go 
 to the deuce ' : dierectus occurs 
 only in Plautus (and once in 
 Varro's Satires) and is always 
 pronounced in three syllables. 
 See the passages collected in 
 Ramsay's MosteUaria, p. 95 sq. 
 • — votare is the Plautine form 
 for vetare: Corssen ii 66. — si 
 hercle is common instead of 
 hercle si, cf. n. on Aul. 48. 
 
 459. henignior ' kinder, more 
 polite '.
 
 70 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [II. 4. 59— GS. 
 
 4G0 qnam nunc experior 4sse, confido fore. 
 
 nam et stvilte facere et stulte fabularier, eo 
 
 ntrumque, Lesbonice, in aetate haii bonumst. 
 
 St. verum hdrcle hie dicit. Le. 6culum ego ecfo- 
 diam tibi, 
 
 si vdrbum addideris. St. ht^rcle qui dicam tamen : 
 4G5 nam si .sic non lioibit, luscus dixero. 
 
 Ph. ita nunc tu dicis, non esse aequiperabilis 65 
 
 vostras cum nostris factiones atque opes ? 
 
 Le. dico. Ph. quid ? nunc si in a^dem ad cenam 
 veneris, 
 
 atque Ibi opulentus tfbi par forte obvdnerit: 
 
 4C4. qui is Fleckeisen's reading (krit. misc. p. 30) and this 
 is surely indicated by quid BCD, the d having been added merely 
 from the next word {dicam). 
 
 462. in aetate ' in human 
 life': see u. on v. 24. 
 
 4G3. For ocuhim ecfodere see 
 n. on Aul. 53. 
 
 464. qui in such expressions 
 as this is the ablative of the 
 indef. pronouu=7r^ or irus, the 
 same as in ecqui numqui quippe 
 qui utqui (v. 637) atqui. Cf. 
 Most. 824, hercle qui jmiUo in- 
 'prohiores sunt quam a j>rimo 
 credidi, and the same hercle 
 qui occurs Pseud. 473 ; Merc. 
 412, 1007; Stich. 559 ; Men. 
 1092. Similarly we find edepol 
 qui Mil. gl. 779 ; Amph. 776 ; 
 I'ers. 564; ccaator qui As. 690; 
 nt pol qui ( = atqui pol) Rud. 
 946; As. 823; Amph. 705.— 
 The palimpsest gives quiii in 
 the present jilace, but this 
 should be compared with the 
 form atqnin which is foreign to 
 Plautus: see Eibbeck, Lat. 
 Part. p. 20. — qui means 'some 
 way or other'. 
 
 465. luscus, quando tu mihi 
 
 oculum ecfoderis. 
 
 4C6. ita ' do you really mean 
 to say?' — aequiperare and ae- 
 quiperahilis (with e instead of 
 a) are the archaic forms which 
 again correspond to later forms 
 of vulgar Latin : Corssen ii 410. 
 See below, n. on 643. But 
 aequiparahilia seems to be pe- 
 culiar to Plautus ; it occurs 
 here and Cure, i 3, 12. 
 
 468. nmic is the Greek av- 
 rlKa, 'for instance'. — cena is 
 explained v. 470 sq., a cena 
 popularis, the expense of which 
 was defrayed by the tithes due 
 to Hercules or some other god ; 
 cf. Macrob. Sat. iii 12, 2 testa- 
 tur Terentius Varro . . . maiores 
 solitos decimam Herculi vovere 
 nee decern dies intermittere quin 
 imllucerent (Ramsay's Most. p. 
 99 sq.) ac populum aavfj-^oKov 
 cum corona laurea dimitterent 
 (perhaps adm. ?) cuhitnm. 
 
 469. par ' as partner ' of 
 your kKLvti, 6ix6k\ivos, in accord-
 
 II. 4. G9— 80.] TRINVMMYS. 71 
 
 470 [acl|)6sita cena sit, popularem qnam vocant : 
 
 si illf confjestae slnt cpulae a cluentibus,] 70 
 
 si quid tibi placeat, quod illi congestum siet, 
 edisne an incenatus cum opulento accubes ? 
 Le. edhn, nisi si ille votet. St. at pol ego, etsi 
 votet, 
 
 475 edim atque ambabus malis expletis vorem, 
 
 et quod illi placeat, pra<iripiani potissumum : 73 
 nequc illi concedam quicquam de vita mea. 
 verecundari nt^minem apud mensam decet : 
 nam ibi d^ divinis atque bumanis ce'niitur. 
 
 480 Ph. rem fabulare. St. non tibi dicam dole : 
 
 decedam ego illi (16 via, de semita, so 
 
 470 sq. These two lines are considered spurious by Eitschl, 
 and at all events there seems to be little doubt that 470 is spuri- 
 ous (as Fieckeisen saw, krit. misc. p. 17), as the construction 
 is somewhat loose, and as it was scarcely necessary to explain 468, 
 the character of the ceva being sufficiently' indicated by the words 
 in ardnn. (This reasoning is not admitted by Sp. who does not 
 bracket these two lines.) 480. Sp. thinks it necessaiy to insert 
 id after ((6/. I may add that he proved most of all that niihi, 
 tibi, sihi appear also in the iambic and trochaic parts in their 
 original quantity (as iambs) and not only in the cantica, which was 
 the original opinion of E. Why does Sp. change his mind now? 
 
 ance with the Greek habit of arjitiir. CWhcnce does Scaliger 
 
 accommodating two guests on a get this formula?) divinae et 
 
 couch, while the Eomans ar- humanae res parasiti est esca, 
 
 ranged their lecti for three. et meusa senatus. quo quid 
 
 473. edisne is subjunctive, leindius dici potest? aliter 
 of. 475. aceipias, perit omnis lepor '. 
 
 474. nisi si ' except if '. For Scaligek. 
 
 votare see n. on 457. — etai votet 479. cer?i/<»r = decernitnr. 
 
 ' even supposing he should for- 480. rem fabulare a\r]Or} \4- 
 
 bidme'. yeis. — non dolo: see on v. 90; 
 
 477. de vita mea 'so as to 'I'll tell you the truth', 
 diminish my food'. 481. It was the duty of slaves 
 
 478. verecundari ' to be to make way for men of free 
 bashful '. — ' In senatu dicitur : birth : see n. on Ter. Haut. 
 nulla verecundia debet nos de- (prol.) 31.— via is the street iu 
 movere a sententia dicenda, ubi general, semita the footpath. 
 de rebus divinis et humanis
 
 72 thinvmmvs. [II. 4. 81—91. 
 
 de hon6re populi : verum quod ad vciitrem attinet, 
 non hdrclo hoc longe, nisi me pugnis vicerit. 
 cena hac annonast sine sacris her^ditas. 
 
 4S5 Ph. semper tu hoc lacito, Lesbonice, cogitcs, 
 
 id optumum esse, tiite uti sis optunius : 85 
 
 si id nequeas, saltern ut optumis sis proxumus. 
 nunc condicionem hanc, quarn ego fero et quam 
 
 aps t6 peto, 
 dare atque accipere, Lesbonice, te volo, 
 
 490 dei divites sunt, deos decent opulentiae 
 
 et factiones : verum nos homunculi go 
 
 salillum animai : quam quom exteraplo emisimus, 
 
 492. I have kept the reailiug of the mss. BCD, not because 
 I am perfectly convinced of its genuineness, but because not 
 one of the conjectiu'es proposed by Ilitschl (sitellum, based on 
 satillum in the palimpsest, and a gloss Kd5i.ov, sitclla, sitellum), Bergk 
 {■•italaiimiian), Fritzsche {scintilla or sciiitillula) appears satisfactory. 
 (I cannot accept Sp.'s nal illnc ,auimae quomque ext. om.) salilluiii 
 is quoted from only one other place, Catullus 29, 19 quod cuius 
 
 482. de honore populi means sometimes avery expensive mat- 
 ' a public office'. There is much ter. Cf. Capt. iv 1, 8 sine sacris 
 humour in making the slave hereditatem sum aptus ecfertis- 
 say, ' I will make way for him sumam. 
 
 in everytliiug, get out of his 486. optumum est lit : the 
 
 way when he is walldng, not same constr. is found Rud. i 4, 
 
 stand in his way in the comiie- 1 quid niihi vicliust, quid viugis 
 
 tition for public oilices.' (H. in remst, quam corpore vitam 
 
 Nettleship, Academy, iii 299.) ut secludam? — optumus should 
 
 — ad droits its d in scansion. not lio uudcrstood in a strictly 
 
 483. lion Jioc loiige 'not so moral sense, but iu agreement 
 far', the pronoiui is accompa- with Philto's ])riiu'iples as ex- 
 nied by an expressive gestm'e. i)lained above, v. 862 sqq. 
 
 Cf. Most. 393, De. quid igitur 489. dare 'grant', dare cot - 
 
 abeavius hinc nos 7 Tu. non responds to fjcio, and acc/jjerc to 
 
 )ioc longe, Delphium, and the fcro. 
 
 same jjhrase occm's Cist, ii 3, 490. dei is merely the old 
 
 39. spelling for di ; Plautus and the 
 
 481. hac annona 'in the old poets in general kiiow no 
 
 present dearth'. We might say disyllabic dei in the plural. — 
 
 'an inheritance free of legacy opulentiae: see on v. 36. 
 
 duty' ; with many 'hereditates' 492. quom extemplo, iTrd rix' 
 
 the keeping up of sacra domes- lora : n. on V. 242. 
 tica was connected, which was
 
 II. 4. 92—102.] TKLSVMMVS, 
 
 to 
 
 aequo meudicus atque ille opulentissumus 
 censetur ceiisu ad 'Acheruntem mortuos. 
 
 495 St. mirum quin tu illo t(^cum divitias feras : 
 
 iibi mortuos sis, ita sis ut nom^n cluet. 95 
 
 Ph. nuuc ut scias hie factiones atque opes 
 non esse neque nos tuam neglegere gratiam : 
 sine dote posco tuam sororem filio. 
 
 500 quae r^s bene vortat. habeon pactam ? quid taces ? 
 St. pro di Inmortales, condicionem quoius modi, loo 
 Ph. quio fabulare 'di bene vortant: spondeo' ? 
 St. eheu, ubi usus nil erat dicto, 'spondeo' 
 
 tibi purior saliUo est. I am even iuclined to think that salillum 
 may be explained as a general term for anything very small : 
 mica salis, as Catullus says 86, 3. 502. ISp. reads die ' be7ie 
 vortat ! spondeo' . But see exeg. note. 503. erat drops its final 
 t and is thus reduced to a pyrrhich : for which we may refer to 
 
 493. ille opulentissimns ' that 
 (miich-envied) millionaire'. 
 
 49-4. ad Acheruntem (for the 
 prosody comp. v. 525 ; see In- 
 trod. to Aul. p. XLvii) ' in the 
 Acheron': this name is here 
 treated like the names of towns 
 or Yike forum, with which Tlau- 
 tus frequently uses ad in the 
 sense of apxul. — mortuos ' after 
 his death'. Lambinus appositely 
 quotes instances from Lucian's 
 veKpiKol didXoyoi. in which Phil- 
 to's maxim is vividly enforced. 
 
 495. mirum quin, lit. 'it is 
 strange why not ' ; this phrase 
 has always an ironical sense ; 
 see the instances collected by 
 Kamsay, Most. p. 148 sq. 
 
 496. duct: see above, v. 309, 
 and below v. 620, whence the 
 meaning of the phrase appears 
 to be 'in accordance with the 
 true sense of the word'. Lam- 
 binus properly explains ' ita 
 fuerit, ut nomen est, nempe 
 mortuus'. 
 
 497. hie = apud nos, or in 
 hac condicione. 
 
 498. neglegere ' slight', i. e. 
 undervalue. 
 
 500. quae res bene vortat 
 reciurs below, v. 572. — jmctam, 
 sc. sororem, cf. below 1183. 
 See also Poen. v 3, 38, Ag. tuam 
 viihi maiorevi fiUam despondeas. 
 Ha. pactam rem habeto. Ag. 
 sjwndesne igitur? Ha. spondeo. 
 Cure. 674, spondesne, miles, mi 
 hanc uxor em? Th. spondeo. 
 (See alsoGronovius,Lect. Plaut. 
 p. 344.) 
 
 501. quoismodi is the pro- 
 nunciation required by the 
 metre : Introd. to Aul. p. lvii. 
 
 502. In the same way Euclio 
 (Aul. 255) says to Megadorus 
 when bestowing his daughter 
 upon him: di bene vortant. 
 Below, V. 573, Lesbonicus ac- 
 tuaUy employs the phrase in 
 the act of betrothhig his sister 
 to PhUto for Lysiteles. 
 
 503. Stasimus means that
 
 74 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [II. 4. 103 — 113. 
 
 105 
 
 110 
 
 dic^bat, nunc Lie quom opus est non quit dlcere 
 505 Le. quom adfinitate vostra me arbitramini 
 
 diornum, habeo vobis, Philto, magnani G^'atiam. 
 
 sed si liacic res graviter c^cidit stultitia niea, 
 
 Philto, ^st ager sab urbe nobis : eiim dabo 
 
 dotdm sorori : nam Is de divitiis meis 
 510 solus superfit pradter vitam rdlicuos. 
 
 Ph. profecto dotem nil moror. Le. certumst dare. 
 
 St. nostramne, ere, vis nutrlcem, quae nos ^ducat, 
 
 abalienare a n6bis ? cave sis feceris. 
 
 quid edemus nosmet postea? Le. etiam tti taces? 
 
 Introd. to Aul. p. xxiv. To avoid this, Eitschl admits Linde- 
 maun's transposition dicto nil erat usus. Sp. lias a new reading 
 7iil usus iihi erat dicto. 609. The mss. read de stuUiti.is meis 
 (or the sing.), but as in that reading the preposition de would 
 be quite meaoingless, I have adopted Bergk's ingenious emenda- 
 tion which has also met with Bitschl's [not with Sp.'s] approba- 
 tion in his second edition. 
 
 in other instances when Les- 
 bonicus ought rather to have 
 refrained from saying ' spondeo' 
 (v. 427 sqq. ), he was ready 
 enough with it; but now that a 
 profitablespo/iA-io presents itself, 
 he hesitates and will not say 
 the word. — An engagement was 
 considered as a verbal contract 
 or stipulatio, in which spondeo 
 was the word used to confirm 
 the transaction. 
 
 504. ]dc is tlie adverb = in hac 
 re. (It is dilficult to see why 
 Bitschl should call this ' per- 
 quam incommodum' and ex- 
 change it for hoc, a mere con- 
 jectm'e; nunc hie is surely no 
 mere tautology : hie corresjjonds 
 to uhi in the preceding line, 
 and nunc enforces the notion 
 of the present time in oppo- 
 sition to the imperfect dicebat.) 
 
 505. qxiom stands, as it often 
 does in the archaic writers, 
 
 where later usage would have 
 requu'od qiwd or quoniam. 
 
 507. haec res ' my fortune ' 
 (see above, v. 172). — graviter 
 cecidit ' has collapsed heavily', 
 =periit fanditus. 
 
 508. sub uWje 'outside thegates 
 of the town'; hence suburbanus, 
 and the English suburb. 
 
 510. superfit = superest, oc- 
 cm's in Plautus, Pseud. 456, 
 Stich. 592, Mil. gl. 356; a- 
 mong later writers Columella 
 has it XII 1, 5. 
 
 511. certumst 'I am resolv- 
 ed' : see n. on v. 270. 
 
 51.3. cave is generally a pyi-- 
 rhich in Plautus : Introd. to 
 Aul. p. XXVII. 
 
 514. etiam tu taces? 'won't 
 you be silent?' etiam is ex- 
 pressive of anger and vexation 
 at Stasimus' presumption in 
 interfering with the whole 
 affau".
 
 II. 4. 114 — 123.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 iO 
 
 515 tibi egon rationem reddam? St. plane pdriimus, 
 nisi quid ego conminiscor. Piiilto, td volo. 115 
 
 Ph. siqiiid vis, Stasime. St. hue concede aliquan- 
 
 tum. Ph. licet. 
 St. arcane tibi ego hoc dico, ne ille ex t^ sciat 
 neve alius quisquam. Ph. crede audacter quidlubet. 
 
 520 St. per deos atque homines dico, ne tu illunc agrum 
 tuom siris umquam fieri neque gnati tui. 120 
 
 ei rei argumenta dicam. Ph. audire edepol lubet. 
 St. primum omnium olim tdrra quom proscinditur, 
 in quincto quoque sulco moriuntur boves. 
 
 515. tibi ego Sp. perversely. 521. siris is the reading of 
 A {sciris BCD, sinas PZ) : cf. Merc. 613 where ne di sirint has 
 been justly written by Camerarius {deseriiit CD, desierint B). 
 
 515. The same esi^ression 
 occurs Aul. 45. 
 
 516. te volo, sc. conloqui, a 
 very common ellipsis in con- 
 versational language: see below 
 717, 963, 1059 ; Capt. in 4, 70; 
 Mn. gl. 375. 
 
 517. siqtiid vis, sc. operam 
 do tibi, 'I am at your service'. 
 — licet 'it shall be done': v. 
 372. 
 
 518. arcano ' in secret ' ; 
 comp. below v. 556. 
 
 619. crede 'entrust': v. 145. 
 
 522. rei should be rather 
 spelt re to express the synizesis 
 even to the eye and explain the 
 fact of the entire absorption of 
 the word by elision in this pas- 
 sage. — Philto is not so stupid 
 as to believe in the disinterest- 
 edness of Sta.simus in dissuad- 
 ing him from accepting the 
 piece of ground; in his words 
 edepol lubet we should recognise 
 a certain humour which must 
 of course be properly expressed 
 by the actor. 
 
 523. olim has here its origi- 
 nal meaning as the adverb of 
 ille or, in its old form, olle = 
 illo tempore, in later language 
 turn: comji. Mil. gl. 2, qiiam 
 soils radii esse olim, quom su- 
 dumst, soleiit. True, i 1, 46 
 quom olim muscaruriist quom 
 caletur maxume. Poen. i 2, 
 143 quam mare olim est, quom 
 ibi alcedo jmllos educit suos. 
 Among later poets, Liieretius 
 has olim ubi vi 148, which is 
 imitated by Virgil A. v 125, 
 cf. ib. VIII 391 where he has 
 olim cum. (In all other pas- 
 sages in Plautus olim has its 
 usual meaning ' once upon a 
 time'.) — proscindere 'is the 
 technical term for the first 
 ploughing' ; CoNiNGTON on Virg. 
 Georg. I 97; comp. also ib. ii 
 237, validis terram proscinde 
 iuvencis. 
 
 524. quincto A : ' quod ser- 
 vandum dusi, quamvis rara et 
 fortasse singularis in ipso nu- 
 mero [not in the proper name]
 
 70 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [II. 4. 124 — 132. 
 
 525 Ph. apage. St. 'Acheruntis Ostium in nostrost agro. 
 
 turn vinum, priusquam coctumst, pendet piitidum. 125 
 
 Le. consiuidet homini, crddo. etsi sceldstus est, 
 
 at mi Infidelis noii est. St. audi cetera. 
 
 postid, frunienti quom alibi messis maxumast, 
 530 tribus tantis illi minus redit quara opst^veris. 
 
 Ph. em istic oportet opseri mores malos, 130 
 
 si in opserendo possint interfieri. 
 
 St. neque dmquam quisquamst, quoius ille agdr fuit, 
 
 ea sit Kcriptura,' Eitschl: cf. 
 Merc. 66 where Eitschl has 
 quincto anno quoqite in his text, 
 and quicto is the reading of the 
 first hand in B. 
 
 525. For the prosody of A- 
 cheruntis comp. v. 494; it is 
 here mdicated in B by the spell- 
 ing accheruntis 'uotabili scrip- 
 tura ac fortasse vera', says 
 Ritschl; but at all events this 
 is not the spelling of Plautus 
 himself, in whose age it was 
 not usnal to double consonants. 
 (Sp. gives Accli. in his text.) 
 Acheruntis ostium = Oi'q,\ iauua, 
 or in Homer ' M5a.o TrvXat. 
 
 526. Cf. coquere uvam in 
 Varro, de re rust, i 64. mitis 
 in apricis coquitur vindemia 
 saxis Virg. Georg. ii 522. — The 
 expression putidae uvae is used 
 by Varro, cf. IS on. 152, 23, 
 and pendens vimim is a phrase 
 quoted from Cato, de re rust. 
 147, by Gronovins, Lect. Plaut. 
 p. 345. — Cf. Porphyrio on Hor. 
 Od. I 20, 10 pro vino uvam 
 posuit (Horatius) : fieTwvvix'ia. rpo- 
 TTOS. huic contrarium Flautus 
 in Trinummo fecit, vinum pro 
 iiva dicens. 
 
 527. consuadet is explained 
 by Brix ' he advises Philto not 
 to accept the land : but this he 
 
 does with the very best intention 
 in the world, being always bent 
 upon my interest', consuadere 
 is confined to Plautus : v. 672. 
 Asin. 261. Merc. 143. — For 
 credo see n. on v. 115. 
 
 528. at 'after all', or 'at 
 least', often stands emphati- 
 cally at the beginning of an 
 apodosis : cf. Capt. iii 5, 25 sq. 
 si ego hie periho et ille, lit dixit, 
 non redit: At erit mi hoc factum 
 viortuo memorabile, where Lin- 
 demann quotes Livy ix 1, quodsi 
 nihil cum potentiore iuris hu- 
 mani relinquitur inopi, at ego 
 ad deos . . . confugiam. 
 
 529. postid is the original 
 form of the preposition 2^ost 
 (comp. antid v. 546; both forms 
 are originally ablatives ending 
 in d: Corssen ii 199) which in 
 later Latin survived in the 
 compound postidea. See Eitschl 
 Opusc. II 270. 
 
 530. tribus tantis minus 
 'three times as little': cf. 
 Bacch. 1034, sescenta tanta red- 
 dam, si vivo, tihi. tanta is so 
 to say the noun qualified by 
 tria. — t7Zi = illic, as it often is 
 in Plautus. illic itself — illi 
 + ce. 
 
 532. interfieri occurs only 
 here in Plautus.
 
 II. 4. 133—138.] TEINVMMVS. 
 
 // 
 
 quin pessume ei res vorterit. quoium fuit, 
 535 alii dxolatura abierunt, alii emortui, 
 
 alii se suspendere. em nunc hie quoins est, 135 
 ut ad incitas redactust. Ph. apage a me istuin 
 
 agrum. 
 St. magis apage dicas, si omnia ante audiveris. 
 nam fulguritae sunt alternfs arbores : 
 
 538. The mss. A B read a me, bnt Plautns never nses audire 
 ab aliqito, but only ex aliquo. Kampmann and Eitscli] -write, 
 therefore, ex me. [The readinp; of CD omnia mca would appear 
 to be merely due to emendation, though I formerly admitted 
 it in my text. I have now adopted Sp.'s emendation ante, a 
 word easily obtained out of a vie.] 539. If Eitschl had not added 
 an explanation, it would be embarrassing to guess his intention 
 in putting a form alternas in his text: but it is actually meant for 
 a nom. plur. There is, however, not a single trace of this nom. 
 plur. in as in the mss. of Plautus : and the line quoted by Eitschl 
 (N. Exc. p. 117) has long since been explained by merely adding 
 a note of exclamation: quot laetitias insperatas! mddo mi inrep- 
 
 534. quoium is explained as 
 a gen. plural masc. and fern, 
 by Charisius p. 162, 2 K., and 
 Biicheler on Latin decl. p. 46 
 quotes from the Lex agraria 
 1. 90 neive quis ferto quo q^iis 
 eoruvi, quoium euvi agrum esse 
 oportet, cum agrum habeat. 
 {quoium B, cuium A, ciuium G, 
 cuius D : the usual reading 
 quorum is a conjecture by Sara- 
 cenus.) See also Wordsworth's 
 Specimens of Early Latin, p. 
 107. 
 
 535. The old form exolatnm 
 (or exol.) is in this place attest- 
 ed by the palimpsest and No- 
 nius who quotes this line y>. 
 123, 20. exsolatum is given by 
 B Merc. 593, exol. by the same 
 ms. Pseud. 1035. — emortui ' dead 
 and gone', a more emphatic 
 word than mortui. Cicero has 
 the verb emori Off. iii 32, 6 
 and de rep. iv ap. Lactant. 
 
 Inst. V 11. — In enumerations 
 like the present, sunt may be 
 omitted even in the comic 
 style. 
 
 537. ad incitas ' ad snm- 
 mam rerum perturbationem 
 desperationemque ' Glossae Pla- 
 cidi, p. 434. The same expres- 
 sion occurs Poen. ii 2, 26. — This 
 expression was originally used 
 of a game when one of the 
 players was ' checkmate ' in not 
 being able to move one of his 
 figures; he was then ad incitas 
 (sc. calces) redactus: incitus 
 meaning ' immoveable ', from 
 ciere, the technical term of 
 moving the figures on the 
 board. — istum agrum 'that land 
 of yours'. 
 
 539. Places struck by light- 
 ning were considered accursed 
 and unholy, and were fenced 
 in. Trees struck by lightning 
 were likewise regarded as de-
 
 78 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 111. 
 
 4. 139—143. 
 
 54-0 sues morlimtur angina acri ac^rrurae : 
 
 ov^s scabrae sunt tarn glabrae, em, quam liaec ^st 
 manus. i40 
 
 turn autem Surorum, g^nus quod patientlssumumst 
 hominum, nemo exstat qui ibi sex mensis vixerit : 
 ita cuncti solstitiali morbo d^cidunt. 
 
 sere in siniim (Pomponius ap. Non. p. 500, 20). See on the whole 
 question my observations in the Jahreshericht edited by Bursian, 
 1873, p. 437. I have now adopted Sp.'s emendation alternis (sc. 
 vicibwi), for which see Sp.'s preface p. ix. 640, acri is not in 
 the mss., but was added by Haupt in conformity with the Plautine 
 fondness for paronomasiae. (Ritschl of course writes, anginad 
 accrriune, ) Without the addition of acri the expression acerrume 
 mori (which does not occur elsewhere) would be rather harsh. 
 Sp. writes rather languidly dnginast acerriuna. 
 
 Votae or iiifi'llces: of. triste 
 lignum Hor. Od. ii 13, 11. Fes- 
 tus says: fulguritum id quod 
 est fulmine ictum, qui locus 
 utatim fieri putabatur rellgiosus. 
 See also Gronovius, Lect, Plaut. 
 p. 345 sq. 
 
 540. angma is also used by 
 Lucilius ap. Non. p. 35, 10, 
 XXX 38, p. 122, ed. L. Miiller, 
 iimpcrato abiit quern una an- 
 gina sutituUt hora, and S«renus 
 Sammonicus v. 282, angina vera 
 Kibi viixtum s«'e poscit acetum. 
 Lucian Miiller (in Ritschl's 
 I'ref. p. 67) who quotes these 
 passages, justly assumes the 
 derivation of this word from 
 d'/xoi'T; : (see now also L. Miil- 
 ler's Lucilius, p. 207). Comp. 
 thermipolinm and dfp^oirwXiov. 
 
 541. haee inanus ' my hand': 
 in saying this he shows his 
 hand. 
 
 542. turn autem ' then a.^iim\ 
 — Syrian slaves were held to be 
 very strong and powerful: see 
 the comm. on Juvenal vi 351. 
 
 Martial ix 2, 11 ; 22, 9. 
 
 544. morbus solstitialis occurs 
 only here : it would naturally 
 mean an illness occurring about 
 the time of the summer-sol- 
 stice, i. e. at the hottest time 
 of the year; a kind of fever. 
 Comp. Pseud. 38 sq., quasi 
 solstitialis herba pauiisper fui : 
 Repente exortus sum, repentino 
 occidi. Paulus Aegin. a, r-/\ 
 (Teipiaals iffTL (pXeyfioyrj rtjjv irepl 
 Ke(pa\riv nal firji'iyyas fiopiwy, 
 Hippocr. de aere, aquis et locis 
 p. 21 ed. I'etersen: iTriKivdvyo- 
 rarai rjXiou rpoirai d/j-^OTepa.!, /cat 
 fidWov dtpival.— decidunt ' they 
 fall to the ground': cf. Poen. 
 II 37 sq., quemqiiem visco offen- 
 derant, Tarn crebri ad terram 
 decidebant (so Camerarius, the 
 mss, have accid.) quam pira. 
 The word decidere is also eu- 
 phemistically used to denote 
 'dying'; comp. Hor. Carm. 
 IV 7, 14 nos ubi decidimus quo 
 pater Aeneas, quo dives Tullus 
 ct Anctis, Puliis et iimbra
 
 II. 4. 14-i — 1.51.] TRiNVivmvs. 
 
 79 
 
 145 
 
 5-1.5 Ph. credo 4go istuc, Stasime, ita esse : sed Cam 
 pans genus 
 raulto Surorum iam antidit patientiam. 
 sed is ^st ager prof^cto, nt te audivl loquj, 
 malos in quern ornnis publico mitti decet : 
 sicut fortunatoruni roemorant Insulas, 
 
 5.50 quo cuncti, qui aetatem dgerint castd suan>, 
 conveniant ; contra istoc detrudi maleficos 
 aequoni videtur, qui quidem istius »it modi. 
 
 547. istest Sp. with the mss. and this is indeed quite possible, 
 though I still prefer E.'s and Bothe's emendation. 
 
 ijO 
 
 sumus. Epist. ii 1, 36 scrijitor 
 abhinc annos centum qui de- 
 cidit. 
 
 545. istuc 'that whieh you 
 say'. — Campans 'pro Campa- 
 num' is attested by Nonius p. 
 486, 24 and by A : Brix justly 
 compares Piccns and Ficenus.— 
 The unfortunate inhabitants of 
 Capua had, after an unsuccess- 
 ful rebellion, experienced the 
 full rigour of the Roman se- 
 ate, and a. 211 (at least twenty 
 years before the performance of 
 tbe Trinummus) a eonsiderable 
 number of citizens had been 
 sold as slaves. The taunt im- 
 plied in the present passage is 
 very bitteraudunfeeliug: Philto 
 says that now {iam, after ths 
 lapse of twenty years) the for- 
 merly luxurious inhabitants of 
 Capua have become so inured 
 to the degrading treatment of 
 slaves and to hard work as to 
 surpass even the Syrians.^ — See 
 also Mommsen, H. of Home i 
 639 (sec. ed.) 
 
 546. antidit = anteit, is a 
 compound repeatedly found in 
 Blautus: Cas. m 2, 9 qui post- 
 qnam amo Casinam, viagis mun- 
 dis (so G. Hermann) miiiiditiis 
 
 munditiam antideo. Cistell. ii 
 1, 3 qiii omuis liomineg supero 
 antideo cruciabilitatibus animi. 
 Bacch. 1089, soliis ego omnis 
 lonfie antideo stultitia etmorihus 
 mori», according to which hne 
 we should not hesitate in cor- 
 recting Persa 779, soh'ts ego om- 
 7iis faeile antideo (the msS'. 
 have omnibus antideo facile). 
 Terence never uses this form. 
 — The old form of the preposi- 
 tion, antid, is in origin an abla- 
 tive : Corssen i 199, 734. See 
 above v. 529. — The usual form 
 anteit occurs Amph. ii 2, 18. 
 
 547. ut te audivi loqitl ' to 
 judge from your words'. 
 
 549. Comp. He3iod"E/37a 170 
 sqq. Kol Tol iJ.kv vaiovcTLv dKr)5ia 
 6vfj.6v ^xorres 'Ei> fxaKiipuv trq- 
 ffoicTL nap' 'i^Keai'Of jSaOvoivrji , 
 '0\j3loi rjpw€7, roi<yi.v fieKnjS^a 
 Kapirov T/^is 'ireot ddWovra (pepeL 
 ^eidwpos dpovpa. See also Ho- 
 race, Epod. XVI 41 sqq. 
 
 551. i.s^oc = in istum agrum, 
 whence also qui in the nest 
 Une. 
 
 552. quidem insinuates a sly 
 doubt on Philto's part as to the 
 truth of Stasimus' exaggerated 
 description. (\Ve should take
 
 80 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [II. 4. 152 — IGO. 
 
 St. hospitiumst calamitatis. quid verbis opust? 
 
 quain vis inalani rem quaeras, illic reperias. 
 555 Ph. at tu hercle et illic et alibi. St. cave sis dixeri.s 
 
 me tiV>i dixisse hoc. Pii. dixti ta arcauo satis, iss 
 
 St. quin hie quidem cupit ilium apse abalienarier, 
 
 siquem reperire possit, quoi os subiinat. 
 
 Ph. raeus quidem hercle numquam fiet. St. si 
 sapies quidem. 
 560 lepide hercle de agro ego hunc senem deterrui : 
 
 nam qui vivamus nil est, si ilium amiserit. ico 
 
 556. dixti A, hi havinp; been added by R. Sp. prefers the 
 reading of the other mss. dixisti, which renders the addition of 
 tu unnecessary. 558. quoii Sp., for which see the exeg. notes. 
 
 qui quidem — si quidrvi is.) 
 Having, however, previously 
 determined to refuse the land, 
 he does not care to enter into 
 a discussion of Stasinius' ac- 
 count, but in his own moralis- 
 ing manner treats it as a joke. 
 
 553. With the expression hos- 
 pitium calamitatis ('a place in 
 which all calamities are hos- 
 pitably admitted'), cf. above, 
 314 damni conciliabulum, and 
 the peculiar use of hospitium 
 below V. 673. For the special 
 use of calamitas comp. also 
 Gate, de re rust. 35, faham in 
 locis validis, non calamitosis 
 serito. So also praedium cala- 
 mitosum id. praef . 1. A somewhat 
 similar joke occiirs Amph. i 1, 
 140, where the timid Sosia ob- 
 Berves certe advenientem me hie 
 pugneo hospitio accepturus est. 
 
 554. quam vis malam rem 
 ' anything be it ever so bad ' : 
 see V. 380. — qriaeras ' you may 
 look for it ' and be sure to find it. 
 
 555. Philto means that a 
 slave like Stasimus is sure to 
 find malam rein (punishment, 
 especially flogging) both there 
 
 (on that devoted land) and else- 
 where: in fact that he can 
 never escape from it. 
 
 556. arcano should be under- 
 stood as the dative, not as an 
 adverb. ' Be sure, you have 
 confided your secret to one that 
 can keep it.' 
 
 557. quidem drops its final 
 m, and thus quidem cupit form 
 a proceleusmatic together. 
 
 558. OS sublinere 'to cheat' 
 (comp. the German ' eiueu 
 anschmieren') is a pretty fre- 
 quent expression in Plautus: 
 see my n. on Aul. 660. — The 
 hiatus quoi os should not be 
 changed against the mss. : cf. 
 v. 604. This may possibly be 
 an isolated trace of the old 
 spelling quoiei, as Biicheler 
 thinks, Lat. decl. p. 5y. See 
 also V. 358. 
 
 559. For quidem hercle see 
 lutrod. to Aul. p. XLVi, n. 2. 
 
 560. The hiatus in de a(jr{o) 
 is legitimate: see Introd. Aul. 
 p. I.XII. 
 
 561. gur = unde. — amiserit, 
 sc. erus, with a somewhat sud- 
 den change of the subject.
 
 II. 4. IGl— 172.] TRINVMMVS. 81 
 
 Ph. redeo lid te, Lesbonlce. Le. die sodes milii, 
 quid hie est locutus tecum ? Ph. quid censes i 
 
 liomost, 
 volt fieri liber, verum quod dot non liabet. 
 oGo Le. et ego esse locuples, veruni nequiquam volo. 
 St. licitumst, si velles : nunc, quoni nil est, non 
 
 licet. 165 
 
 Le. quid tecum, Stasime ? St. de istoc quod dixti 
 
 modo : 
 si antd voluisses, esses : nunc sero cupis. 
 Ph. de dote mecum conveniri nil potis : 
 .■)70 quod tibi lubet, tute agito cum guato meo. 
 
 nunc tuam sororem filio posco meo : no 
 
 quae res bene vortat. quid nunc ? etiam consulis i 
 Le. quid istic ? quando ita vis, di bene vortant, 
 
 sjDondeo. 
 
 5o5. Against the authority of the palimpsest, Eitschl (and Sp. ) 
 rdopt the bad spelling nequicrpiam: see on v. 440. 568. The mss. 
 lead antea, which does not occur in any other place in Plautus (he 
 says either antehac or ante) : but is it impossible to see in antea a 
 mistake arising from the old form aiitid ? — postea is used by 
 Plautus together with pos^frf and 2)05^. 569. convenire nil potes 
 the mss., the passive infin. is due to an emendation of Acidalius, 
 !.nd potis is by Fleckeisen. Sp. , however, prefers potest. 
 
 5G2. sodes 'if you please': pleases you', 
 
 see V. 244. 572. etiam C07isuUs 'do you 
 
 5G3. quid censes? i. e. you still consider?' cf. Capt. iv 2, 
 
 maj' easily imagine the subject 112 dubiumhabebis etiam, saiicte 
 
 of our conversation, he being quom ego iurem tibi? See also 
 
 a slave and naturally desirous Amph. 381, etiam muttis ? ib. 
 
 to gain his freedom. 571, rogasne, improbe, etiam, 
 
 566. licitumst ' jou bad fin qui ludos facis me! 
 opportunity once'. — nil est 573. quid i-itic ' adverbium 
 ' when your money is gone' = j?i est aegre concedentis et velut 
 re perdita v. 609. victi ' Donatus on Ter. Eun. 
 
 567. quid tecum, sc.loqneria ii 3, 97: we should supply 
 'what are you muttering to faciam: 'what shall I do, as 
 yourself?' Stasimus now more you are so pressing? As it 
 boldly and impertinently repeats 'needs must be, I say' etc. 
 his former observation. Brix quotes the full expression 
 
 569. For 2?of!j! see n. on V. 80. quid istic verba facimus from 
 
 570. quod tibi lubet ' as it Epid. i 2, 40. 
 
 w. P. 6
 
 82 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [II. 4. 173 — 182. 
 
 Ph. numqiiam ^depol quoiquam tarn exspcctatus 
 f'ilius 
 575 natiis^, quani est illud 'spondeo' natdm milii. 
 
 St. di fortimabunt vostra consilia. Ph. ita volo. i7j 
 i hac, Lesbonice, mecum, ut coram nuptiis 179 
 
 dies constituatur : eadem haec confirmabimus. \m 
 Le. sed, Stasime, abi hue ad meara sororem ail 
 Calliclem : ne 
 
 580 die hoe negoti quo modo aetumst. St. Ibitur. 
 
 Le. et gratulator meae sorori. St. scilieet. its 
 
 Le. die Callicli, iiie ut convenat. St. quin tu I 
 
 modo. 182 
 
 575. finatust Sp. against the mss., but in conformity with 
 E. 's conjecture. Then again gnalum. 582. In the first edition 
 I had followed E. in reading mcd ut conveniat. St. i modo. But 
 
 means the point concerning the 
 dowry. 
 
 580. Observe the indie, ac- 
 titinttt, instead of which we 
 should use the subj. in classical 
 language. But the sentence de- 
 pendent on die and similar im- 
 peratives is not felt as au indi- 
 rect question in early Latin. 
 Comp. e. g. Men. 143, die mild 
 en uuquarn tu vidisti, where we 
 might use a colon instead of 
 the comma. In such instances 
 we may also (as Brix does) con- 
 sider hoc ner/oti as the object 
 of die (per prolepsin), to which 
 quo modo aetumat is added as 
 an epexegetic sentence. 
 
 581; seilicet is ironical ' that 
 is a matter of course': you 
 might have saved yourself the 
 trouble of telling me to con- 
 gratulate your sister. 
 
 582. It produces rather a 
 comic impression that Stasimus 
 should now urge his master to 
 go, though originally he was 
 ordered to go (v. 57'J). Hence 
 also quill tu 'why, yoit. had 
 
 574. cr-spectntus ' welcome, 
 long wished for' : see n. on Ter. 
 Ad. lO'J. 
 
 570. fortunare ' est prdspe- 
 rare et omnibus bonis augere ' 
 Nonius p. 109, 14; the word 
 occurs in such good wishes 
 as the present in Cicero and 
 Horace.— i'fa volo ' I hope so'. 
 
 577. coram in the presence 
 of the parties concerned, i. e. 
 Lysiteles and yourself (the 
 young lady's opinion is not 
 asked, her consent being con- 
 sidered a jnatter of course). 
 
 578. eftdem (abl., the first 
 two syllables being contracted by 
 synizesis) ' on the same occa- 
 sion', i.e. at the same time, at 
 once. (This is very common 
 in PL, see Parens' Lexicon 
 Plant, pp. 139 and 514.) We 
 should supply opera, which is 
 actually added Most. 1039. 
 Bacch."49. Capt. 293. So also 
 una, sc. opera: comp. Pseud. 
 318, iml qiia opera crcdam tibi, 
 Vna opera aUiiiem fu(jitivam 
 canem agninis lactihus. — haec
 
 II. 4. 183 — 189.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 83 
 
 Le. de dote ut videat quid facto opus sit. St. i 
 
 modo. 
 Le. nam cdrtumst sine dote liai'id dare. St. quin 
 
 tu i modo. 184 
 
 585 Le. neque enim Illi damno umquam ^sse patiar. 
 
 St. abi modo. i85 
 
 Le. meam ndglegentiam. St. i modo. Le. nidlo 
 
 modo 
 aequom videtur quIn, quod peccarim, St. I modo. 
 Le. potlssumum mihi id opsit. St. i modo. Le. 6 
 
 pater, 
 en umquam aspiciam te ? St. i modo, i modo, I 
 
 modo. 
 
 med is not warranted by the mss. and the ■words qrdn hi shonld 
 not be thrown out: see the exeg. notes. My present reading 
 agrees with Sp. and differs from the mss. only in convenat instead 
 of conveniat. 583. qxdd opus sit facto Sp. from Camerarius. 
 I follow Eitschl. 584. dari Sp. against the mss. But the 
 lengthening of the final e in dare is quite justifiable here in the 
 metrical pause. 586. Sp. reads: Le. ita nuviquam. St. i 
 modo. This is mere gi:ess-work. 
 
 better go', instead of ordering 
 me off. 
 
 583. For the constr, opus 
 est facto see n. on Ter. Andr. 
 490. 
 
 584. ceriMmsf; see n. on 270, 
 511. 
 
 585. For the shortened end- 
 ing of the imperative dhl see 
 Introd. to Aul. p. xxviir. 
 
 587. For the construction 
 non aequom quin comp. viiruni 
 quin, V. 495. In both qnin has 
 its original sense ' why not'. It 
 may be translated ' except that ', 
 but the original sense can be 
 distinctly traced. Plautus uses 
 quill in very many phrnses and 
 sometimes with contiderablc 
 freedom. 
 
 589. en umquam ' ecquando', 
 Paulus Festi, p. 76 M. ; it occurs 
 also Eud. 987, 1117 ; Ter. Phorm. 
 329, 348 (probably also PI. 
 Men. 143, 925) and is in the 
 mss. always spelt as one word ; 
 but from the Virgilian passage, 
 Eel. viu 7 sq. en erit umquam 
 Ille dies, it appears that we 
 should separate it into two 
 words, in accordance with its 
 origin; as has always been 
 done in another passage of 
 Virgil, Eel. i 67, en umquam 
 pa trios Ion cjo post tempore finis. 
 This was first pointed out by 
 Lambinus; the whole subject 
 has been recently disciissed by 
 0. Eibbcck, Lat. Part. p. 34. 
 
 G— 2
 
 84 TRiNYMjrv^s. [11. 4. 190—197. 
 
 590 Le. eo : tu Istuc cura quod te iussi : ego iam hie ero. isi 
 St. tandem inpetravi abiret. di vostram fidem, 190 
 edepol re gesta pessume gestam probe, 
 si quidein ager nobis salvos est : etsi adrnodum 
 in ^mbiguost etiani nunc, quid ea re fuat. 
 
 595 si is alienatur, actumst de collo meo : 
 
 gestandust peregre clupeus, galea, sdrcma. 195 
 
 * * * * 
 
 ecfugiet ex urbe, ubi erunt factae nuptiae : 
 ibit statim aliquo in maxumam malani crucem, 
 
 590. eo has been appropriately added by Kitscbl. Sp. keeps 
 this line in its original place, after 578, but in the following 
 shape: Le. i tu, istuc cura quod te inssl. St. ego iam hie ero. 
 594. The metre of the line is not very elegant, though Eitsehl 
 justly says that etidm nunc should be considered as one word — 
 or rather, nunc is enclitic, as it is in many passages. 59G. After 
 this line Ritschl has justly assumed a gap, the transition from 
 Stasimus to the new subject of cffuglet being too sudden even for 
 the carelessness of the conversational style : Plautus would at 
 least have added ipse or ipsiis, meaning the master. Sp. does 
 not believe in this gap. 598. statim is Brix's emendation of 
 the ms. reading istac. Sp. prefers reading iho istac. 
 
 591. Brix has collected in- Ciu-tius, Stud, v p. 437, who 
 stances from Plautus in which observes that these forms are 
 ut is omitted after suadere (v. by no means of the same sense 
 681, Asin. in 3, 54), viandare, as shn, but rather =Jiam, or 
 adigere, dlcere, orare, and ru- Greek yivufjiai. Above v. 267, 
 gare. — di vostram Jidem 'admi- tie fuas should be translated 
 rantis adverbium cum escla- ^ut; yivoio. Curtius' whole paper 
 matione,' Donatus on Ter. Audr. ' de aoristi latini reliquiis' opens 
 IV 3, 1. up entirely new views, and 
 
 592. Though we have got should be read by all who are 
 through our money, yet we interested in Latin gi-ammar. 
 have been lucky in getting such 595. actumst de collo meo 
 a good husband for Lesbouicus' 'then it is all over with my 
 sister — if only we can manage neck ' whicli will in that case 
 to keep the land. have to carry the heavy weight 
 
 594. Juam fuas fuat and of the hehnet — though it is 
 
 fuant occur in a considerable strange that the helmet sliould 
 
 number of passages ; — 'easfoi- not be meuLioned in the next 
 
 mas cum aoristi Graecorum line. 
 
 formis quae simt (pvia ^vrjs (pvri 51)8. In the time of the New 
 
 (pvui<n conferre possumus.' G. Attic Comedy the system of
 
 II. 4. 198—200.] TRINVJLMVS, 
 
 85 
 
 latrocinatum ant in Asiam aut in Clliciani. 
 GOO ibo hue quo mi inperatumst : etsi odi banc domum, 
 postquam exturbavit hie nos nostris addibus. 200 
 
 keeping large armies of /juado- 
 ipopoi was in vogue among the 
 numerous kings and princes who 
 bad divided the great conquests 
 of Alexander between them- 
 selves, and who were continually 
 at war with one another. The 
 bragging officer {miles gloriostts) 
 and the dissolute young man 
 who will not obej' his father's 
 commands (e. g. in Terence's 
 Hautou timorumenos) are fi- 
 gures of these wars with which 
 the adaptations of the Eoman 
 poets have rendered us famihar. 
 599. latrocinari is the usual 
 expression for iua9o<pope1v in 
 Plautus: of. latro /j.i.(T6o(p6pos, 
 Mil. gl. 74, 9-19, Stich. 135, 
 
 Poen. Ill 3, 50, 53; and espe- 
 cially Bacch. 20, latronem suam 
 qui auro vitani venditet. Varro 
 de 1. L VII 52 M. derives these 
 expressions from Xdrpov 'mer- 
 ces'. According to Vanicek, 
 EtjTn. Wiirterb. p. 145, there 
 is a Latin root lu, lav ' to gain, 
 win ', whence come lucrum, 
 Laverna (the goddessof thieves), 
 and latro. 
 
 600. quo, sc. ut irem. 
 
 601. hie, the present pos- 
 sessor. — The interval between 
 the second and third Act was 
 no doubt filled up with music : 
 of. Pseud. 573 (at the end of 
 the first Act), tibiccn vos iiiterea 
 ]iic oblectaverit.
 
 8G 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [III. 1. 1—5. 
 
 ACTVS in. 
 
 Callicles. Stasimvs. 
 
 Ca. Quo modo tu istuc, Stasime, dixti ? St. nos- 
 trum erilem filiura ^^^ } 
 
 L^sbonicum suam sororem despondisse: em, hoc 
 modo. 
 
 Ca. quol homini despond it ? St. Lusiteli, Philto- 
 nis filio, 
 005 aine dote. Ca. sine dote ille illam in tantas divitias 
 dabit ? 
 
 non credibile dicis. St. at tu nuUus edepol cr^duas. 5 
 
 603. Instead of despondisse, em the mss. read despondissem, 
 felicitously emended by Ilitscbl. Sp. adopts once more the old 
 reading of Camerarius : desjwpondisse (without em) ' verbi forma 
 valde dubitabili' according to Ritschl. 606. dices Sp. with 
 BCD; I follow R. {dices is defended by TeuSel; see Lorenz, Jah- 
 resber. i p. 408). 
 
 Act III. Sc. i. Stasimus, 
 having informed Callicles of the 
 agreement between Lesbonicui 
 and Philto, comes out of the 
 house with him. 
 
 602. quo modo: see Introd. 
 to Avil. p. XXIII. ^ — crilis Jllius, 
 'young master', is the usual 
 expression in the mouth of 
 slaves. 
 
 603. Em-, being an interjec- 
 tion, is not elided : cf. elwa 
 V. 503. — em hoc modo expresses 
 a certain impatience on Stasi- 
 mus' part; he has told it him 
 several times already, but Calli- 
 cles is slow to believe it. 
 
 604. For the hiatus in quoi 
 homini cf. above 558. 
 
 605. Observe the variation 
 of the accent in sine dote? sine 
 (late. — For the accentuation 
 dote comp. ille 624, esse 629. 
 Cf. Cist. II 3, 57 qui Alcesi- 
 viarcho JiHam suam despondit in 
 divitias vuixumas. 
 
 606. creduas is a form of the 
 same root as daas Aul. 236 
 where see my note. — nullus in 
 the comic poets and the affected 
 style of their imitators in the 
 second century after Christ fre- 
 quently stands for an emphatic 
 noil.
 
 III. 1. 6—12.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 87 
 
 si b6c non credis, 4go credidero. Ca. quid ? St. mo 
 
 II ill peiidere. 
 Ca. quaiii dudum istuc aut ubi actumst ? St. Ilico, 
 
 hie ante ostium : 
 tarn modo, inquit Praenestinus. Ca. tanton in re 
 
 perdita 
 GIO q^ia-ni in re salva Lesbonicus factus est frugalior? 
 St. atque equidem ipsus ultro venit Philto oratum 
 
 filio. 10 
 
 Ca. flagitium quidem bercle fiet, nisi dos dabitur 
 
 virfjiui. 
 
 postremo edepol dgo istani rem ad med attinere 
 , ■ intt^llego. 
 
 G13, med is tlie reading of Eeiz, Bothe and Eitscbl, me of the 
 
 607. menili pendere,i.e.lshii\l 
 he quite conviueed that I don't 
 care a tig whether you believe it 
 or not. Stasimus is by no means 
 pohte to CaUicles : see v. 600. 
 
 608. qiiam dudum ('how 
 long since') occurs in the same 
 juauuer as here, instead of quani 
 dill, est ex quo, Asin. ii 4, 43, 
 quam dudum ta advenisti? 
 istuc, quod tu dicis. 
 
 609. tarn modo is attested by 
 Festus p. 359, 5 as a peculiarity 
 of the clialect of Praeneste, and 
 the same I have restored to a 
 line in the Capt. 882 where 
 Hegio asks tarn modo and Erga- 
 siUus answers vt] rav Wpaivia- 
 TTjv. Plautus derides the Prae- 
 nestine dialect (which had no 
 doubt a somewhat rustic cha- 
 racter) in another passage also. 
 True. Ill 2, 23, where conia for 
 ciconia is attributed to it, and 
 Bacch. 24 the Praenestines are 
 ridiculed as braggards, gloriosL 
 — res, both here and iu the 
 next Une, means ' fortune'. 
 
 610. frugalior does the duty 
 
 of a comparative otfrugi (Public 
 School Latin Grammar, § 29, 
 i),J'rui]aUs itself not being used 
 by the comic writers or any- 
 where else. CaUicles supposes 
 that Lesbonicus had arranged 
 his sister's engagement by a 
 prudent transaction with Philto 
 or Lysiteles. 
 
 611. For equidem with a third 
 person see n. on v. 352. ipsus 
 and ultro jointly express the 
 same idea : Philto came unasked, 
 entirely of his own accord, with- 
 out Lesbonicus taking any step 
 in the afiair. — oratum filio, ' to 
 plead for his son'; the dative 
 being the so-called dat. com- 
 modi. This sense of orare ap- 
 pears very clearly in the subst. 
 orator; comp. e.g. the begin- 
 ning of the prologue to Terence's 
 Hauton timorumenos. 
 
 612. fiagitium ' scandal', a 
 somewhat stronger expression 
 than rumor v. 640. 
 
 613. po.sfrc/KO means the same 
 as quid verbis opust, or lit [luio) 
 verba dicam : cf. 662.
 
 88 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [III. 1. 13 — 22. 
 
 ibo ad meum castigatorem atque ^b eo consilium 
 
 petam. 
 G15 St. pi'opemodum, quid illic festinet, sentio et subolet 
 
 mihi : 
 ut agro evortat Lesbonicum, quando evortit addi- 
 
 buS. 15 
 
 6 ere (yharmides, quom apsenti hie ttia res distra- 
 
 hitur tibi, 
 litinam te rediisse salvom videam, ut inimicos tuos 
 ulciscare et mihi, ut erga te fui 4t sum, referas 
 
 gratiam. 
 620 nimiiim difficilest reperire amicum ita ut uomdn 
 
 cluet, 
 quoi tuam quom r^m credideris, sine orani cura 
 
 dormias. 20 
 
 sed generum nostrum ire ecciUum video cum adfini 
 
 suo. 
 ndscio quid non satis inter eos convenit : celeri gradu 
 
 mss.; ad me pertinere Sp., but surely it is mucli soundfir criticism 
 to adopt 7ned. 617. Chnrmidc Sp. with the mss. G'22. eciUum 
 Sp. with the mss., but such forms I siiould once for all exclude 
 from the text of a school-edition. 
 
 014, castigatorem, Megaro- 
 nides. It should be observed 
 that in early Latin the verbal 
 nouns in tor [sor) do not al- 
 ways bear the sense of being 
 a habitual or perpetual agent, 
 but are often iised of a per- 
 son who has only once exe- 
 cuted the idea of the verb. 
 Here e.g. castifiator is not he 
 who always or habitually blames 
 Callicles, but who has done so 
 only once = qui nuper mo casti- 
 gavit. 
 
 01.5. For suholft viihi ' I 
 have an inkling of it', (cf. be- 
 low 698,) see n. on Aul. 214. 
 Bui sentire also means 'I smell', 
 
 comp. the French ct'la xcntmaJ. 
 
 617. quom, though causal, 
 takes the indicative according 
 to the habit of archaic Latin. 
 
 610. The character of Stasi- 
 mus is very happily delineated : 
 in spite of his roguery he is 
 attached to his master, but even 
 in this attachment remains de- 
 lightfully seltish. 1/f = quod talis, 
 as in Greek wi might stand in- 
 stead of OTL oxirw;, oIos = oti tol- 
 
 OjTO^. 
 
 620. 
 
 ita ut novum duct 'in 
 
 the true sense of the word ', 
 cf. V. 496. 
 
 621. For srne Omni see n. on 
 v. 338 and Introd. Aul. p. xliii.
 
 III. 1. 23 — 2. 2.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 89 
 
 eunt iiterque : illd reprehendit liunc priorem pallio. 
 G2.5 haud ei euscheme astiterunt. hue aliquantum aps- 
 ct^ssero : 
 t^st lubido orationem audire duorum adfinium. 25 
 
 Lysiteles. Lesbonicvs. Stasimvs, 
 
 Lv. Sta ilico : noli avorsari, ndque te occultassis 
 mihi. Ill 2 
 
 Le. pot in' ut me ire, quo profectus sum, sinas ? 
 Lv. si in rem tuam. 
 
 625. haud (or haui) in eusce mea the mss., whence Came- 
 rarius elicited haud illi euscheme : instead of illi, E.'s ei seems 
 to have more probability, ineuscheme (withoiit ei or illi) Hand, 
 Bergk, Sp. 6'2S. The mss. give quod, which Eitschl keeps and 
 considers as the old form of (juo (Sj). foUows him). I have 
 
 623. nescioqiiid should be 
 taken as one word ' something 
 or other '. 
 
 62 J:, eunt is monosyllabic by 
 way of syuizesis : cf. also Cist. 
 I 1, 39 ; Poeu. i 2, 117 and lu- 
 trod. to Aul. p. LVii. — pallio 
 reprehendere occurs again Epid. 
 I 1, 1 and Mil. gl. 59 sq. 
 
 G25. Stasimus is surprised 
 that two such gentlemen as 
 Lesbonicus and Lysiteles should 
 conduct themselves in the street 
 in such an undignified manner: 
 slaves might run and walk fast, 
 but a man of free birth would 
 as a matter of course walk slowly, 
 i'or euscheme cf. Mil. gl. 213, 
 eu(]e, euscheme hercle astitit et 
 dulice et comoedice, on which 
 line Lorenz quotes Most. 614, 
 musice; Vers. 29 basilice ; Stich. 
 611 more {nwpws) ; Pseud. 1268 
 prothyme; Persa 306 graphice ; 
 
 Bacch. 248 pancratice atque 
 athletice; Epid. 1 1, 18 pugilice 
 atque athletice. 
 
 626. est Z//?;icfo = lubet, whence 
 the following infin. ; cf. below 
 865. So Bacch. 416, est lubido 
 hominisuo animo obsequi. Pseud. 
 552, liibidost ludos tuos spectare. 
 Pers. 121, lubido coepcrest con- 
 vivium, cf. ib. 188, 807 sq. ; 
 Ep. I 1, 87; II 2, 56. (E. Wal- 
 der, Inhn. bei PI., p. 31.) The 
 comic writers are frequently 
 somewhat loose in constructions 
 of this kind : a remarkable in- 
 stance of this is found in Ter. 
 Phorm. 885 sq., summa ehidendi 
 occasiost mihi nunc series Et 
 Phaedriae curam adimere ar- 
 gcntariam. 
 
 Sc. II. 627. From this line 
 if. appears that ille (v. 624) 
 means Lysiteles. occultassis^ 
 occultavesis, occultaveris.
 
 90 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [III. 2. S^ll. 
 
 L(^bbonicc, ess(^ videatur, gloriae aut fama^ sinam, 
 GoO Le. quod est facillumum, facis. Lv. quid id 6st ? 
 
 Le. araico iuiuriam. 
 Lv. p(3que meumst neque facere didici. Le. indoctus 
 
 quam doct^ facis. 5 
 
 quid faceres, si quis docuisset te ut sic odio ess(^s milii ? 
 bene quom simulas lacere milii te, male facis, male 
 
 consulis. 
 Lv. ^gone ? Le. tune. Lv. quid male facio ? 
 
 Le. quod ego nolo, id quom facis. 
 G35 Lv. tuae rei bene consulcre cupio. Le. tun mi es 
 
 melior quam ego milii ? 
 sat sapio, satis, in rem quae sint mdam, ego con- 
 
 spicio mihi. 10 
 
 Lv, an id est sapere, ut (|ui beneficium a bencvo- 
 
 lente repudies ? 
 
 thought it more prudent to adopt quo, the correction of FZ. 
 628. tuae Sp. following in the wake of Bothe. But in rent 
 (jloriae tuae est is peculiar Latin ! 
 
 629. in rem tuam est ' it is 
 to your advantage '. Brix takes 
 gloriae and famae to he gene- 
 tives dependent on rem, for 
 which he quotes Persa 342, in 
 ventris rem; but the instance 
 is not exactly parallel, venter 
 being a concrete noun, and 
 fjloria and fama both abstract 
 ideas. I am rather inclined to 
 assume a loose construction 
 which should be completed in 
 this way; si ijloriae aut famae 
 tibi esse videatur. Lambinus 
 would seem to have felt the 
 same ; he says ' cur non dixit 
 gloriam aut famam? ' 
 
 631. For meumst see n. on 
 123. Here the difference is 
 ' neque meum ingenium uatura 
 ita comparatum est neque didici 
 ab aliis ita facere'. 
 
 632. odio (or odiosum) esse 
 
 alicui is a common expression 
 ' to be troublesome to a person'; 
 
 634. tune (' you indeed ') is 
 the regular form of an emphatic 
 answer to a question like e<ione. 
 ■ — ne (commonly, though erro- 
 neously spelt nae) is in good 
 Latin only used with personal 
 and demonstrative pronouns, 
 and tune is the only phrase in 
 which it stands after the pro- 
 noun. Cf. Capt. 857; Epid. 
 IV 2, 6; Stich. 635, from which 
 instances Most. 955 has been 
 corrected. 
 
 635. mi es melior, i. o. can 
 you discern my advantage better 
 than I can myself ? 
 
 636. conspicio is, as Brix 
 observes, but rarely used of 
 mental sight, i. e. intelligence, 
 
 637. ut qui : see n. on v. 
 464. The best instance to show
 
 III. 2. 12—21.] TiUNV^mvs. 91 
 
 Le. nullum benficium esse duco id, quoin quoi 
 
 facias n6n placet. 
 scio ego et sentio ijise quid agam ; n(5que mens 
 
 officio migrat, 
 640 nee tuis depdllar dictis quin rumori serviam. 
 
 Lv. quid ais ? nam retineri nequeo quin dicam ea 
 
 quae promeres — • 15 
 
 itan tandem hanc maiores famam tradiderunt tibi 
 
 tui, 
 
 lit virtute eorum anteperta per flagitium perderes 
 
 atque honori posteromm tuorum ut vindex fleres ? 
 
 G-tS tibi 'paterque avosque facilem fecit et planam viam 
 
 ad quaerundum honorem ; tu fecisti ut difficilis 
 
 foret, 20 
 
 culpa maxLiraa 4t desidia tuisque stultis moribus. 
 
 6-47. maxime 'libri cum A : quod non intellego.' E. ; maxuma 
 is Bothe's emendation, but Sp. retains tlie ms. reading. — Instead 
 of stultis, Plautus probably wrote mojis (cf. 669), by wMch we 
 
 that qui is not the nominative, has ceytainly lived in utter dis- 
 
 but an abl. of mode, is Asin. regard of rumor should resist 
 
 iul,2anitatu's ani7nata,utqui his kind intentions in undue 
 
 expers matris imperiis sies ? — appreciation of the current 
 
 « ftejieyoZe/j^e is said in rather a notions of people. — promeres 
 
 ■ loose manner, instead of belief. ( = promereris) is used by the 
 
 a benevolo tibi ohlatum. Observe best writers both in a bad and 
 
 again that PI. uses benevolens a good sense, 
 
 as a subst. 642. t7aH = eone cousilio : 'did 
 
 638. For henficium see v. they bequeath to you an un- 
 185. sullied name that you should 
 
 639. For the ablative officio waste their thrifty gain ? ' 
 seen, on v. 265. (The common 643. anteperta is a well-at- 
 construction would be officium tested form instead of ante- 
 migrare; Gronov. Lect. Plant. parta; for the change of a to 
 p. 346 sq.) e comp. expers impertire, and 
 
 640. rumori servire 'to be aequijierare ahoYe, v. 4:66. 
 
 the slave of the talk of people', 644. vindex is the reading of 
 
 i. e. to care for it and act so as the mss. Lesbonicus is repre- 
 
 not to incur any nialos ru- sented as the murderer of the 
 
 mores. So gloriae, famae ser- fair name of his progeny: pos- 
 
 vire in classical Latin. terorum honorem, ut ita dicam, 
 
 641. Lysiteles is provoked iugulavit. The expression is, 
 that Lesbonicus who until now however, quite isolated.
 
 92 TRINVMMVS. [III. 2. 22—20. 
 
 praeoptavisti, am6rem tuom uti virtuti praepo- 
 
 ueres : 
 nunc to hoc facto credis posse optdgere errata? 
 
 aha, non itast. 
 650 cape sis virtutem anirao et corde expdlle desidiam 
 
 tuo. 
 ill foro operam amicis da, ne in le'ctu amicao ut 
 
 soHtus es. 25 
 
 atqni istum ego agrum tibi relinqui ob earn rem 
 
 fZenixe dxpeto, 
 ut tibi sit qui te conrigere possis : ne omnino ino- 
 
 piam 
 cives obiectare possint tibi, quos tu inimicos habes. 
 G55 Le. omnia ego istaec quae tu dixti scio, vel exsig- 
 
 navero : 
 
 should obtain a paronomafsia quite conformable to bis style. 
 A. KiESSLiNo. G-49. 2^(icfo BCD, facto A ; R. adopts the latter, 
 Sp. the first. G51. in lectu BruRiuan, Comm. soc. pbil. Bonn. 
 p. 96 (see Jabresbericbt vol. i p. 453) ; Sp. justly adopts this form, 
 for which see the notes, intellectu B, in lecto A. 652. atque 
 Sp. with the mss., I follow R. 
 
 648. praeoptare is usually seems to result from the vari- 
 
 joined with an infinitive, and ous readinjjs. It is a merit of 
 
 this is the only place where a 0. Brugman to have pointed 
 
 sentence with ut follows.— The out the existence of these forms, 
 
 accentuation of the molossic 652. istum ngrum ' that land 
 
 word virtuti maybe compared of yours'. — rf('«ij;e(anadverbnot 
 
 with formichi v. 410. yet registered in our dictiona- 
 
 619. hoc facto ' by your pre- ries) is attested by Placidus 
 
 sent conduct': see n. on v. gloss, p. 452 ' denixe, enixe', 
 
 129. and as that glossary is to a 
 
 G51. Cf. Tcr. Ad. .352, vah great extent founded on Plan tu«, 
 
 quain vcllem etiam noctu amicis Ritschl is no doubt right in 
 
 operam mos essct dari. Icctus putting dmiixe into the text, 
 
 appears in some places with though our mss. give enixe. 
 
 cases formed according to the 653. qui is the ablative, 
 
 fourth declension; the gen. 655. vel 'and even'; it is 
 
 lectus is attested by Triscian properly ' order me ' and I will 
 
 VI 7:-$ in PI. Aniph.'5l:J; Ter. put it down in writing.— fr.si.r/- 
 
 Hautou tim. 125 the ace. plur. nare ocaurs only here and Livy 
 
 lectus is found in the cod. i 20, 5. 
 Vatic, and Eun. 593 in lectu
 
 III. 2. 30—87.] TRiNVMMVs. 93 
 
 ut rem patriam et gluriam maiorum foedarim 
 
 meum. 30 
 
 scibam ut esse mt^ deceret, facere non quibam 
 
 miser: 
 ita vi Veneris victus, otio aptus in fraudom Incidi. 
 bed tibi nunc, proinde ut merere, sumniam babe&o 
 
 gratiam. 
 6 GO Ly. at operam perire meam sic ^t te baec dicta 
 
 sp^rnere 
 p(^rpeti ncquco : simul me piget parum pudere te. 35 
 et postrenio, nisi mi auscultas atque hoc ut dico 
 
 facis, 
 tute pone te latebis facile ne inveniat te honor: 
 
 658. vhictus the msa. followed by Sp.; victus E. Then 
 again oti. aptus A, which I thinli means otio aptus (and so 
 11., Sp.), but BCD have otio captus. 659. See exeg. note. Sp. 
 lias et at the beginning of the line, which has been corrected by 
 Brix. 6()0. dicta R., conic Sp. The mss. combine both, thus 
 corrupting the metre. 
 
 656. ut commences an epexe- 
 gesis of istciec. — foedare is said 
 by a zeugma, as rem foedare 
 cannot be said by itself. 
 
 657. For scibam see n. on 
 Aul. 49. 
 
 658. aptus ' conexum et col- 
 ligatum significat'. Nonius p. 
 234. ' comprehendere ' autiqui 
 vinculo apere dicebant Paul. 
 Diaeon. pp. 18, 19. 
 
 659. It is only now that 
 Lesbonicus understands Lysi- 
 teles' motive in refusing to ac- 
 cept his land. The mss. read 
 sumvias habeo gratias : but 
 Plautus ahvays has gratia in 
 the singular, meaning ' thanks', 
 or grates in the plural. 
 
 660. hacc dicta ' my words'. 
 
 661. pigct drops its final 
 t: Introd. to Aul. p. xxxiv. 
 
 662. For postremo see n. on 
 
 613. — auscultare, meaning 'to 
 obey' (origin, 'to lend an ear 
 to'), always governs the dative, 
 whence Freund justly wrote mi 
 here instead of me of mss. — We 
 should explain ita facis lit dico; 
 comp. Merc. 554, ]toc ut dico 
 factis persequar. 
 
 6G3. Brix explains this as an 
 allusion to one of the habits of 
 the scurrae (v. 202) which is 
 mentioned Poen. m 2, 35 faci- 
 unt, scurrae quod consuerunt : 
 pone sese homines locant. They 
 used to place their umbrae or 
 parasites behind so that they 
 could not be easily perceived. 
 If so, the present expression is 
 still an o'^vjxwpov, as it would 
 mean that Lesbonicus places 
 his dissolute self before liis 
 respectability and thereby ob- 
 scures himself.
 
 94! TRINVMMVS. [III. 2. 38— 4.5. 
 
 in occulto iacebis, qnora te nicixiimo clariim voles. 
 6G5 pernovi cquidein, Ldsbonice, iugenium tuoin ingc- 
 
 iiuom admodum : 
 ado te spoute non tuapte crrasse, sed amorem tibi 40 
 pectus opscurasse : atqiie ipse am6ris teneo omnis 
 
 vias. 
 itast amor, ballista ut iacitur : nil sic celerest ne- 
 
 que volat: 
 atque is mores hominum moros 4t morosos dfificit. 
 070 iwiiiws placet quod consuadetur: quod dissuadotur, 
 
 placet. 
 quom inopiast, cupias ; quando eius cojDiast, turn 
 
 n6n velis. 45 
 
 670. I follow Kitsclil in writing; comfuadctur (see 672), and 
 omittiuf^ mapis which in the palimpsest is placed after suadetiw 
 and in the other mss. hefore quod. (Sp. j^lacct magis quod sua- 
 detur. ) This reading emphasizes the contrast between consuadere 
 and dissuadcre and is also confirmed by v. 672, which is no doubt 
 a mere imitation of this line. 
 
 604. For f?i oefi(?fo see Introd. ( = ^wp6s) is confined to Plan- 
 to Aul. p. XLiv. Plantus himself tus : cf. especially Men. 571, 
 wrote oculto with only one c. — maxume more mora vtolestoqna 
 We should join viaxumc with viiiltuia. 
 
 voles, com^. Most. lOdS, id viax- 070. viiniif! placet in merely 
 
 urne volo. a variation of the simjile dis- 
 
 665. We should pronounce j'^"^''^- 
 tv'iiKjcnu — . infienium iiinciiuoiii 071. There is an alliteration 
 
 is a pleasing paronomasia. and (in spite of the difference 
 
 607. pectus might in Greek in quantity) oven a certain as- 
 
 1)0 translated by (ppivis. teneo sonanco between cupias and 
 
 ' I understand': cf. the ' canti- copiast. Observe, moreover, 
 
 cum' at the beginning of the the antithesis between in-iijiici 
 
 second Act. — viae anioris, like and c<";)/a ( = co-oi)ia). Erix is 
 
 'all the «•«;/« of Love', his tricks perhaps right in assuming the 
 
 and cunning sleights. loss of turn (which in a nis. 
 
 668. ballista docs not mean might bo merely til or tO and 
 
 the machine, but the ball or could easily be passed by after 
 
 stone or whatever else is thrown t of the preceding word) before 
 
 by it. See also Poen. i 1, 73 cupias: but it would not be 
 
 where the machine itself is necessary to omit eius, which 
 
 called hallistariuiii. should in that case merely be 
 
 GO'J. The adjective moms pronounced as a monosyllable.
 
 III. 2, 4G — 51.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 95 
 
 [ille qui aspellit, is compellit; ille qui consuadet, 
 
 vetat.] 
 insanum malumst hospitium, ddvorti ad Cupidi- 
 
 nem. 
 s6d te moneo hoc etiam atque etiam ut rc^putes, 
 
 quid facere dxpetas. 
 G75 si istuc ut conare facis, incendio incend^s genus. 
 turn igitur tibi aquae eiit cupido qui restinguas 
 
 dcius : 50 
 
 072. Sp. retcains this line in liis text. G73. insajiumst id 
 7naJum in te Sp. , though I cannot see any reason for this. 
 675. incendio incendes is the emendation of Nitzsch instead 
 of the ms. reading indicium tiinm inc. : but this may, perhaps, 
 point to some other reading not yet discovered. Sp. reads the 
 whole line very arbitrarily: si istuc te agere facts indicium, til 
 tuom incendes gemts. 
 
 670. aqua, the reading of Camerarins, is once more adopted 
 by Sp. But this reading admits only of a very far-fetched ex- 
 planation. Eitschl writes gut restinguas [ociusl, the mss. give 
 
 673. insanum is an adverb in 
 Plautus : comp. Nervol. fr. 7 
 insanum valde uterque deamat. 
 Baech. 761, insanum ma(jnuiii 
 moliornegotium. Most. 908, (^Jor- 
 ticum) insanum bonam. So in- 
 sane bene Mil. gl. 24. We 
 ■should say 'awfully bad'. — 
 devorti 'to alight' (origin, 'to 
 turn aside from the road'): 
 for the idea comp. above v. 314. 
 The infinitive is added in a 
 somewhat loose manner in ex- 
 planation of hosjiititim, instead 
 of St qtiis devortatur. Brix com- 
 pares Most. 379 sq., miserumst 
 opus, Igitur dcmum fodere jm- 
 teum itbi sitis fauces tenet. — 
 Cupido ' est inconsideratae ne- 
 cessitatis, amor iudicii ', Nonius 
 p. 421, and in the same way 
 Servius says on Virg. A. vi 194 
 Cupidinem veteres immoderatum 
 ainorem dicebant. 
 
 674. c.vpetas ' what you will 
 
 choose to do', Plautus often 
 uses the infin. after expetere 
 Mil. gl. 1258; Pseud. 1087 
 Most. 128; Aul. 644; Asin, 27 
 Cure. 107 sq. ; Kud. 240, 917 
 (These passages have been col 
 lected by E. Walder, Der Infin 
 bei Plautus, p. 18.) 
 
 676. turn igitur {rore 5r?) 
 would be turn den i que in later 
 Latin: but cf. igitur turn Most. 
 1?>2. — aquae cupido 'you will 
 long for water ' to quench the 
 flames kindled by your im- 
 moderate lust. The use of the 
 same word as pre\iously (673), 
 but in a different sense, imparts 
 additional force to the expres- 
 sion. 
 
 677. cattis (orig. 'sharp', 
 hence 'acute'; comi?. cot- 
 (coii), and cautes) is here used 
 ironically. Comp. consilium ca- 
 tum Epid. II 2, 73,
 
 96^ TRiNvarMVS. [III. 2. 52 — 58. 
 
 atqui si eris nanctus, proinde ut corde amantes stint 
 
 cati, 
 ue sciutillam quidcm relinques, genus qui congliscat 
 
 tuom. 
 Le. facilest inventti: datur ignis, tarn ^tsi ab inimico 
 
 petas. 
 680 sed tu obiurgans me a peccatis rapis detcriorem in 
 
 viam. 
 meam sororem tibi dem suades sine dote, aba, non 
 
 convenit 55 
 
 me qui abusus sum tantam rem patriam, porro in ditiis 
 esse agrumque habere, egere illam aiitem, ut mo 
 
 merito oderit. 
 numquam erit alienis gravis, qui suis se concinnat 
 
 levem. 
 
 genus qui r. tuom, ■which has clearly got here from v. 678. Sp. 
 adheres to the inss. G77. atqiie Sp. with the mss. (cf. 652). 
 682. rem being a monosj'llable aud following a disyllal)ic word 
 becomes enclitic. We should not, therefore, change the ms. read- 
 ing to tantam abusus sum rem patriam, as Eitschl does. 684. 
 numquam alienis gravis crit Sp. against the mss., nor can I 
 discover his reasons for changing the order of the words. 
 
 678. Lysiteles means that a necessary even in one, and im- 
 certain amoi;nt of fire is re- i^ossible in not a small number, 
 quired for every house and that, — It was considered a law of 
 therefore, it will be wise to international right pati ab igne 
 leave some sparks ; bixt Les- ignem capere si quis velit : 
 bonicus has such a horror of see Cic. Off. i § 152; Plant, 
 fire that in his over-gi'eat zeal Bud. ii 4, 21 quor tu aquam 
 he will even put out the vital gravare, amabo, quam hostis 
 sparks necessary for his genus. hosti commudati 
 
 679. facilest inventu: sc. id 681. For the omission of ut 
 quo genus meum congliscat. beforethesubi.,see u.on v. 591. 
 But i3 we should understand 682. porro ' in future'. — in 
 ignis or scintilla, it would be ditiis is an exaggerated expres- 
 easy to write facilist ; at all sion, just as in the next line 
 events we sliould not follow Lesbonicus forgets that his 
 Eitschl in introducing faril est sister would not egere, in case 
 of which Eitschl himself says she became Lysiteles' wife. 
 (Opusc. II 452) that it is possible 084. cnncinnare frequently 
 in several places, though not stands in Plautus where a later
 
 III. 2. 59 — 66.] TRiNvmivs. 
 
 97 
 
 685 sicut dixi, faciam : nolo te iactarl diutius. 
 
 Lv. tanto?i meliust te sororis causa egestatem ^x- 
 
 sequi eo 
 
 atque eum agruin me habere quam te, tua qui 
 
 toleres moenia ? 
 Le. nolo ego mihi te tarn prospicere, qui meam 
 
 egestatdm leves, 
 sdd ut inops infamis ne sim : ne mi hanc famam 
 
 differant, 
 G90 md germanam meam sororem in concubinatum tibi, 
 si sine dote dim, dedisse magis quam in matri- 
 
 m6nium. 65 
 
 quis me inprobior pdrhibeatur dsse? haec famigeratio 
 
 686. tanto Sp. G91. dan liaf? been added by Kiotz. 692. 
 famiferatio BCD, Bergk, Sp., hut famigeratio is attested by Nonius 
 and is clearly the genuine reading. 
 
 writer ■would use reddere. — Tlio 
 sense is: a man who conducts 
 himself lightly to his own 
 family, will never acquire gra- 
 vity in the eyes of strangers. 
 
 685. nolo te iactarl ' do not 
 trouble (vex) yourself about it '. 
 Lambiuus justly compares the 
 Greek craXeuo/xat, the metaphor 
 being taken from the tossing 
 of a ship in a wUd sea. 
 
 687. I do not consider the 
 antithesis between the two pro- 
 nouns me and te a sufficient 
 reason for transposing eum me 
 agrum, as Eitschl does. Comp. 
 the hiatus in Virg. Eel. viii 108 
 an qui amant, and see Munro 
 on Lucr. ii 404.^;r«t=:ut eo; 
 tolerare (see n. on v. 338) moe- 
 nia means 'assist you in dis- 
 charging your duties '. moenia 
 — munia (see above on v. 2-1), 
 instead of munera, a form of 
 the plural used also by Cicero 
 
 pro Mur. 35, 73; Sest. 66, 138; 
 Horace, Od. ii 5, 2; Serm. ii 2, 
 67, 81 ; Epist. ii 2, 131. Taci- 
 tus uses munia in the sense of 
 ' duties ', and munera in that 
 of ' presents '. See Neue, For- 
 meul. I 584. 
 
 688. qui ' how 'or 'in what 
 manner'. 
 
 689. scd (ita volo te mihi 
 prospicere) ; in prose we should 
 rather expect quam in correla- 
 tion with tarn in the preceding 
 line. — inops, ' though poor ', 
 he wishes not to become dis- 
 reputable. — For famam differrc 
 cf. above, v. 186. 
 
 690. concubinatus denotes a 
 kind of ' morganatic ' marriage 
 ^s'h^ch was far from bringing 
 discredit upon the wife, but ex- 
 pressed her social inferiority to 
 her husband. See Walter, His- 
 toi-y of Eomau Law § 533. 
 
 W. P.
 
 98 TEINVMMVS." [III. 2. 67— 7G. 
 
 t6 honestet, me cdnlutulentet, si sine dote cltixeris. 
 tibi sit emolumentum honoris: mihi quod obiectent 
 
 siet. 
 695 Lv. quid ? te dictatorem censes fore, si aps te 
 
 agruni acceperim ? 
 Le. neque volo neque p6stulo neque ednseo : verum 
 
 tamen 70 
 
 fs est honos hominf pudico, meminisse officiiim suom. 
 Lv. scio equidem te aniraatus ut sis : video subo- 
 
 let sdntio : 
 id ag-is ut, ubi adfinitatem inter nos nostram ad- 
 
 strinxeris, 
 700 atque agrum dederis nee quicquara hie tibi sit qui 
 
 vitam colas, 
 ^ffugias ex urbe inanis, profugus patriam d&eras, 75 
 cognates adfinitatem amicos factis nuptiis. 
 
 693. conlutitlentct si is no doubt iudicated by the reading of 
 BC conlutulent et si: the true form of the verb has first been 
 pointed out by a Norwegian scholar, Bugge, who justly quoted 
 the analogous formations of opulentare and turbulentare : all 
 editions before Eitschl's read conlutulet. The word conlutulcntare 
 is, moreover, warranted by Placidus in A. Mai's Class, aaict. in 
 p. 478 and vi 5G5, as Brix observes. See above, v. 292. 700. eum 
 ujinnn Sp., but cum is in I> added above the line, though by an 
 old hand; Bentley appears to have been the first to omit eum, 
 
 695. dictatorem is said in scntio see above, 615. 
 agreement with Eoman man- 700. qui vitam colas ^ io ?,XiS' 
 ners; the Greek original pro- tain your life ' = (;?« viuas 561, 
 bably had /SacTiX^a. Lesbonicus 701. iHa/ifs 'penniless'. Ob- 
 rejoins, as if Lysiteles had serve the alliteration in 'jjro- 
 meant external honour and dig- fugus ^Jatriam'. 
 
 nity in v. 694, while honor there 702. The emphasis implied 
 
 denotes ' respectability '. in the addition of this line has 
 
 696. Lesbonicus purposely escaped Kitschl so much that 
 uses three synonyms to render he actually considers it to be 
 his assertion very emphatic. an interpolation.— coi/natos al- 
 
 697. pudico 'a man of ho- hides especially to his sister, 
 nour': the expression is an in- adfinitatem (the collective term 
 tentional allusion to Lysiteles' =a^/^?u's) to Lysiteles and Phil- 
 words V. 661. to, and ainicos is a general term 
 
 698. te is an instance of pro- more comprehensive than the 
 lepsis: of. '673. — For sxibolet two that precede.
 
 •III. 2. 77—84.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 99 
 
 m^a opera hinc proterritum te meaque avaritia 
 
 autument. 
 id me conmisslirum ut patiar fieri, ne animum in- 
 
 duxeris. 
 705 St. lion enim possum quin exclamem : euge euge, 
 
 Lusiteles, palin: 
 facile palmam habds : hie victust : vicit tua co- 
 
 moedia. so 
 
 (hie agit magis ex argumento et versus melioris facit. 
 etiam ob stultitiara tuam te tueris ? multabo mina.) 
 Le. quid tibi interpellatio aut in consilium hue ac- 
 
 cdssiost ? 
 710 St. eodem pactO) quo hue accessi, apscessero. Le. i 
 
 hac mecum domum, 
 
 707 sq. are rejected by Ladewig and EitscM, as it seems 
 justly. In the preceding line hie was used of Lesbonicus, and 
 cannot now be used of Lysiteles with such a sudden transition. 
 (Sp. does not bracket these lines.) — melioris is the reading of the 
 mss. : see n. on v. 29. 
 
 703. autument: see n. on v. 
 
 32J:. 
 
 704. The construction is ne 
 anim. ind. me commissurum ut 
 id patiar fieri. 
 
 705. non enim is the reading 
 of the mss. and of Cicero de 
 orat. II 10, 39 who quotes this 
 line, and if it be right, we should 
 understand enim as = ' enim- 
 vero ', a sense it frequently has 
 in the comic writers; it is, 
 however, iDossible that Plautus 
 "wrote noenum (which Eitschl 
 has in his text) : see n. on Aul. 
 67. — -rrdXip ' da capo '. 
 
 706. facile 'doubtless'. — tua 
 comoedia ' your acting ' : the 
 line is a faithful translation 
 from the Greek, being only ap- 
 plicable to Greek customs; at 
 Rome the actors (except the 
 dominus gregis) were slaves and 
 treated as such : see the end of 
 
 the Cistellaria : omamenta (their 
 costume) ponent. postidea loci 
 Qui deliquit (who has played 
 badly) vapulabit; qui non deli- 
 quit hihet. 
 
 708. From Tac. Ann. i 77 it 
 appears that fines were not used 
 as a punishment for bad acting 
 untn a later time, — an addi- 
 tional argument to prove the 
 spmiousness of these two lines. 
 We may pronounce both tueris 
 and tueris (treating the w as a 
 v) ; Plautus uses both tueri and 
 tui. 
 
 709. ' What business have 
 you to interrupt us or to intrude 
 yourself upon our consultation ? ' 
 For the verbal nouns interpel- 
 latio and accessio and their 
 construction see my n. on Aul. 
 420. 
 
 710. eodem pactOf i. e. pedi- 
 bus. The answer is about the 
 
 7—2
 
 100 TIIINVMMVS. [III. 2. 85—95, 
 
 Lusiteles : ibi de istis rebus pKira fabulabimur, 85 
 Lv. nil ego in occulto agere soleo. mens ut ani- 
 
 must, dloquar : 
 si mihi tua soror, ut ego aequom cdnseo, ita nup- 
 
 tum datur, 
 sine dote, neque tu hinc abituru's, quod meumst, 
 
 id erit tuom: 
 715 sin aliter animatus es, bene quod agas eveniat tibi. 
 ego amicus numquam tibi ero alio pacto: sic sen- 
 
 tdntiast. 90 
 
 St. abiit hercle ill^ quidem. ecqui audis, Lusiteles ? 
 
 ego t^ volo. 
 liic quoque hinc abiit. Stasime, restas s61us. quid 
 
 ego nunc agam, 
 nisi uti sarcinam constringam et clupeum ad dor- 
 sum accommodem, 
 720 fill raentas iubeam suppingi s6ccis? non sisti potest, 
 video caculam militarem m6 futurum baud 16ngius. 95 
 
 714. metnmt K., vtnan erit Sp. with the mss. 717. The ms. 
 reading ahiit appears to me necessary on account of the next line, 
 and instead of changing it into the present, I have preferred 
 \vi-iting ccqui instead of ecquid. Sp. and K. ahit and ecquid. 
 For other conjectures see Lorenz Jahresber. 1873, p. 407. 
 
 same as a forward boy might 717. ego te volo, ec. eonloqai, 
 
 give when reproved for a liberty see v. 516. 
 
 he has taken. 719. Stasimns reverts to his 
 
 711. istis, i. e. quae tibi sunt melancholy reflections of v. 596 
 cordi. sq. 
 
 712. vieus ut aniiintat, elo- 720. fulmenta { = fulcim.) oc- 
 (/i(f/r, 'I'll speak my mind'. curs only here in Plautus ; as 
 
 714. For sine dote comp. n, a feminine it is also used by 
 on V. G05. Lueilius (iv 29 and xxviii 33 L. 
 
 715. qnod afjas 'what you Miiller), and Cato de re na.st. 
 then may do'. (The subj. agas 14. — non sisti potest, lit. 'the 
 is conditional: nf/ns, si mihi aSair cannot be stopped', an ex- 
 non obsccutus fueris. qundnpis prcssiou several times used by 
 would be said of a settled ac- hivj (ii 29, 8; in 9, 8. IG, 4. 
 tion.) Lysiteles means ' do 20, 8). 
 
 whatever you like, you shall 72i. cacula ' servus militis ' 
 
 have my good wishes, but Festi epit. p. 45, 16, with special 
 nothing more', reference to this passage. (The
 
 III. 2. 9G— 102.] TRINVMMVS. 101 
 
 i.tque aliquem ad regem in saginam si erus se con- 
 
 iexit mens, 
 crddo ad summos bdllatores acrem — fugitorem fore, 
 et capturuni spolia ibi — ilium qui ero advorsus 
 
 vdnerit. 
 725 egomet autem, quoni extemplo arcum et phare- 
 
 tram et sagitas sumpsero, 
 cassidem in caput — dormibo ^erplacide in taberna- 
 
 calo. 100 
 
 ^d forum ibo : nudius sextus quol talentum mutuoni 
 dedi, reposcam, ut habeam mecum quod feram 
 
 viaticum. 
 
 725. I have adopted the reading proposed by C. F. W. Miiller, 
 Plant. Pros. p. 253 sq., whieli agrees with the mss. except that 
 they have an additional mUii after arcum. For sdglta see Introd. 
 to Aul. p. XLiv. E. writes egomet, quom extemplo arcum et phare- 
 iram mi et sagittas sumpsero. 726. The mss. read placide with a 
 hiatus which Eitschl formerly removed by reading placidule^ 
 and in his second edition by placided. On these forms see the 
 Preface. Sp. outherods Herod by reading placide in taherindculo. 
 Sui-ely taherna cannot be treated like rix^V techina. Fleckeisen 
 proposes placide indu taberndculo. I prefer reading perplacide. 
 
 word is of dimiuntival forma- or militem; so also in the fol- 
 
 tion, denoting inferiority; Va- lowing lines. Plautus is very 
 
 nicek connects the first part fond of these jokes and employs 
 
 with the root kak, kank [Lat. them in several passages with 
 
 cingcre'] 'to gird'; if this be a happy effect. See below, v. 
 
 right, cacula would properly be 992, Cure. 5G2, Bacch. 503 sqq., 
 
 a page that fastens the belt, and True, ii 3, 23 — 28. 
 •girds' his master's loins.) — 726. For dormibo (in eaiiy 
 
 hand lovgius ' at uo very dis- Latin a very common form of 
 
 tant time'. the future of verbs of the fourth 
 
 722. coniexit — couiecesit = conj.), see Key L. G. § 466. 
 coniecsit; comp. faxo = faxeso 727. ?n/cZa(5 is a compression 
 from a perfect faxi instead of of nunc dius (the old nom. in- 
 feci. stead of dies, for which see n. 
 
 723. ad 'compared with': on Aul. 72), sc. est; the first 
 see n. on Ter. Eun. 361. Capt. syllable is in Plautus always 
 II 2, 26 (Thales) ad sapientiam short in spite of its origin; cf. 
 huius nimius nugator fait. See A6fZte = hoc die. 
 
 Driiger I p. 539. — The "joke con- 728. fZJfZL- for the shortened 
 
 sists in fugitorem being said ending see Introd. to Aul. p. 
 vapa ■B-poaSodaj' iox pugnatorem xs.yiu.
 
 102 TRiNvmivs. [III. 3. 1 — 11. 
 
 Megaronides. Callicles, 
 
 Me. Vt mihi rem narras, Callicles, nuUo moclo III 3 
 730 pote fieri prosus quin dos detur virgini. 
 
 Ca. namque hercle honeste fieri ferme n6a potest, 
 
 ut earn perpetiar ire in matrimonium 
 
 sine dote, quom eius rem penes me habeam domi. 5 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ■*■ 
 
 Me. * * * * ■ 
 
 parata dos domlst: nisi exspectare vis, 
 735 ut earn sine dote frater nuptum conlocet : 
 post adeas tute Philtonem et dott^m dare 
 te ei dicas : facere id eius ob amicitidm patris. 
 verum hoc ego vereor, ne istaec pollicitatio lo 
 
 te in crimen populo ponat atque infamiam. 
 
 733. After tliis line Eitschl has justly assumed a gap in 
 which Callicles declares that though resolved to give the young 
 lady a dowry, he is as yet uncertain whether to give it her 
 at once or wait until her father's return. Upon this, Megaron- 
 ides answers mora quid opus est, quaeso ? quando equidem tibi 
 Parata etc. (The first line is by Kitschl.) Sp. does not mark 
 a gap in his edition. 73-1. domi dos est Sp., dos est domi 0. 
 Brugman de sen. p. 12. 
 
 Sc. III. Mecjaronidcs appears § 27, pro Roscio Am. § 82 ; 
 once more to give Callicles the Livy xxiii 31, 7, and the ana- 
 benefit of his advice. logons construction matiere ut 
 
 729. ut mihi rem narras ' to Stich. 58. — conlocare is the 
 judge from your account of the usual expression for marrying : 
 affair': comp. above, v. 547. — see n. on Ter. Phorra. 759. 
 nuUo modo should be taken to- 736. dare 'to offer': see n. 
 gether with 2)ros«s; Brix quotes on T<^r. Andr. 545. 
 
 Cic. d. nat. d. in 8, 21 nullo 738. istaec imllicitatio 'any 
 
 modo prorsus adsentior. Trans- such promise on your part ' 
 
 late ' it is absolutely (unavoid- (rather originally ' this your 
 
 ably) necessary that the young promising '). 
 lady should get a dowry'. 739. Translate 'exposes you to 
 
 730. prosus is the reading of the slander and calumnies of the 
 jB, 2>TO)'s«s of the other mss. See people'. Lambinus compares 
 n. on V. 182. ' illud Ciceronis, pone me in gra- 
 
 731. fto»esie /er»2C ' scarcely Ham'; he evidently means ad 
 decently'. Att. v3, 3 apud Lentulum ponara 
 
 733. ems rem ' her fortune.' teingratiam. But ad Att. vii 6, 
 735. For ut after exspectare we read te in maxima gratia 
 Brix compares Cic. Cutil. u posui (Driiger, i p. 65).
 
 III. 3. 12—20.] TRINVMMVS. 103 
 
 740 nou temere d leant t^ benignum virgini : 
 
 datam tibi dotem, ei quam dares, eius a patre : 
 ex ea largiri te illi neque ita, lit sit data, 
 iuc61iimem sistere ei, sed detraxo autument. is 
 
 nunc si opj^eriri vis adventura Charmidi, 
 
 745 perlongumst : huic ducdndi interea apscdsserit 
 liibido ; atqui ea condicio vel primariast. 
 Ca. nam hercle omnia istaec vdniunt in menteni 
 
 mdii. 
 Me. vide si hoc utibile magis atque in rem deputas : 
 ipsum adeas Lesbonicum edoctum ut res se habet. 20 
 
 743. illi it the mss. 'ubi illi errore iteratum est e superiore 
 versu, et particulam, pro qna saltern atque diceudum fuerat, nee 
 lingua f ert nee seutentia ' E. , whom I have followed in reading 
 ci scd. Sp. keeps the ms. reading. 744. Cliarmidis Sp. ■with 
 £CD,hi\t ckBiiiBi A. 746. This line is only in the palimpsest, 
 and not found in the other inss. atqui Haiipt (E.), atq. A, whence 
 Sp. atque. huic vel A, omitted by Haupt and E., retained by Sp. 
 748. Sp. assigns this line to Ca. and continues both to him as 
 the speaker of vv. 747 — 751 inch, then Meg. says minume v. 752, 
 but Ca. continues directly minume hercle vero as far as 756 iucl., 
 then Meg. says v. 757. 749. The reading is very doubtful ; the 
 mss. give ut adeam lesbonicum edoceam (and. this is retained hj 
 
 740. noR temere belongs to Philocrati. See other instances 
 benignum: 'they may perhaps in my n. on Ter. Andr. 368, 
 say that your generosity to- and cf. also Biicheler, Lat. 
 ■wards the young lady has its decl. jd. 38 sq. 
 
 good reason'. For benignus 746. co7ul icio ' nia.tch.\ — vel 
 
 'generous, hberal' see n. on 'even', 'one might say', first- 
 
 Aul. 114. rate. This should be compared 
 
 741. eitis is monosyllabic. with the common use of vel 
 743. ineolumem ^ coniplete'. before sui:>erlatives, 2"'""«'"i"s 
 
 — detraxe is a compression from being in fact merely the deriva- 
 detraxise, the Plautine spelUng live of a superlative, 
 of detraxisi^e. Even Horace 747. For 7Uim we should sup- 
 forms in this way surrexe Serm. ply ' I quite agree with you, 
 I 9, 73. for — '. — istaec, quae tu dicis, 
 - 744. Cfearmidi is an old form 748- For vitZp see Introd. to 
 of the genitive given by the Aul. p.xxvii. — in rem, 'adv&nta.- 
 i:>alimpsest : cf. End. i 1, 4 geous, ad^asable': see u. on v. 
 Euripidi. ib, iii 5, 42 Hcrculi. 238. 
 *Bacch. 938.4c/u7Zt. Capt. m 3, 13
 
 10-fc TRiNVSorv^s. [III. 3. 21—20. 
 
 750 Ca. ut ^go nunc adulescdnti thensaurum indicem 
 
 iudomito, pleno amoris ac lasciviae ? 
 
 minume, minume hercle vero. nam certo scio, 
 
 locum quoque ilium omnera, tibi situst, com^derit. 
 
 quin f6dere metuo, sonitum ne illc exaudiat, 25 
 755 neu rem ipsam indaget, dotem dare si dixerim. 
 
 Me. quo pacto ergo igitur clam dos depromi potest ? 
 
 Ca. dum occasio ei rei r^periatur, interim 
 
 ab amico alicunde mutuom argentum rogem. 
 
 Sp.), but A has ipsum instead of iit. Our text gives Bothe'a 
 emendation, in the absence of anything more probable, ut may 
 have got here from the beginning of the next Hne, where it is 
 quite in its place. 750. sed nt Sp. 753. situst is the reading 
 of BCD, situmst of A : but surely the first deserves the preference, 
 as I was mistaken in asserting (in blind acceptation of Fleckeisen's 
 statement) that this word was used as a neuter in the Trinummus, 
 though it is used so by Petronius Sat. p. 53, 17 Bii. 75-1. The 
 relative queyn is very languid in this place, and Geppert is no 
 doubt right in conjecturing quin, the old spelling of which, qitein, 
 could easily be mistaken for quern. 
 
 750. ut expresses indigna- the case in the comic writers. 
 
 tion = i'is?je «t. See n. on v. This and the present iufin. 
 
 238. instead of the future are cha- 
 
 754. The infin. stands after racteristic of the ease of collo- 
 TJifii/o Pseud. 304; Most. 1125; quial language; see the in- 
 Pers. 441 ; Aul. 216 ; True. 11 stances collected by E. Walder, 
 4, 2 ; after timerr Merc. 58 ; Infin. bei PI. p. 34. 
 
 after vcreri in the present play, 756. ergo igitur is one of 
 
 V. 1149; after /or;»/(7'/r(' Pseud. the palpable tautological ex- 
 
 316, and after crtff re Merc. 113. pressions in Plautvis (cf. 818) 
 
 (E. Walder, Infin. bei PI. p. 22.) which Apuleius had the bad 
 
 755. rem ipsavi iiulugct is taste to imitate in at least four- 
 logicallydoiiciident onrxrt(((?i(7f ; teen instances. Comp. itnque 
 ' I am afraid he might hear the ergo Tcr. Eim. 317, and in 
 noise, in consequence of which Liw. 
 
 he woi;ld doubtless discover the 757. rei is monosyllabic, and 
 
 thing (money) itself ' ; but ne^i no doubt Plautus himself wrote 
 
 coordinates the sentence with re, as the scribes overlooked the 
 
 the preceding, while it ought word on account of its resem- 
 
 to be subordinated. — Tlie subj. bianco to the first syllable of 
 
 of the infinitive sentence is the following word, 
 omitted, as is indeed very often
 
 III. 3. 30—36.] TRINVMMVS. 105 
 
 Me. potin' dst ab amico alicunde exorari? Ca. po- 
 test. ^ , 30 
 760 Me. gerrad : ne tu illud verbura actutum inveneris : 
 
 'mihi quidem hercle non est quod dem mutuora.' 
 
 Ca. malim bdrcle ut verum dicant quam ut dent 
 mutuom. 
 
 Me. sed vide consilium, si placet. Ca. quid con- 
 silist ? 
 
 Me. scitum, ut ego opinor, consilium inveni. 
 
 Ca. quid est? sa 
 
 765 Me. homo conducatur aliquis iam quantum potest, 
 
 762. Sp. assigns this line to Meg. and reads dicas and 
 des according to tiie mss. 765 sqq. The mss. .read this passage 
 as follows : — 
 
 Me. Homo conducatur aliquis iam quantum potest, 
 
 Quasi sit peregrinus. Ca. quid is seit facere postea? 
 Me. Is homo exornetur graphice in peregrinum modum, 
 Ignota facias quae non visitata sit. 
 Mendacilocum aliquem : quid is scit facere postea? 
 Falsidicum confidentem. Ca, quid turn postea? 
 
 I follow Eitschl, but Sp. retains all as it is, except that he 
 removes the interpolation quid is scit facere postea in the fifth 
 line by introducing a fresh interpolation of his own, est usus 
 hominem calliduiii. 
 
 759. Megarouides knows very wiU scarcely be necessary to 
 skilfully how to hint to CaUi- quote similar instances from 
 cles that he cannot or whl not Plautus or other writers — 
 advance the money to him. modern instances occur in prac- 
 
 760. <;cn-ae 'bosh', the same ticallife. 
 
 as 7mgae. logi, fabulae, somnia. 762. Callicles answers ironi- 
 
 (This word is from the same root cally ' I would much rather they 
 
 as gerro 'a fool, clown', and spoke the truth (i.e. were really 
 
 cerr-itus ' foolish '. This root poor) than they should lend me 
 
 is identical with 'queer '.) — ne the money'. This implies that 
 
 ' surely '. — verbura inveneris, for their meanness they deserve 
 
 non pecuniam. to be poor. 
 
 761. mih'i is placed at the 763. sed: Megaronides wants 
 beginning of the line with great to lead the conversation into 
 emphasis. The same beginning another channel, as the subject 
 {mihi quidevi hercle) is quoted might finally become personal, 
 by Brix from Merc, iv 4, 22; 764. scitiim ' clever '. 
 Poen. I 1, 23. 3, 3; Kud. i 2, 765. quantum j^otest 'assooh 
 20. — For the evasive answer it as possible'.
 
 lOG 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [III. 3. 37 — 50. 
 
 igndta facie, quae Mc non visitata sit. 
 709 mendacilocum aliquem * * * ' 
 
 770 falsidicum, confid(^ntem, Ca, quid turn postea? 
 7(37 Me. is homo dxornetur graphice in peregrinuni 
 
 modum, 
 
 771 q^^asi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia 
 veniat : salutem ei nuutiet verbis patris : 42 
 ilium bene gerere rem et valere et vivere : 
 
 et etirn rediturum actutum. ferat epistulas 
 775 duas : eas nos consignemus, quasi sint a patre. 
 det alteram illic, alteram dicat tibi 
 dare sdse velle. Ca. pdrge porro dicere. 
 Me. seque atirum ferre virgini dotem a patre 
 dicat, patremque id iussisse aurum tIbi dare. 
 730 tends iam ? Ca. propemodum, atque ausculto pdr- 
 lubens. 
 
 769. This line has been recovered from the palimpsest as 
 far as it goes. (It is omitted in the other mss.) Eitschl supplies 
 esse hominem oportet de foro. 780. Our mss. give lyropemodo, 
 but as this would be an isolated instance of this form in Plautus 
 who generally says propemodum, I have here also adopted the usual 
 form in conformity with FZ. E. and Sp. maintain piropcviodo. 
 
 7GG. facie ' outward appear- 
 ance': aee below v, 852. — vi- 
 sitata 'common ', the same as 
 usitata, by which it has often 
 been supplanted in the mss. 
 
 770. confidens ' impudent, 
 bold'; seen, on v. 201. — quid 
 turn postea ' what to do with 
 him?' 
 
 767. exornetur 'shall be dress- 
 ed (got) up ', the technical ex- 
 pression for the getting-up of 
 an actor. — qrapMce 'cleverly': 
 see below 936. 102i. 1139. 
 
 772. verbis ^^afrts 'in his 
 father's name '. 
 
 774, actutum ' almost imme- 
 diately'. — epistula is the only 
 genuine Plautine form of this 
 word, though in this place our 
 
 mss. read epistolas. 'epistula 
 was the usual form in the Im- 
 perial period, though epistola 
 was used as early as the period 
 of the Gracchi and the Cim- 
 brian wars and is also found in 
 the best mss. of Cicero. Corssen 
 II 141, 142 ; Brambach, on 
 Latin orthography p. 82, Eitschl 
 Opusc. II 493; Schuchardt i 
 40, II 148'. (Wagener, Latin 
 spelling for the use of Schools, 
 p. 19.) 
 
 776. ilUc ^iilice, see n. on 
 Aul. 663. 
 
 777. For porro pergere see n. 
 on V. 162. 
 
 779. dare either stands for 
 dari (see n. on Aul. 242), or 
 we should supply the subj. se.
 
 III. 3. 51—65.] TRINVMMVS. 107 
 
 Me. turn tu igitiir demus adulescenti aurum dabis, 
 
 ubi eiit locata vIrgo in matrimonium. 
 
 Ca. scite hercle sane. Me. hoc, ubi thensaurum 
 
 effoderis, 
 suspicionem ab adulescente amoveris. 
 
 785 censdbit aurum esse a patre adlatum tibi : 
 
 tu dd tbensauro sumes. Ca. satis scite 4t probe : 
 quamquam hoc me aetatis sucophantari pudet. 
 sed epistulas quando opsignatas adferet, 
 nonne arbitraris turn adulescentem anuli 
 
 790 pat^rni signum novisse ? Me. etiam tu taces ? 
 sescentae ad earn rem causae possunt conligi. 
 ilium quern ante habuit, pdrdidit, fecit novom. 
 iam si opsignatas non feret, dici hoc potest, 
 apud portitores eas resignatas sibi 65 
 
 789. Plautus probably wrote non, as E. conjectures in bis 
 note and Sp. has in his text. 789 sq. non arbitraris cum in- 
 tellecturum dnuli Paterni signum non esse, H. A. Koch Emend. 
 PJaut. p. 17 sq. 792, The mss. read ilium quern habuit perdidit 
 alium post fecit novum. Instead of ante (added by Eitschl), we 
 may also guess at olim; but Eitschl is no doubt right in considering 
 alium post as mere glosses. Sp. seems to go too fai- in bracketing 
 the whole line. 
 
 781. demus is attested by phrases are very common in all 
 Festus p. 70, 8 as an old form writers : comp. Ter. Haut. 110 
 instead of dcmum (cf. rursus istuc aetatis. Cic. Cliient. § 141 
 rursum, prorsus prorsum) which and Livy x 24 id aetatis. 
 
 was used by Livius Andronicus. 787. sucophantari ' play the 
 
 To avoid the hiatus in the cae- part of a sycophant'. 
 
 sura of a senarius we are enti- 790. For etiam tu taces comp. 
 
 tied to assume that Plautus also above v. 514. 
 
 used it, as Eitschl, Koch and 791. sesce?ifae 'ever so many': 
 
 Bergk do. but Mil. gl. 250 we read trecentae 
 
 782. For locata see n. on possunt causae conligi, where 
 . Ter. Phorm. G4G. Lorenz's note deserves to be 
 
 783. hoc — hac re. compared. 
 
 784. The mss. spell suspicio- 793. iam si is almost the 
 nem here also with a c: see n. same as etiam si. 
 
 on V. 79. — The sense is 'you 794. portitores denotes the 
 
 will prevent the young man custom-house of3ficers who had 
 
 from conceiving any suspicion'. to collect the duties on all 
 
 787. hoc aetatis and similar merchandise arriving in the
 
 108 TRiNVMMVS. [III. 3. 66—75. 
 
 795 inspectasque esse, in huius modi negotio 
 didra scrmone t^rere segnitids mcrast ; 
 qiiamvis sermones possunt longi tdxier, 
 abi ad tliensaurum iam confestim clanculum : 
 serv6s, ancillas amove : atque audin ? Ca. quid est ? 
 
 800 Me. uxorem quoque eampse banc rem uti celds face: 
 nam pol tacere numquam quicquamst quod queant. 
 quid nunc stas ? quin tu hinc te amoves et t4 moves? 
 aperi, deprome inde auri ad banc rem qu6d sat est : 
 continuo tam operi ddnuo : sed clanculum, 15 
 
 801. queant, sc. uxores. (The plural is an aesthetical cor- 
 rection by Meier of the nis. reading qneat, which would be 
 personal and rude.) Sp. retains qiteat. 802. The ms. reading 
 may be explained by assuming the use of two synonyms em- 
 phatically expressing one and the same idea : see n. on v. 130 ; 
 but as even then we are obliged to add te (which is not in the 
 mss.), Seyffert may perhaps be right in considering the words et 
 te moves as a gloss which superseded the original reading ted 
 ocius. Sp. reads tu hinc amoves et te admoves. I confess not 
 to understand his admoves. 803. Instead of aj^eri, abi seems 
 to me to be far preferable. 804. The mss. read continuo 
 operito; but the present imperative is clearly required by the 
 analogy of the two j)receding lines, and such a pronunciation as 
 continvo operito is quite unexampled in Plautus. I have con- 
 
 harbour ; on accoimt of this 'talk of ever such great length': 
 
 being the fiftieth part of the of. n. on v. 380. For the phrase 
 
 value in most instances, they texere serm/ones Brix compares 
 
 were called irtvTr]KO(rro\6yoi at the Homeric expression fivdovs 
 
 Athens. They were also permit- i(paivei.v {Jl 212). 
 
 ted to open letters in order to pre- 800. eam/jsf* is not given by 
 
 vent the occiurrence of defrauda- the mss. , but requncd by the 
 
 tion. Cf. Ter. Phorm, 150, and metre. Plautus says both eumpse 
 
 below 1107. and ipsum, eampse and ipsam. 
 
 795. huius is monosyllabic. See also Corssen ii 817. 
 
 — TK'iJiotio 'a difficulty', cf. ne- 803. The money to be taken 
 
 gotium exhibere, irpdyiJ.aTa -rrape- from the hoard is not intended 
 
 Xeiv. for the sycophant, but to be 
 
 796. segnities 'slowness'; he kept in readiness for the dowry 
 means ' it is mere waste of after the delivery of the letters 
 time'. supposed to be brought by him 
 
 797. quamvis belongs to longi from Charmides.
 
 III. 3. 7G — 85.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 109 
 
 805 sicut praecepi, et cunctos exturba addibus. 
 
 Ca. ita faciam. Me. at enim longo sermone utimur : 
 didm conficimus, quom iam properatdst opus, 
 nil ^st de signo quod vereare : md vide, 
 lepida illast causa ut conmeraoravi, dicere 80 
 
 810 apud portitores esse inspectas. denique 
 di^i tempus non vides? quid ilium putas 
 natura ilia atque ingenio ? iam dudum dbriust : 
 quidvis probari ei poterit. turn, quod maxumist, 
 adfeiTe se, non p^tere hie dicet. Ca. iam sat est. 85 
 
 sidered to as an error for iu = Uim before tlie verb in order to 
 avoid the hiatus. Eitschl conthmod operi demto. (Sp. operi con- 
 tinuo d.) 805. ])rcccpit in the mss. is clecarly a corruption of 
 the reading given in the text. All former editors (inchiding Sp.) 
 omit et. 806. The hiatus after /acfn/K is justified by the change 
 of speakers: see v. 432. The mss. add nimis before longo, which 
 is a mere gloss on longo {at nimis iam 1. s. Sp.). 807. qvo77i is 
 Fleckeisen's emendation of quod of the mss. The sense is ' we 
 waste the day, though we should now make haste.' (Eitschl 
 keeps qnod as an ablative; but C. F. W. Miiller, Nachtriige p. 31, 
 shows that this can only be taken as an accusative, though it does 
 not give the sense required for this passage. (Sp. follows Eitschl.) 
 809. lepiddst haec causa Sp. against the mss. 813. quidvis 
 probaii ei poterit ' anything may be made credible to him.' The 
 mss. read prohare, emended by Eitschl, but retained by Sp. 
 Assuming the original spelling to have been, as it no doubt 
 was, proharei ei, we may easily understand the omission of ei 
 and the change of the passive infin. to the active. 814, ad- 
 ferre, von petere hie se the mss.; adferre, non se petere liinc 
 E., partly following Fleckeisen. Sp. keeps hie, without changing 
 the order of the words. 
 
 805. exturba is a strong ex- 
 pression, ' biuidle them all out 
 of the house'. 
 
 808. me vide ' only look to 
 me', i. e. in any difficulty come 
 to me for advice. For instances 
 see my n. on Ter. Audi-. 350. 
 
 809. Zfpirfa 'capital'. — ca^isa 
 ' excuse '. 
 
 810. apud drops its final d : 
 
 see Introd. to Aul. p. xxxiv, and 
 Schuchardt, on \nilgar Latin i 
 123. — denique: see n. on Ter. 
 Haut. 69. 
 
 811. quid ilium putas 'in 
 what state do you think him to 
 be?' Brix compares Bacch. 208, 
 ut earn credis ? Merc. 352, quein 
 admodum existumet me.
 
 110 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [III. 3. 86^90. 
 
 815 Me. ego ■ siicopliantam iam condiico de foro, 
 epistulasque iam consignabo duas : 
 eumque hinc ad adulescdntem meditatiira probe 
 mittam. Ca. 4o ego ergo igitur intro ad officium 
 
 meum. 
 tu istuc age. Me. actum rc^ddam nuo-acissume. 
 
 81(5. EitseM rejects this line, tut cum may be said of the 
 sycophant in the next line in spite of the interposition of these 
 words. 618. ergo igitur: see n. ou v. 756. 
 
 815. iam conduco ' this very 
 minnte I'll engage'; the Y>ve- 
 sent is foimd in the mss. and 
 should not be exchanged for the 
 futiu'e. -— de foro: the forum 
 (in Athens the dyopa) was the 
 place most frequented by idlers, 
 loungers and people on the 
 look-out for ' something to tm-u 
 up'. See the Sycophant's can- 
 did description of himself, v. 
 847 sqq. 
 
 817. mcditatum has a pas- 
 sive sense ' well-schooled, well- 
 drilled ': cf. Mil. gl. 903, probe 
 meditatam utramque duco, on 
 which line Lorenz quotes Ejjid. 
 Ill 2, 39 sq., emn permeditatam 
 meis dolis astutiisque onustam 
 Mittam, and justly notes the 
 difference between this personal 
 
 use of the passive and the ex- 
 pressions mcditata verba, con- 
 silia etc. (see Ter. Phorm. 218), 
 the constmctlon meditari all- 
 quern not being found in any 
 Latin writer. 
 
 819. istuc, jouT part of the 
 affair, as described 803 sqq. — 
 actum reddam is more emphatic 
 than agam. — nugacissume 'in 
 the shrewdest manner'. (This 
 word is due to a conjectiu'e of 
 G. Hermann, and though the 
 adverb of the superl. is aV. \ey. 
 in this i^lace, there can be no 
 doubt as to the truth of Her- 
 mann's emendation, on account 
 of its perfect harmony with the 
 Plautino manner of forming 
 words.)
 
 IV. 1. 1—3.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 ACTVS IV. 
 
 Charmides, 
 
 820 Salipotenti et multipotenti lovis fratri aetherei 
 Neptuno _ IV 1 
 
 laetus lubens laude's ago gratas gratisque habeo et 
 fluctibus salsis, 
 
 quos penes mei fuit potestas, bonis mis quid foret 
 et meae vitae, 
 
 820 sqq. Sp. (and Brix in his second edition) consider these 
 lines as anapaestic metre, in which they admit the greatest 
 metrical and prosodiacal licences. I have not seen fit to foUow 
 them in tliis respect. 820. Sa/si'/wfcji/i Sp. with the mss,, but 
 contrary to the rules according to which such a word should be 
 formed, aetherei Nejjtiino Scaliger and others, et nerei nejAuni 
 BCD, et Nerei Sp, 821. et grates gratiasquc Sp. 822. q^tos 
 
 Act IV. 820. Salipotens is a 
 ttTT. Xey. — luppiter aethereus is 
 a translation of the Homeric 
 Zeiii aldepL vaiuv. 
 
 821. In laetus liihens the 
 copula et is omitted in confor- 
 mity with the usage of archaic 
 Latin. The liae is very em- 
 phatic on account of the three- 
 fold alliteration laetus Zubens 
 Zaudes and the twofold r^ratas 
 .gratisque, the effect of the latter 
 being also increased by the 
 paronomasia: cf. Poen. i 1, 6 
 quibus pro benefactis fateor de- 
 beri tibi Et libertatem et multas 
 
 gratas gratias, in agreement 
 with which we should here also 
 understand gratasque gratis, 
 assuming a transposition of que. 
 — laudcs gratisque agere is a 
 solemn formula in thanking the 
 gods: cf. Mil. gl. 411 ; Li\7 vii 
 36, 7; Tac. Ann. i 69. 
 
 822. ?;!ei and /»3< are mono- 
 syllabic. — bonis: see Introd. to 
 Aul. p. XXXVIII. — mis is contract- 
 ed from meis otmiis (mieis in one 
 of the epitaphs of the Scipios) 
 in very much the same way as 
 deis changes to dis. — meae is 
 again monosyllabic.
 
 112 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 1. 4 — 11. 
 
 ({uom suis me ex locis in patrlam urbem usque 
 
 incolumem r^ducera faciunt. 
 dtque tibi ego, Neptune, ante alios de6s gratis ago 
 
 atque habeo summas: 
 825 nam te omnes saevoraque severumque, avidis mo- 
 
 ribus, conmemorant, 
 spurcificum, inmanern, intolerandum, vdsanum : ego 
 
 contra 6pera expertus. 
 nam pol placidum te 4t clementem eo usqud modo, 
 
 ut volui, usus sum in alto, 
 ^tque banc tuam apud bomines gloriam auribus 
 
 iam acceperam ante : 
 pauperibus te parcere solitum, ditis damnare d,tque 
 
 domare. lo 
 
 830 abi, laudo : scis ordine, ut aequomst, tr^ctare bo- 
 mines. boc dis dignumst : 
 
 p6nes fuerat summd potestas, bonis vie'is etc. Sp. out of his own 
 composition. 823. urbem salvoni incolumem redxicem faciunt 
 Sp. 824. atque ego, Neptune, tibi ante alios deos gratias ago 
 atque habeo summas Sp. 825. atque avidis Sp. 826. ego om. by 
 the mss. and Sp. 827. nam pol placido te et dementi meo usque 
 modo ut volui usus snm in alto Sp. I shall abstain from reporting 
 the other transpositions and alterations admitted by Sp. in this 
 monologue merely for the sake of the metre. 828. The mss. 
 add the gloss et nobilis [cf. 831] before apud, and omit hie. 
 
 823. This hno contains the in early Latin, seo Driiger, i p, 
 
 reason of his thankfulness : cf. 553. — Translate ' I have made 
 
 Stich. 402 sq. 3WiJ7«6eHere (;<?sfa an experience to the contrary 
 
 salvos convortor domum, Nep- by your assistance '. Cf. Bacch. 
 
 tuno gratis habeo et tempesta- 387, id opera expertus sum esse 
 
 tibus. — suis c locis, called loca ita. 
 
 Neptunia Mil. gl. 413. — in pa- 827. ws-f/iw' throughout'. The 
 
 triam urbem usque ' even the construction is eo modo tit (for 
 
 long way to my native town', quo) volui. 
 
 , 824. atgjtc ' especially'. 828. For rtwriiMS seelntrod. 
 
 825. avidis moribus : the sea to Aul. p. xviii. 
 
 swallows anything it can lay 830. abi expresses praise and 
 
 hold of. Hence avarum mare approbation : cf. n. on Ter. Ad. 
 
 Hor. Carm. iii 29, (Jl. 504. — ordine is frequently used 
 
 826. spurcijlcus is dw. \fy. : like an adverb by the comic 
 of. sjmrcidicuii. — For the use of poets, meaning ' in-operly'. 
 contra as adverb and preposition
 
 IV. 1. 12—18.] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 118 
 
 semper meudicis modesti sint, secus nobills apud 
 
 homilies, 
 fidus fuisti : iafidum esse iterant, nam apsque fo- 
 
 ret te, sat scio in alto 
 distraxissent disque tulissent satellites tui miserum 
 
 foede, 
 bonaque item omnia una mecum passim caeruleos 
 
 per campos : — i5 
 
 835 ita iam quasi canes, hand secus, circumstant navem 
 
 turbine venti : 
 imbres fluctusque atque procellae infensae fremere, 
 
 frangere malum, 
 ruere antemnas, sclndere vela: — ni pax propitia 
 
 foret praesto. 
 
 — The words secus nobilis apud Iwmines are not in the mss., 
 but appropriately supplied bj' G. Hermann from v. 828, which 
 terminates in the mss. with ct nobilis apud homines. 
 
 831. mendicis is a forcible 
 expression instead of pauperi- 
 hus (829). — modestumcssf alicui 
 'treat a person with modera- 
 tion '. 
 
 832. iterant in Plautus means 
 merely narrant: (Placidus has 
 the gloss 'iterant, dicuut, indi- 
 cant': Eitschl praef. p. 68), see 
 Cas. V 2, 5 operam date dummea 
 facta itero: ccrtost operae au- 
 rihus percipere. — ' The preposi- 
 tion absque is always used by 
 the comic poets so as to imply 
 a conditional clause si sine, the 
 verb asset or foret being then 
 used impersonally: absque te 
 cssft = si tu non esses, ^o abs- 
 que me, te, eo, hoc, hoc re esset 
 { foret). Besides the comic poets, 
 only writers of the silver age 
 use absque, but without any 
 conditional sense and with the 
 meaning oi praeter, sine.' Beix. 
 
 833. disque tidissent instead 
 of disttdissentque : similar in- 
 
 W. P. 
 
 stances of tmesis occur both 
 in Plautus and Terence ; see the 
 index to my edition of Terence 
 s. V. 'tme)-is'. Couip. also Munro 
 on Lucr. i 452, and Conington 
 on Yirg. A. x 794. — In satellites 
 the second syllable is shortened 
 (Plautus of course spelt it with 
 only one I) : see Introd. to Aul. 
 p. XLii. The satellites of Nep- 
 tune are the winds and storms. 
 
 834. caeruleos per campos 
 av loeidia ttovtov. 
 
 835. The present circumstant 
 aptly leads us to the descriptive 
 infinitives in the next lines. 
 Numerous instances of descrip- 
 tive infinitives from Plautus 
 are given by E. Walder, Infin. 
 bei PL, p. 52 sq. 
 
 837. mere is in poetical lan- 
 guage both transitive and in- 
 transitive; cf. Ter. Ad. 319, 
 ceteros riierem. — Both jmx and 
 propitius are words used espe- 
 cially of gods, here of Neptune. 
 
 8
 
 il4 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 1. 19 — 2. 1, 
 
 ^page a me sis: deliinc iain corturast otio dare 
 
 me : satis partum liabeo, 
 quibus aernmnis deluctavi, filio dum divitias quaero. 20 
 840 sed quis hie est qui in plateam ingreditur cum 
 
 novo ornatu specieque slmul ? 
 pol quamquam domi cupio, opperiar: quam hie rem 
 
 gerat, animum advortam. 
 
 SVCOPHANTA. ChARMIDES. 
 Svc. Huic ego die nomen Trinummo tacio 
 
 ego ojDeram meam 
 
 838. dcJiinc is monosyllabic, 
 as it always is in Plaiitus. — 
 ccrtuinst: see n. on 270. — The 
 synizesis otio is admissible iu a 
 somewhat loose metre, like the 
 present, but not in ordinary 
 iambic or trochaic hnes. The 
 
 same observation applies io filio 
 in the next line. 
 
 839. The active use of de- 
 luctare (instead of the deponent) 
 is attested by Nonius p. 468, 
 29, and occurs also in other 
 passages. — Persa 4 we have 
 ciiiii leone (and a set of other 
 ablatives) deluctari. — The con- 
 struction is here: satis partum 
 habco eis aeriunuis qidbus de- 
 luctavi. 
 
 840. The anapaestic lines are 
 calculated to express Channides' 
 surprise and gradual retreating 
 to the background of the stage. 
 cum novo ornatu ' strange at- 
 tire': for the prosody «ay' Or- 
 natu see Introd. to Aul. p. lit. 
 — simul : not only that he should 
 walk this wav, but also his 
 
 ; nam 
 IV. 2. 
 
 strange co.itume nnd appearance 
 excite Charmides' cmiosity. 
 
 841. domi cupio €Triduf/.!2 ohov: 
 so Mil. gl. 801 cius domi cupii't 
 jiiiser, and ib. 964 cupiunt tui 
 (this is at least a very probable 
 conjecture) : Lorenz observes 
 that the same construction is 
 used by Sjoumachus, who says 
 vcstri cupitint Epist. i 8 in. 
 The gen. in this construction 
 denotes the aim towards which 
 the action is directed. — The i 
 iu domi is shoiiened: Introd. 
 to Aul. p. XXV. 
 
 Sc. II. This is m point of 
 comic power and vivid dialogue 
 the best scene of the whole 
 play. 
 
 843. did is the reading of 
 the mss., but we are no doubt 
 justified in expressing even in 
 spelling the synizesis of ei into 
 e. See n. on Aul. 007. Words- 
 worth, Spec, of Early Latin, 
 p. 52. The dative Fide is found 
 in an inscription on a cippus 
 from Picenum C. I. L. i 170 
 p. 31.
 
 IV. 2. 2— IS.] 
 
 TRINVIVDIVS. 
 
 ii; 
 
 tribus nummis bodi^ locavi ad artis naugatorias. 
 845 advenio ex Seleucia, Macedonia, Asia atque Arabia, 
 quas ego neqiie oculls neque pedibus iiraquam usur- 
 pavi meis. 
 
 viden egestas quid negoti dat homini misero mal 
 
 1 f 
 
 quin ego nunc subigor trium nummuni causa, ufc 
 
 basce epistulas 
 dicam ab eo boraine me accepisse, quern ^go qui 
 
 sit liomo nescio, 
 850 necpie novi neque natus necne fuerit, id solide scio. 
 Ch. pol bic quidem fungino generest : capite se 
 
 totum tegit. 
 Hilurica facies videtur bominis : eo ornatu advenit. lo 
 Svc. ille qui me conduxit, ubi conduxit, abduxit 
 
 domum : 
 qua^ vokiit, mibi dixit, docuit, et praemonstravit 
 
 prius, 
 855 quo modo quidque ager^m. nunc adeo, si quid egu 
 
 addidero amplius, 
 
 848. has Sp. 850 
 
 844. tribus nummis no doubt 
 means ' for three drachmas ' : 
 see n. on Aul. 108. — naugatoi-ias 
 is the spelhng of the iDalim- 
 psest: see n. on v. 396. 
 
 845. Seleucia : see n. on v. 
 112. 
 
 847. quid negoti viali ' what 
 abominable business ' : Eitschl 
 compares Most. 531, quid ego 
 hodie negoti confeci mali. 
 
 848. quin ego ' why, I am now 
 even obliged,' etc. [quin is the 
 reading of the palimpsest, qui 
 of the other mss.) — nummum is 
 Eitschl's emendation, which is 
 also required by the metre ; the 
 mss. liiixe nummorum : see n. on 
 V. 152. 
 
 850. so^uZe ' thoroughly ': cf. 
 V. 892. 
 
 851. funginus is dV. Xey. — 
 
 gnatus necne is Sp. 
 
 The sycophant wears a large 
 travelling hat with a broad rim 
 {causia), which covers his whole 
 figure, and makes him look 
 like a mushroom. 
 
 852. Hilurica is attested by 
 the best mss., cf. Ililurios Men. 
 235, where we also have the 
 parallel case of Histros. (Histri 
 is also the spelling of the mss. 
 in Eutropius in 7=p. 20, 9 
 Hartel.) Eitschl justly obseiTcs 
 that Plautus uses this word 
 with the first syllable short. — 
 facies : see n. on 768. 
 
 853. ubi conduxit is said with 
 a certain comical emphasis in- 
 stead ot postltac. 
 
 8.54. quae voluit 'his inten- 
 tion'. — For pracmonstro see 
 above v. 342. 
 
 855, For quo modo see v. 
 
 8—2
 
 IIG 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 2. 14 — 19. 
 
 eo conductor melius de me n6gas conciliaverit. 
 lit illc me exornavit, ita sum oruatus : argentum 
 
 hoc facit : 15 
 
 Ipse oruamenta a chorago haec sumpsit suo perlculo. 
 nunc ego si potero ornamcntis homineui circum- 
 
 ducere, 
 8G0 dabo operam, ut me esse ipsum plane sucoplian- 
 
 tam sdntiat. 
 Ch, quam magis specto, minus placet milii liomi- 
 
 nis I'acies. mira sunt, 
 
 861. vii haec Sp. with the mss., but sec E., who justifies 
 G'ayet's reading (which is in our text) by compai-ing v. 852, 903, 
 905, 952. 
 
 G02. — The sycophant considers 
 the whole affair as a good joke 
 in which ho may exaggerate as 
 much as possible. 
 
 856. For nogas see u. on v. 
 396.— The sense is 'my em- 
 ployer will then be the gainer, 
 in as far as I give him even 
 more humbug than he originally 
 stipulated for', de me means 
 'concerning rae\ To\<ixbv fxipos; 
 concUiare is 'to prociu'e, buy'. 
 
 857. argentum hoc facit 
 ' money effects such a thing as 
 this'. The sycophant makes 
 the shallow and trite observa- 
 tion that for money you may 
 have anylhiug — even such a 
 peculiar costume as he is dress- 
 ed in. (Brix takes hoc for the 
 nom. and comp. Persa iv 4, 
 100 divitias tu ex istac faeien — 
 clearly against the sense of the 
 passage, imless I am gi-eally 
 mistaken.) 
 
 858. clioragu.< {xoprjyos) in 
 Plautus means merely a ' garde- 
 robier ' , i. e. lender of costmnes 
 for theatrical or other pui'poses. 
 Of him the aediles hired the 
 costumes required for the per- 
 
 formance of their plays : cf. 
 Persa 169 Sa. Trodev oruamenta? 
 Tox. cibs chorago sumito. Dare 
 debet: praebenda aediles locd- 
 verunt. In the Cm'culio iv 1 a 
 choragus appears even on the 
 stage and expresses his fears as 
 to the safety of his ornamenta 
 which he has given for the dress- 
 ing up of a nugator lepidus : 
 ornamenta quae locavi metuo 
 ut 2)ossim recipere. The comi- 
 cum choraglum {xopvyfiov : see 
 on T. 112) is mentioned Capt. 
 prol. 68. — suo j^ericulo ' at his 
 risk'. 
 
 859. circumducere ' to cheat ' 
 is a frequent expression in Plau- 
 tus: below 959; Bacch. 311, 
 1183 ; Pseud. 529 ; True, iv 4, 
 21 ; Asin. 1 1, 83. 
 
 860. ipsum ' by myself ', with- 
 out requii'ing his instruction 
 (85-1). He means that Callicles 
 shall find out to his cost that 
 the sycophant is too clever for 
 him. 
 
 861. Eitsclil has justly kept 
 the reading of the mss. qiia7a 
 magis specto, minus placet; cf. 
 Bacch. 1070 sq., quam magis in
 
 IV. 2. 20 — 27.] TRiNVMivn'S. 
 
 117 
 
 ni illic lioraost aut dormitator aut sector zonarius. 20 
 
 loca contemplat, circum spectat sdse atque aedis 
 uoscitat : 
 
 credo edepol, quo mox furatum veniat, speculatm* 
 loca. 
 805 magis lubidost opservare quid agat : ei rei operam 
 dabo. 
 
 Svc. has regiones demoustravit mihi ille conduc- 
 tor meus : 
 
 apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sucophantiae. 25 
 
 tores pultabo. Ch. ad nostras aedis liic quidem 
 habet rectam viam : 
 
 hercle opinor mi advenienti hac noctu agitandumst 
 vigilias. 
 
 pectore meo fovea . . . Magis cu- 
 raest magisque adformido : an- 
 other constructiou is found ib. 
 1091, magis qtutm id I'eputo, tain 
 magis uror, and Poen. i 2, 135 
 quam magis aspecto, tain magis 
 est nimbata, and another varia- 
 tion Asin. I 3, 6 quam magis in 
 altian caiiessis, tarn aestus tc in 
 portum refi-rt. See also Men. 
 9-5, quam magis extendas, tanto 
 adstringunt artius. — mira sunt 
 ni ' it is very queer if he is not', 
 i. 6. he is most certainly : see 
 Amph. I 1, 126, 275 ; Poen. iv 
 2, 19; Bacch. iii 2, 45; and 
 cf. minim est ni Capt. iv 2, 43; 
 mirum ni Amph. i 1, 163; Ter. 
 Andr. in 4, 19; Eim. ii 3, 53; 
 II. 1, 24; IV 4, 44; v 8, 53; 
 Haut. IV 1, 50. (Kibbeck, Lat. 
 Part. p. 16.) 
 
 862. dormitator is air. Xey., 
 but has no doubt the same 
 meaning as nugator: see n. on 
 V. 981. — sector zonarius (though 
 Plautus himself wrote sonarius, 
 see Fleck, ep. crit. p. 12) ' a 
 cut-purse', ^a\avri.(yr6fj.os, cl. the 
 
 German heutelschneider. The 
 ancients were accustomed to 
 carry their money in their belts, 
 
 863. For circum spectat sese 
 see n. on v. 146. — noscitare ' to 
 try to know": Epid. iv 1, 10; 
 Cist. IV 2, 14. 
 
 864. mox ' after a short time ' : 
 it is, however, possible that 
 the genuine reading is nox\ 
 which is used by Plautus as 
 an adverb = nocf!* Asin. in 3, 7. 
 — speculatur loca ' explores the 
 locahty': cf. Eud. i 2, 28 an 
 quo furatum vcnias vestiga>i 
 loca ? 
 
 865. magis lubidost 'I feel 
 even more inclined'. For the 
 infinitive see u. ou v. 626. 
 
 867. sycopiuintiae = artes nu- 
 gatoriae, v. 844. 
 
 868. For fdre{s) see Introd. 
 to Aul. 13. xxxviii. — Cf. Pseud. 
 1137, hie quidem ad me recta 
 habet rectam viam.; the same ex- 
 pression is found Mil. gl. 491. 
 
 869. hac nociu occurs also 
 Amph. 272, 731 ; Mil. gl. 381 ;
 
 lis TRINVMMVS. [IV. 2. 28—37. 
 
 870 Svc. apevite hoc, aperitc. hens, ecqiiis his foribus 
 
 tutelam gerit ? 
 Ch. quid, adnloscens, quacris ? quid vis? quid istas 
 
 pultas ? Svc. heus, seuex, 29 
 
 Ldsboiiicum liinc adulescentem quadro in his re- 
 
 gionibus, 31 
 
 ubi liabitot, et item alterum ad istanc capitis al- 
 
 bitudinem, 
 Calliclem quern aibat vocari, qui has mihi dedit 
 
 epistulas. 
 'S75 Ch. meum gnatum hie quidem Lesbonicum quae- 
 
 rit et amiciim meum, 
 quoi ego liberosque bonaque conmendavi, Calli- 
 clem. 35 
 Svc. fac me, si scis, cdrtiorem hisce homines ubi 
 
 habitant, pater. 
 Ch. quid eos quaeris ? atit quis es ? aut unde es ? 
 
 aut unde advenis? 37 
 
 870. ecqni Gnyet whom Sp. follows, perhaps riglitly. After 
 V. 871 Sp. maintains v. 879 in this place, which it also occupies iu 
 the mss. 872. hie Sp. 875. CalUclcn aibat Sp. ; I follow 
 
 G. Hermann and Eitschl. 
 
 Enn. ann. 153. — agitandumst 876. For qnoi ego see n. on 
 
 I'igilias is a coustr. frequent v. 358 and 558. 
 ^vith the archaic and very lato 877. hiace is expressly attest- 
 
 writers, but rather scarce iu ed in Tcr. Eun. 208 as an old 
 
 Cicero and Caesar, who would form of the nom. plur. by Pris- 
 
 prefer agitayulae sunt rigiliac. cian xii p. 5'.)3 K. //i.«tv is given 
 
 See Key L. G. § 1288 (note). by om- mss. Mil. gl. 374 (where 
 
 Public School (irammar,§ 145,1. we have even hisce onilis as 
 
 870. Aoc ' this place ', a vague nom.) and 48G; Pseud. 539; 
 
 expression instead of /(as /orc.v. Persa 85G; End. 294; Amph. 
 
 Cf. below, V. 1174. 974; Cure. 508; Capt. prol. 35 
 
 872. hinc : cf. v. 326, 359. (his probably Merc. 869); in 
 
 873. (((/denotes coni]iarison, tlie same way we have the nom. 
 'like that wlii to head of yoixrs': illisce Most. 510, 935. See, 
 see n. on Tor. Eun. 301 ; cf. moreover, Wordsworth, Spec, 
 below 921 ; Merc, ii 3, 91 ut erne- of Early Latin, p. 56. 
 
 rem (aucillam) ad istam faciem.
 
 IV. 2. 38—43.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 119 
 
 Svc. census quom sum, iuratori recte rationdrn 
 dedi. 30 
 
 C^TT -Jjf ^ T V 
 
 SSO Svc. multa simul rogas : nescio quid expediani 
 
 potissumum. 
 si unum quidquid singillatira et placido j)ercon- 
 
 tabere, 39 
 
 et meum nomen ^t mea facta et Itinera ego faxo 
 
 scias. 40 
 
 Ch. faciam ita ut vis. agedum, nomen piimum 
 
 memora tuom mihi. 
 Svc. magnum facinus Incipissis petere. Ch. quid 
 
 ita? Svc. quia, pater, 
 885 si ante lucem ire liercle occipias a meo prime nomine, 
 
 883. memora mihi pHnvum, tuom Sp., the mss. giving tuum pri- 
 vmvi memora, wliich may be trausi^osed iu various manners. I 
 follow Eitsclil, 885. herde is not in the mss., though B has 
 in its place a blank for a word of six letters so as to render 
 Eitschl's addition of herde very probable. 
 
 879. The sycophant returns 
 a haughty answer to Char- 
 mides' questions. Theiuratores 
 were the assistants of the censor, 
 who would uatm-ally put ques- 
 tions of this kind for the pur- 
 pose of making up theii- lists. 
 — recte ' according to truth'. 
 
 881. unum quidquid stands 
 apparently for unum quidque, 
 and, as 13rix observes, exactly 
 the same phrase oecm-s Ter. Ad. 
 590; but these are not the only 
 pas.sages in which quidquid ap- 
 peal's otherwise than as a rela- 
 tive: comp. Madvig on Cic. de 
 fin. V 9, '2-1. — sinfjiUatim is the 
 only genuine form, not singu- 
 latim. 
 
 882. ego faxo scias ' I'll in- 
 form you ' of my name, etc. We 
 should suppose that the syco- 
 
 phant pronounces this line in 
 such a stately and solemn man- 
 ner as to render Charmides 
 quite eager to hear his tale. 
 
 884. viagnum fadnus 'some- 
 thing very difficult'. — indpis- 
 sere occurs also Cai^t. n 1, 19; 
 IV 2, 22. 
 
 885. herde is put in tho 
 conditional clause by way of 
 l)rolepsis instead of in the apo- 
 dosis : see the parallel instance 
 in V, 457. — The sycophant in- 
 sinuates that he has already 
 appeai'ed under so many differ- 
 ent names and in so many cha- 
 racters, as to possess a large 
 number of 'aliases'. — primum 
 nomen, ' the beginning of the 
 name', comp. si(7H»i«s mons and 
 similar expressions.
 
 1:^0 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 2. 4:4! — 50. 
 
 c6ncul)ium sit noctis, priusquam ad postremum 
 perveneris. 
 
 Ch. opus factost viatico ad tuom nomen, ut tu 
 praedicas. 45 
 
 Svc. dst minusculum alterum, quasi v&culum vi- 
 narium. 
 
 Ch. quid est tibi nomen, adulescens? Svc. 'Pax' 
 id est nomdn mihi : 
 8.90 hoc cotidianumst. Ch. edepol nomen nugatorium : 
 
 quasi dicas, si quid crediderim tibi, ' pax ' periisse 
 ilico. 
 
 hie homo solide sucopliantast. quid ais tu, adu- 
 lescens ? Svc. quid est ? 
 
 887. Neither the constructiou opua factost viatico nor the expres- 
 sioii facere viaticum appears to be in conformity with Plautine usage, 
 sind facto is in all probability corrupt. Perliaps an adjective liko 
 marjiio was the original reading. Sp. reads o/<ms captost viatico. 
 888. The reading is very uncertain, vesculus would be a air. \ey., 
 if the reading were certain [iwxilliim B, uixillum CD]; it ■would, 
 of course, be the diminutive of vescus 'thin, meagre, spare'. 
 (See the discussion on this word by Eibbeck, Lat. Part. p. 10.) 
 vinarium is used as subst. Poen. iv 2, 16. The reading of FZ 
 is vasculum, the dim. of vas, in which case vinarium would be 
 adj. Sp. reads quasi li.vivi vinarium. 889. Our text represents 
 the reading of the niss., in which est is used short, as it is ui a 
 great number of passages in Plautus, and tihi appears with its 
 second syllable long. There is no reason for reading (juid istuc 
 est nomen (without tibi), as Eitschl does in opposition to the mss. 
 Sp. reads quid tibi nomen est. 
 
 886. concubium noctis 'dead 
 of the night ' is explained by 
 Varro 1. 1. vii 78 a concubitu 
 dormiendi causa. 
 
 887. ut tu praedicas ' to 
 conclude from your words'. 
 
 889. Fax does not mean 
 ' Peace ' (as I see that the ' Old 
 Westminster ' translates it), but 
 is a jocular substitution of the 
 interjection pax for a personal 
 name. Cf. especially Ter. Haut. 
 717, unus est dies, dum argentum 
 eripio : pax; nil ampUus (quite 
 
 different from 291). The inter- 
 jection is originally Greek, and 
 is explained by Hesychius (s.v. 
 TrdO by t('\os ^x" = cf. PI. Mil. 
 gl. 808. 
 
 890. cotidianum ' my every- 
 day name '. 
 
 891. crediderim 'had entrust- 
 ed to you'. 
 
 892. solide 'out and out': 
 see V. 850. — By saying quid ais 
 he solicits the Kyco])hant's at- 
 tention: 'I say' J 'dis done'.
 
 IV. -2. 50—50.] TiiiNVMMVS. 121 
 
 Ch. eloquere, isti tibi quid homines cldbent quos 
 
 tu quaeritas ? 
 Svc. pater istius adulescentis dddit has duas mi 
 
 epistulas, 
 895 Ldsbonici : is mi ^st amicus. Ch. teneo hunc ma- 
 
 nufestarium, _ 50 
 
 me sibi epistukis dedisse dicit. ludam homindm 
 
 probe. 
 Svc. Ita ut occepi, si animum advortas, dicam. 
 
 Ch. dabo operam tibi. 
 Svc. banc me iussit Ldsbonico dare sue gnato 
 
 epistvdam, 
 et item banc alteram sue amico Callicli iussit dare. 
 900 Ch. mihi quoque edepol, quom hie naugatur, contra 
 
 naugari hibet. 55 
 
 ubi ipse erat? Svc. bene rem gerebat. Ch. ergo 
 
 ubi? Svc. in Seleucia. 
 
 896. After this line Eitschl assumes a gap in wliich Cliar- 
 mides seems to have put a qiaestion to the sycophant in much the 
 same way as below, v. 939 : but this is by no means necessary, 
 as the expression si animum advortas may well be used by the 
 sycophant in reference to Charmides' want of personal attention 
 in talking to himself (or the audience) instead of listening to him. 
 (Sp. appears to be of the same opinion, as he does not mark a 
 gap in this place.) 898. sua dare Sp. after Lindemanu ; the 
 mss. read suo gnato dare. 900. In this line the mss. read 
 nuguratur and nugari. 901. After this line Kitschl conjectures 
 the loss of at least two lines in which Charmides should observe 
 ' well, it certainly is very queer that he should know that I have 
 been in Seleucia, the very place whence I arrive. But to find out 
 
 89-3. isti is explained by the 897. ita ut occepi is a fi-equent 
 relative sentence. — quid tibi expression (see above v. 162), 
 dehent isti h. ' what business to denote reversion to the sub- 
 have you with those people ' ; ject in hand after an interru))- 
 similar expressions are found tiou. Brix quotes Stich. iv 2, 1 ; 
 Mil. gl. 421, quid tibi istic hisce Persa iv 3, 49; Cmc. i 1, 4.3; 
 in aedibus debetur, quid nego- Poen. ii 24. 
 tistl Ps. 1139, /te»s, fyitfrf i^tic 901. beue rem gerebat, eJ 
 debetur tibi ? cf . also True, il 'i-rrpaTTe, ' he was getting on 
 2, 6 and Kud. 117. swimmingly'. For ubi ipse and 
 
 895. For manufestarius see 902 ad xpson see lutrod. Aul. 
 
 n. on Aul. 466. p. xlvi.
 
 122 
 
 Tiiix\'MMVS. [IV. 2. 57 — G4. 
 
 Ch. * * * ^ * 
 
 ab ipson' istas Ticcepisti ? Svc. e nuuiibus dedit 
 
 mi ipse In maims. 
 Ch. qua faciest homo? Svc. sesquipedo qnidamst 
 
 quam tu longior. 
 Ch. hac'ret haec res, siquidem ego apsens sum quam 
 
 praesens lougior. 
 905 novistin liominem ? Svc. ridicule rogitas, quocum 
 
 umi cibum 6o 
 
 capere soleo. Ch. quid eist noraen ? Svc. quod 
 
 edepol homini probo. 
 Ch. lubet audire. Svc. illi Edepol — illi — illi — vae 
 
 misero mihi. 
 Ch. quid est negoti ? Svc. devoravi nomen inpru- 
 
 dens modo. 
 Ch. non jDlacet, qui amicos iuter dtiiites conclusos 
 
 habet. 
 
 the truth of this matter, I'll just question him a little more.' (Sp. 
 does not mark a gap.) 902. Kitschl omits wi, sayiug ' multo 
 concinuius c manihrm in vwiim sine mihi quam aildito pronomine 
 dicitur': but I should thiuk that ipse almost requires mi { = ipsi} 
 to render the expression quite parallel. 903. qiiiddamst Sp. 
 according to the mss. I follow 11. in adopting Bothe's correction. 
 904. This line is om. in all mss. except B. 905. quicum 
 
 Sp. (after Fleck.) against the mss. (It is true that PI. generally 
 uses quicum.) 906. est nomim ei (or nearly so) B, est ei nomen 
 the other mss. and Sp. ; I follow Bothc and R. 907. Sp. gives 
 illi three times, hut the mss. have it only twice. AcidaUus, how- 
 ever, had already added another illi. 
 
 902. dedit drops its final t 
 and thus forms a i)yrrhieh in 
 ppite of the consonant which 
 follows: cf. the parallel instance 
 oi pi;ie(t} v. (Kil. 
 
 90B. facie ' appearance '. Cf. 
 7G6, 852. — quidamst 'a person' 
 taller than you, etc. 
 
 904. haeret haec res ' there's 
 n hitch': the same expression 
 is found Amph. ii 2, 182; 
 Pseud. 985 : cf. ib. 423 occisast 
 
 haec res, haeret hoc negotium. 
 
 906. The sycophant has for- 
 gotten the name and attempts 
 to get out of the difficulty by 
 giving an evasive answer. 
 
 907. Iiihet audire ' I should 
 like to hear it' : so again v. 932. 
 
 908. devoravi ' I've swallowed 
 it down'. 
 
 909. inter dentcs, cV ?p/c« 
 656yTuv.
 
 IV. 2. 05- 
 
 T-T "1 
 
 TRim^MMVS. 
 
 128 
 
 910 Svc. atque etiam niodo vorsabatur mi in labria 
 
 primoribiis. 65 
 
 Ch. t^mperi huic hodie anteveni. Svc. teneor 
 
 manufesto miser. 
 Ch. iam reconmentatu's nomen ? Svc. deum me 
 
 hercle atque hominum pudet. 
 Ch. vide mode hominem iit noveris. Svc. tarn 
 
 quam me. fieri istuc solet: 
 quod in manu teneas atque oculis videas, id desi- 
 
 deres. 
 915 litteris reconminiscar : C est principium nomini. 70 
 Ch. Callias ? Svc. non e'st. Ch. Callippus ? Svc. 
 
 non est. Ch. Callidemides ? 
 Svc. non est. Ch. Callinicus ? Svc. 
 
 Ch. Callimarchus ? Svc. nil 
 
 non est. 
 
 aois 
 
 912. deum hercle vie Sp. ■with the mss 
 Sp. reads Cd 'st. 
 
 910. in lahris priiaorihus 'on 
 the tip of my tongue'. 
 
 911. Each speaker says his 
 part of the line apart. Char- 
 mides is afraid that the syco- 
 phant might not only be a mere 
 humbng, bnt a downright cheat 
 and impostor, and congratulates 
 himself on having prevented 
 the execution of his designs. 
 Plautus connects a Ji^ecc?!^'^ with 
 the dat. in its original sense 
 (which -we have here) as well 
 as in the metaphorical sense 
 of praestare, Cas. 11 3, 1 omni- 
 bus rebu>i credo ego amorem — 
 antevenire. See Driiger i p. 
 351. 
 
 913. Charmidcs insinuates 
 that perhaps the sycophant's 
 acquaintance with Charmides 
 (whose name he cannot even 
 remember) may not be very 
 intimate. To this the sycophant 
 replies tarn (noYi) quam vie: cf. 
 Epid. Ill 4, 67 xed tu noristin 
 
 I follow E. 915. 
 
 tarn 
 
 fidicinam AcrojioUstidem : 
 facile quam me. 
 
 914. quod in (pronounce i) 
 viand see Introd. Aul. p. xxxv. 
 Wo may compare the short form 
 of the English preposition (' so 
 common in the Elizabethan 
 writers and uow-a-days in the 
 popular dialects. — Cf. Men. 865, 
 iam lora tenes, invi stimulum in 
 vianu. — id dcsideres 'that one 
 is apt to forget': the second 
 person subj. expresses general- 
 ity. 
 
 917. Callimarchus is the form 
 of the Greek name KaWi/xaxoi 
 here given by our mss. and re- 
 quired by the metre. Eitschl 
 adds 'huic formae fidem faciam 
 Opusc. phn. vol. Ill diss. 3.' 
 Meanwhile this form of the 
 name appears to us sufficiently 
 protected by the analogous in- 
 stance of Alcesimaiclius in the 
 Cistellaria, = 'A\Kvaifj.axos. — nil 
 agis ' 'tis all in vain'.
 
 124 TEixNVMMVS. [IV. 2. 73—80. 
 
 ndque adeo edepol flocci facio, quando egomet me- 
 
 mini mihi. 
 Ch. at euirn multi Lesbonici sunt Lie : nisi nomen 
 
 patris 
 920 dices, non possum istos mostrare homines, quos tu 
 
 quaeritas. 75 
 
 quod ad exemplumst ? coniectura si reperire j)6s- 
 
 sumus. 
 Svc. ad hoc exemplumst : Char. Ch. Cliares ? an 
 
 Charicles ? — numnam Chavmides ? 
 Svc. (^m istic evat. qui istiun di perdant. Cii. dixi 
 
 ego iamdudum tibi : 
 
 7^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 bdne te potius dicere aequomst homini amico quam 
 male. 
 925 Svc. satin' inter labra atque dentes latuit vir mi- 
 numi preti'^ so 
 
 920. mostrare is the spelling in C ; Sp. adopts monstrare from 
 the other mss. 922. Sp. reads : dd ' Chares ', ad ' Charmcnes '. 
 Ch. nuvi Charmides. The reading is indeed extremely doubtful ; 
 see li.'s note. 923. erlt Sp. with the mss. 'quod vix latinum at 
 ne ad sensum qiiidem sycophantae satis aptum', 11. whom I foUow 
 in adoptiuf,' Acidalius' emendation. Eitschl justly assumes a gap 
 which he tills up with the hne, non placet, qua te ercja amicum 
 video amicitia iitier. Sp. does not mark a gap in his text. 92-4. te 
 potius bene Sp. with the mss. manifestly against the sense of the 
 passage. I foUow G. Hermann and K. 
 
 918. 'It is not even of much 923. istic, quern tu dicis. — 
 
 consequence whether you hear qui (originally the old ablative) 
 
 the name from me now, as I is in curses and exclamations 
 
 know it well enough, and shall in the early writers used in the 
 
 no doubt remember it in due sense of utinam: at. v. 997. 
 
 time.' Men. 308, qai di illos qui illic 
 
 920. mostrare: cf. v. 312. habitant perduint. — iamdudum 
 The sycophant had asked him 'just now' (v. 909). 
 
 to do so, above 871 sq. 925. satine latuit is origi- 
 
 921. quod ad exemplumst? lit. nally a contraction from satisne 
 'after what pattern is it?' i.e. {or noitne satis) est quod latuit: 
 what is it like? For ad see similar sentences are very fre- 
 abovc, V. 873. qneut in Plautus and often con- 
 
 922. numnam 'you don't vey the expression of auger, 
 think it is Charmides?' irritation or indignation, e.g.
 
 IV. 2. 81— 8G.] TRiNVMMVS. 12.5 
 
 Ch. nd male loquere apsdnti amico. Svc. quid 
 ergo ille ignavissumus 
 
 mi latitabat ? Cii. si adpellasses, resiDoudisset no- 
 mini. 
 
 sdd ipse ubist ? Svc. pol ilium reliqui ad Rhada- 
 mantem in Cerc6pia. 
 
 Ch. * * * * 
 
 quis homost me insipientior qui ipse, egomet ubi 
 
 sim, quaeritem ? 
 
 9,'?0 sed nil discondticit huic rei. quid ais ? quid hoc 
 
 quod te rogo ? 85 
 
 quos locos adiisti ? Svc. nimium mirimodis mi- 
 
 rabilis. 
 
 926. quid ille ergo Sp. after Eeiz, against the mss. Even R. has 
 in this place maintained the ms. reading. 928. The readuig is very 
 .uncertain. The authority of the mss. is in favoiu- of Ilhadamantem 
 in Cecropia insula, bnt this makes the line too long. Eitschl has, 
 therefore, wi-itten llhadaviam, following the analogy of Ca/c/ias which 
 was in Latin declined after the first as well as the thu-d declension : 
 see Priscian vi 53 p. 239 H. Charis. p. 66 K. Instead of this, Guyet 
 ingeniously eonjectiu'es Cercopia and omits insula as a gloss, where- 
 by we are enabled to keep the regirlar form of the accusative. The 
 KipKwires were renowned in Greek mythology and fairy-lore as 
 crafty thieves and appeared often as such on the Attic stage : see 
 Preller, Greek Mythology ii 160 (first ed.). [I am glad to see that 
 Eitsclol, praef . p. 68, declares ' quo saepius recolo meditando eo 
 mihi valdius adridere fateor Guyeti rationem '. Sp. reads in Cer- 
 copio. Is the last o only a misprint instead of a ?] — The gap after 
 this line is filled ux? by Eitschl in the following manner: hercle 
 inemorem nugatorem : modo qui fiii in Seleucia, Vt ille viemorabat, 
 ni mirum nunc siun in Cecropia insula (or 7iunc sum idem in Cecro- 
 pia). Sp. does not mark a gap in this place. 929. qui at the 
 beginning of the line is given by the mss. and retained by Sp. 
 Guyet, E. and others change it into quis. 
 
 Most. 76, satin ahiit ncque quod him, as if it had been Charmides' 
 
 dixi flocci e.vistumat? on which fault to hide himself between 
 
 see Eamsay's elaborate note, p. the sycophant's lips and teeth. 
 112 — 111. See also below, on 927. Za«t7a&ai' tried to hide', 
 
 v. 1013. 930. nil disconducit 'it does 
 
 926. For quid ergo see Introd. not interfere with ' is dV. Xey. 
 to Aul. p. XLvi. — ille ignavissu- 931. mirimodis instead of 
 
 mus 'that lazy chap' he calls miris modis is an excellent
 
 12G 
 
 TRINVILMVS. [IV. 2. 87—93. 
 
 Ch. lubet audire, nisi molestumst. Svc. quiu dis- 
 
 cupio dicere. 
 omnium primum in Pontum advecti ad Arabiam 
 
 terram sumus. 
 Ch. eho, 
 jin etiam Arabiast in Ponto? Svc. est: non ilia, 
 
 ubi tus gignitur, 
 935 s^d ubi apsinthium fit atque clinila gallinacea. oo 
 Ch. nimium graphicum nugatorem. [sed ego sum 
 
 insipi(^ntior, 
 qui, dgomet uude redeam, hunc rogitcm, quae ^go 
 
 sciara, atque hie ndsciat] : 
 nisi quia lubet dxperiri, quo evasurust d^uique. 
 
 933. Sp. omits with FZ the preposition ad. 934. The ms. B gives 
 here a ridiculous misspelling (as there are ever so many moi'e in that 
 ms.) : illn cubitus, aud though CD and the other mss. giweubi, and 
 in spite of the unusual shortening of ilia after a preceding long syl- • 
 lable, Eitschl piits an old form cubi (the existence of which in tlie 
 time of Plautus cannot be proved, but is merely inferred from this 
 passage) in his text. This is, however, justly rejected by C. P. W. 
 Miiller, 'Nachtriige' p. 29. (Sp.'s text agrees with my own.) 
 936. Eitschl justly considers the words bracketed in our text as a 
 'dittographia' of v. 929 which has got into the text aud displaced 
 the original half of the hue. Eitschl observes ' non id nunc agitur 
 ubi sit vel fuerit Charmides, scd quos locos sycophauta adierit.' 
 Sp. has again removed the brackets from his text. 
 
 instance of the tendency of a 
 tinal s to disappear : comp. 
 multimodis in Ter. Andr. 939, 
 Haut. 319, Phorm. 405, and 
 Lucretius i 683 with Muuro's 
 note; in Cornelius Nepos, Them. 
 10, 4, the reading fluctuates be- 
 tween mnltis modis and multi- 
 modis; but ('orssen ii 655 is 
 wrong in stating that Lucretius 
 I 726 uses even modls multis: 
 see Munro's edition. — nimium: 
 see Eamsay's ]\I()stell. p. 234. 
 
 932. discupio dicere 'I'm 
 nearly bursting to tell you'. 
 discupio (only here in riautus) 
 is one of the numerous com- 
 
 pounds with dis in which the 
 exaggeration pecuhar to popu- 
 lar speech manifests itself. — 
 The sycophant considers this as 
 an excellent opportimity of re- 
 hearsing his lesson. 
 
 933. in Pontum 'going to- 
 wards Pontus'. 
 
 934. etiam expresses Char- 
 mides' surprise, just as even 
 would in the language of the 
 Elizabethan dramatists. 
 
 935. cun da = the Greek kovIXtj, 
 but with a different prosody. 
 
 1)38. nisi quia would be 7iisi 
 quod in later writers, but Plau- 
 tus is decidedly in favoi;r (jf
 
 IV. 2. 97— lOin.] TKixWMMvs. 127 
 
 s4d quid ais ? quo inde isti porro ? Svc. si ani- 
 
 mum advortas, eloquar. 97 
 
 Jl iO ad caput amnis, qui de caelo exoritur sub solio 
 
 lovis. 95 
 
 Ch. sub solio lovis ? Svc. ita dico. Ch. e caelo ? 
 Svc. atque e medio quidem. 
 
 Ch. eho, 
 
 an etiani in caelum escendisti ? xSvc. immo lioriola 
 advecti sumus 100 
 
 lisque aqua advorsa per amnem. Ch. eho, an tu 
 etiam vidisti lovem ? 
 
 Svc. eum alii di isse ad villam aibant s^rvis de- 
 prom ptuna cibum. 
 })-io deinde porro Ch. deinde porro nolo quicquam 
 praedices. 
 
 Svc. tdceo ego bercle, si est molestum. Ch. nam 
 pudicum nemiuem 
 
 939. advortas Camerarras 'ut v. 897' E., advoi-tes the mss. Sp. 
 940. I have adopted the reailing qui de proposed by Guyet instead 
 of quod de of the mss. Eitsclil has quo ad e — which I do not under- 
 stand. Sp.'stextagreeswithmiue. 944. eumaZtirfi me G.Hermann, 
 E. CaUicUse B. E. adds 'licebat alii dis isse \ and Sp. has conse- 
 quently ah't di isse ad v. aiehint, avoiding only the nominative dis. 
 The mss. have aiebant, which lias been corrected by G. Hermann. 
 946. Bp. has a clever reading : tdceo hercle, etsi iidst. Ch. mo- 
 
 nisi quia, the other expression the beginning of every month to 
 
 being found in only two pas- {listribute to his slaves then- 
 
 sages : Capt. 11 3, 34; in 4, 88. share of victuals (called demen- 
 
 — quo evasurust denique 'where sum): cf. Stich. i 2, 3. 
 
 he will end at last'. 945. Charmides is tired of 
 
 942. immo contains a correc- the absm-d lies of the sycophant 
 
 tion of the expression csce/idf re ; and resolves to expose his im- 
 
 'not exactly escendimiis, but we pudence. 
 
 sailed up'. — lioriola 'a hoy', a 946. The exjiression jwrftcus 
 
 rare dim. of horia, which Plau- is used by Charmides in the 
 
 tus uses in the Endens. sense of 'a man of honour', 
 
 _ 943. aqua advorsa 'up the but as it also admits of another 
 
 liver '. sense ('moral, chaste'), the syco- 
 
 944. Jupiter is treated by phant does not miss the oppor- 
 
 the sycophant like a great land- tunity of shaping his answer in 
 
 owner who visits his estate at accordance with it.
 
 128 TRIiNVMMVS. [IV. 2. 105—112. 
 
 d^indare opoftet, qui aps terra ad caelum per- 
 
 V(^uerit. i05 
 
 Svc. Ca^amitum luiud te v^lle video, sdd mostra 
 
 liosce homines milii, 
 qu6s ego quaero, quibus me oportet has deferre 
 
 ^pistulas. 
 950 Ch. quid ais? tu nunc si forte, eumpse Charmi- 
 
 dem consp^xeris, 
 ilkim quern tibi istas dedisse conmemoras epistulas, 
 uoverisne homindm ? 8vc. ne tu edepol me ar- 
 
 bitrare bdluam, no 
 
 qui quidem non novisse possim, quicum aetatem 
 
 exegerim. 
 an ille tam esset stiiltus. qui mi mille nummum 
 
 crederet 
 
 lestu's: nam p. n. The mss. have indeed si fs molentux. The 
 italics at the beginning of these three lines show that the com- 
 mencement of them is mutilated in the mss. 947. cnarrare Sp. 
 The first word of the line is lost; it may have been praedieare, 
 dc'pittare, mitumare, but the first has the greatest probabiHty. {Pir 
 Ji, ...ere the other mss. with a blank of four letters.) 9i8. Our 
 text gives a most ingenious emendation by the Norwegian scholar, 
 S. Bugge. CI), which here again turn out to be more correct 
 copies of the common archetype of BCD than B itself, read...m?7 
 out te (with a blank for three letters), and with special reference to 
 pudlcus this is no doubt justly tilled up: Catamltum hand (or Jtant) 
 'well, you do not want to have anything to do with a Ganymede' ; 
 Catamitiis being the Latin form of Tavvfi'i'idrjs : cf. Men. 144 and 
 Kitschl Opusc. II 400.— j;;a>'fm is the reading of B instead of vion- 
 strtj, cf. V. 342. Sp. reads faciam ita id te vClle video, which 
 is probable in itself, but seems to destroy the humour of the 
 passage. 949. ejyistidas is in the present line the spelling of 
 BCD, epistolax being found only in FZ : see n. on v. 774. Directly 
 afterwards, 9;)1, ^7j/.s'?;(/rt.s 7?C'. 950. quid ais ? tu homan, Sp. ; 
 in my first ed. I followed E. in placmg the note of interrogation 
 iifter tu. 952. norisne Ji. S. ur tu me ed. a. h. Sp., but see ll.'s 
 note. 954. tam B, R.; ita the other mss., Sp. 
 
 951. istas, quas in manu 73. It is often used in the con- 
 tcnes. temptiblo sense of 'blockhead, 
 
 952. lelua is the only genu- ninny '. 
 
 ine spelling, not heUua : see 954. rniUe is again used as 
 
 Ph. Wagner, Orthogr. Verg. p. a noun: see n. on v. 425, and 
 418; Osann on Cic. de rep. p. comp. directly v. 959.
 
 lY. 2. 113—123.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 129 
 
 955 Philippum, quod me aurtim deferre iussit ad gna- 
 
 tum suom 
 atque ad amicum Calliclem, quoi rem aibat man- 
 
 dasse hic suani ? 
 mihin concrederet, ni me ille et ego ilium novis- 
 
 sem adprobe ? ns 
 
 Ch. enim vero ego nunc sucopliantae liuic suco- 
 
 phautarl volo, 
 si liLiuc possum illo mille nummum Philippum cir- 
 
 cumducere, 
 9C0 quod sibi me dedisse dixit, quem 6go qui sit 
 
 homo nescio, 
 neque oculis ante hunc diem umquam vidi, eine 
 
 aurum crederein ? 
 quoi, si capitis rds sit, nummum numquam credam 
 
 plumbeum. 120 
 
 adgrediundust hic homo mi astu. heus. Pax, te 
 
 tribus verbis volo. 
 Svc. vel trecentis. Ch. haben tu id aurum, quod 
 
 accepisti a Charmide? 
 965 Svc. atque etiam Philippum, numeratum illius in 
 
 mensa manu, 
 
 957. mild — ilUc — nossem Sp. 
 
 955. For Philippum cf. n. on 
 V. 152. 
 
 956. aihat jnandasse : the 
 subject of tlie infiuitival sen- 
 tence is omitted, in conformity 
 \dth the habit of the comic 
 vi'iters. 
 
 957. With ac?j)™&c (only here 
 in Plautiis) comp. the common 
 adverb adprime. 
 
 958. enim drops its final m. 
 
 959. si ' to try if '. — illo viillcy 
 iKelvrji' TTJv xi-^'-o-Sa, 954. 
 
 960. sq. In prose it •would bo 
 eine hoinini quem etc. 
 
 W. P. 
 
 962. si capitis res sit 'if it 
 were an affair that involved my 
 life'. 
 
 963. For the expression te 
 volo see n. on v. 516 : with tribus 
 comp. especially Mil. gl. 1020, 
 brevin an longinquo sermoni? M. 
 tribus verbis. 
 
 964. vel 'if you Uke, even 
 for three hundred'. — For the 
 prosody of qxtdd acxeplsti see 
 Introd. to Aul. p. xliv. 
 
 965. numeratum belongs to 
 Fhilijjpum. Cf. below v. 10S2»
 
 ISO 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 2. 124—182. 
 
 mllle nummiim. Ch. nempe ab ipso id accepisti 
 
 Cluirmide ? 
 Svc, mirum quin ab avo eius aut proavo acci- 
 
 perera, qui sunt mortui. 125 
 
 Ch. adulescens, cedodum istuc aurum mihi. Svc, 
 
 quod ego dem aurum tibi ? 
 Ch. quod a me te accepisse fassu's, Svc. aps te 
 
 accepisse ? Oh. Ita loquor. 
 075 Svc. quis tu homo's ? Ch. qui millo nummum 
 
 tibi dedi, ego sum Charmides. 
 Svc. neque edepol tu is ^s neque hodie is um- 
 
 quam eris, auro liuic quidem. 
 abi sis, nugator : nugari nugatori postulas. iso 
 
 Ch. Charmides ego sum. Svc. neqaiquam hercle 
 
 ^s : nam nil auri fero. 
 nimis argute me obrepsisti in eapse occasiuncula. 
 
 966. ab eopse Sjd. against the mss. 968. The mss. read ego 
 aunim dem ' quod qiii tueri volet, ml pro mihi scribat necesse est, 
 accentu in ipso fine sententiae vix protJabili,' E., and this proposal 
 is accepted by Sp. 969. quod a me is the reading of the mss., 
 nor is the shortening of the preposition against the rule, as a shorfc 
 accented syllable precedes it. I have not, therefore, ventured to 
 transpose quod te a me, as Eitschl does. Sp. '3 text agrees with 
 mine. 97-4. argutu's Sp. against the mss. 
 
 967. For minim quin see n. 
 on V. 495. — eius is monosylla- 
 bic. 
 
 968. For dum with impera- 
 tives see n. on v. 98. 
 
 971. For eris see Introd. to 
 Aul. p. XIX. 
 
 972. abi expresses indigna- 
 tion, d-iraye, ^ppe. — nugari nuga- 
 tori has the same sense as syco- 
 phantaesycophantariv. 958. The 
 sycophant, considering Char- 
 mides a cheat like himself, does 
 not hesitate in openly confess- 
 ing his trade. — postulas d^iois : 
 cf. on V. 237. 
 
 973. The words nequiquam 
 
 hercle es are said with a sneer 
 so as to insinuate 'it is quite ia 
 vain that you say you are Char- 
 mides '. 
 
 97-4. argute, * cleverly ', should 
 not be used to support v. 200 ; 
 the sycophant expresses rather 
 a certain approbation of tho 
 cleverness of Charmides, as a 
 swindler would naturally admire 
 an adroit act of swindling done 
 by another, even if ho should 
 be the victim himself. — £» eapue 
 occas., just in the very moment 
 when you imagined you had 
 found a lucky opportunity.
 
 IV. 2. 133—140.] TRINVMMVS. 131 
 
 975 postquam ego me aurum ferre dixi, post tu fac- 
 
 tu's Charmides: 
 prius non tu is eras, quam auri feci mentionem. 
 
 nil agis, 
 proin tute itidein ut charmidatu's, rursum te de- 
 
 cliarmida. 135 
 
 Ch. quis ego sum igitur, siquidem is non sum, 
 
 qui sum ? Svc. quid id ad me attiuet ? 
 dum ille ne sis, quem 6go esse nolo, sis mea causa 
 
 qui lubet. 
 980 (pi'ius non is eras qui eras, nunc is factu's qui 
 
 tum non eras.) 
 Ch. age, siquid agis. Svc quid ego agam ? Ch. 
 
 aurum redde. Svc dormitas, senex. 
 Ch. fassu's Charmiddm dedisse aurum tibi. Svc. 
 
 scriptum quidem. 110 
 
 976. prius tu non cs Sp. from liis own conjecture. 980. 
 'Coufictum hunc versum esse ad exemphim versus 976 priclem 
 mihi persuaseram, onm idem vidi Ladewigium sentire.' Eitschl. 
 But is it not i^ossible that the sycophant should indignantly repeat 
 his former assertion and refuse to accept the genuineness of 
 Charmides' person? 
 
 975. postquam and post cor- 981. age, siquid agis 'if yon 
 
 respond in the same way as really mean to do anything, do 
 
 above V. 417; cf. also v. 998. it now': cf. Aul. G28, MU. gl. 
 
 977. decharmida is a?r. \ey. 215, where Lorenz compares 
 
 The mss. read rccharmida, hut Stich. 734, Mb' si hib's.- Cas. 
 
 this is justly rejected by Eitschl iv 1, 7 qiiin datis, si quid datis ? 
 
 as it could only mean ' rm'sus Poen. in 1, 8 qiiin si ituri hodie. 
 
 indue Charmidis personam' — estis, ite; Cas. iv 4 sq. date 
 
 the very contrary of what is ergo, daturac si umquam estis 
 
 required by the sense of the hodie. — dormitas =somnias,'you 
 
 passage. Key, On Eitschl's dream': but as this comes close 
 
 Plautus p. 174 sq. and 197, to the notion of nugari, we have 
 
 vainly endeavom's to defend only one step to the meanmg of 
 
 recharmida in the sense of dormitator 'cheat', v. 862, 984. 
 
 ' putting aside the character of 982. scriptum quidem : we 
 
 Charmides' by giving a pretty might say 'paper-money'; at 
 
 lai'ge number of compounds all events we need not supply 
 
 wiiix re and a verb ; when com- est, which could not be thus 
 
 pomaded with a noun, re always omitted against the habit of the 
 
 means ' again ' : cf . repuerascere. comic writers. 
 
 9—2
 
 132 
 
 TRINVMMVS, [IV. 2. 141 — 148. 
 
 Ch, properas an non properas ire actutura ab his 
 
 regiouibus, 
 <16rraitator, priusqiiam ego hie te iiibeo mulcari 
 
 male ? 
 985 Svc. quam 6brem ? Ch. quia ilhim quern ^men- 
 
 titu's, is ego sum ipsus Chtlrmides, 
 qu(^m tibi epistulas dedisse aitibas. Svc. eho, 
 
 qnaeso an tu is es ? 
 Ch. is enim vero sum. Svc. ain tu tandem? is 
 
 ipsusne's ? Ch. aio. Svc. ipsus es ? 145 
 
 Ch. ipsus, inquam, Charmides sum. Svc. ergo 
 
 ipsusne's? Ch. ipsissumus. 
 abin hinc ab oculis ? Svc. enim vero s^ro quo- 
 
 niam Jiuc advenis, 
 990 vapulabis mdo arbitratu ^t novorum aedilium. 
 
 983. proprrasne Becker in Studemnncl's Stuilien i p. IGO. 
 985. ementitua cs, ego sum Sp. with the mss. 'cUmoribns uu- 
 meris' K. 987. Sp. twice ipxnn, and the same form ho has in 
 the next line. 989. Sp. avoids the necessity of addmg hitc by 
 reading serior instead of sero. 990. Sp. against the mss. vieo 
 arhitratu vapulabis. 
 
 983. For the infin. after ^ro- 
 2>crnri' fee n. ou v, 1015. 
 
 985. Tlie sycophant begins 
 to comprehend that ho has 
 after all the real Charmides 
 before him. — ilium is pnt into 
 the relative clause by way of 
 attraction. 
 
 988. ipsissmtms is a comic 
 superlative which the gramma- 
 rian Pompeius (p. 153, 16 K.) 
 attributes also to Afranius. It 
 is no doubt an imitation of 
 avrdraros in Arist(>2>hancs Plut. 
 83 : cf . also yuofwraros Theocr. 
 XV 135. 
 
 989. The sycophant main- 
 tains his farcical humour to tlie 
 very last. He takes Charmides' 
 late appearance as a mistake in 
 the Btagc-busiuess for which he 
 
 onc;ht to be flogged; see n. on 
 \. 700. 
 
 990. The hiatus is legitimate 
 in the caesura of the line : see 
 In trod, to Aul. p. Lx.—meo 
 arhitratu is voiy an'ogant, as if 
 the sycophant wore the 'domi- 
 nus grcgis ' so as to have it in 
 his power to award punishments 
 to the otheractors. — novi aediles 
 'non possunt alii intellegi nisi 
 qitirocens muuus capessivcrint' 
 Kitschl Par. p. 348, who proves 
 on the ground of this expression 
 that tlie Trinummus was first 
 performed ou the huli Mcfjalen- 
 scK which were celebrated in 
 April, i.e. after the new aediles 
 had come in in March. The 
 ' Mcgalcnsia ' were not originally 
 attended with scenic perform-
 
 IV, 2. li'9— 161.] TRINVMMVSi 
 
 133 
 
 Ch. at etiara maledicis ? Svc. imnio salvos quando 
 
 equidem ^dvenis, 
 dl me perdant si te liocci facio an periiss^s prius. iso 
 6go ob haiic operam argeutum accepi : te macto 
 
 infortuuio. 
 c^terum qui sis, qui non sis, floccum non intdrduim. 
 995 ibo, ad ilium reuuutiabo, qui mihi tris uummos dedit, 
 tit sciat se perdidisse. ego abeo. male vive et vale : 
 qui te di omnes advenientem p^regre perdant, 
 
 Gharmides. i55 
 
 Ch. postquam ille hinc abiit, post loquendi libere 
 videtur tempus venisse atque occasio. 
 1000 iam dudum meum ille pectus pungit aculeus, 
 quid illi negoti fiierit ante aedis meas. 
 nam epistulae illae mihi concenturiant metum " leo 
 in corde et illud mille nummum, quam rem agat. 
 
 997. di te Sp. The mss. are rather uncertain in tins place; 
 see R.'s note. 1002. epistitla ilia mihi conceiituriat Sp. 1003. 
 Eitschl writes agaut; but agat may be miderstood of the syco- 
 phant: tlie construction being epistulae illae et illud iiiillc 
 nummum mihi metum concenturiant qua7n rem agat (sc. ille). 
 Sp. has likevvise kept agat. 
 
 ances : and as this took place 
 for the first time in 559, it fol- 
 lows that the Triuummus can- 
 not have been performed an- 
 terior to that date. 
 
 991 sq. The sycophant be- 
 gins as if he were going to con- 
 gratulate Charmides ou his safe 
 return, but suddenly changes to 
 an expression of utter indiffer- 
 ence to Charmides' well-being 
 which is again in a somewhat 
 funny form — 'the deuce take 
 me if I care a straw if the 
 deuce had taken you before ! ' 
 — an perilsses is in conformity 
 with the habit of Plautus to use 
 an even in a simple indirect ques- 
 tion: see e, g. Cure. i}96; Merc. 
 
 145 ; Poen. in 1, 54 ; Most. 58. 
 
 99-4. interduim is a peculiar 
 Plautiue expression: cf. Piud. 
 II 7, 22 eiccum non interduim. 
 Capt. Ill 5, 36 nil intcrduo, and 
 for the meaning of inter cf, 
 interest. 
 
 995. Fleckeisen justly places 
 the comma after ibo, though 
 foi-mer editions have it after 
 ilium: comp, Stich. 599 {iubc) 
 ad illam rcnuntiari. 
 
 997. For qui see n. on v. 923. 
 
 1002. concenturiare is a verb 
 formed by Plautus and used 
 again Pseud. 572, comciiturio in 
 corde sucophantias. It means 
 ' to collect up to the number 
 of a centuria\
 
 134. TRiNVBorvs. [IV. 2. 162—3. 4. 
 
 mimquam t'dcpol temere tinnit tintinnabulum : 
 lOOo nisi qui Illud tractat aut movet, inutumst, tacot. 
 sed quis bic est, qui hue in platcam cursuram incipit? 
 lubet dpservare quid agat : hue concessero. i65 
 
 Stasevivs. Charmides. 
 
 St. Stasime, fac te propere celerem, rdcipe te ad 
 dominum domum, IV 3 
 
 n^ subito metus ^xoriatur scapulis stultitia Uia. 
 1010 adde gradum, adpropera: iam dudum factumst, 
 quom abiisti donio. 
 
 cave sis tibi, ne bubuli in te cottabi crebri crepent, 
 
 lOOo. riitschl brackets this line *iit male confictum prions 
 inteipretamentum '. If it were so, it woiild at all eveuts not be 
 'male confictmn', only observe the alliteration in tractnt antl 
 tacet, and in movet and vmtiimst; also the asyndeton at the end 
 of the line, which is quite in conformity witli Plautine style. Sp. 
 has again omitted E.'s brackets. 1009. jnems is the reading of 
 the mss. justly maintained by Sp. ; malum is Koch's conj. adopted 
 by R. and inadvertently admitted into my firet edition. At the 
 cud of the line, tua is omitted ui the mss., added by Camerarius. 
 
 1004. thitlnnabuhim seems them. 
 
 always to be spelt with nn in 1008. prnpere celerem is a 
 the second syllable, but the tautology which serves to en- 
 verb is both tintlnarc and tin- force the meaning, ' make very 
 tinnare. very great haste'. Observe also 
 
 1005. nisi qui stands for nisi the alliteration ' rfominum do- 
 quiti 257. niiim'. By doiidnns he means 
 
 100(5. cxtrsuramincipere seems of course Lesbonicus. 
 
 to occur only here. 1010. adderc gradnm ' to 
 
 1007. concessero instead of move more quickly ' is a phrase 
 
 concedam, in accordance with tised also by Livy x 20, xxvi 9 
 
 the habit of early Latin. and Pliny Ep. vi 20. (Gronov. 
 
 Sc. III. Stuaimvs has been Lect. PI. p.3-18.) — (;?fo?«,' since': 
 
 with his boon companions and of. Ter. Haut. 54, inde adeo 
 
 returns home in time to inform qxiom agrttm in pro.nnno hie 
 
 his master Charmides of the mercatus es (where I ought not 
 
 state of his affairs, at least to have changed the reading), 
 
 according to the slave's idea of 1011. iubidi cottabi is a
 
 IV. 3. 5—8.] 
 
 TllINVMMVS. 
 
 121 
 
 si aberis ab eri quat^stione. nd destiteris currere. s 
 ecce hominem te, Stasime, nili : satin' in thermip6lio 
 c<5ndalium es oblltus, postquam thermopotasti gut- 
 
 turem ? 
 1015 rdcipe te et recurre petere re recenti. Ch. Imic, 
 
 quisquis est, 
 
 1015. re om. in the mss., added by Camerarius. 
 
 funny expression denoting the 
 sound of the lash made of ox- 
 hide chxshiug down on Stasi- 
 uius' back; see n. on huhuia 
 ccnsia Aul. 593, where I might 
 also have quoted Most. 882, 
 male castigabit cos buhuUs cxu- 
 viis. See also Eamsay's inter- 
 esting Excui'sus 'on punish- 
 ments inflicted upon slaves ', 
 pp. 251 — 263 of his ed. of the 
 Mostellaria. cottahus KoTra^os 
 is an expression used in refer- 
 ence to the tavern from which 
 Stasimus is just coming and 
 where he has, no doubt, prac- 
 tised the ' cottahus '. — Here, 
 again, we have a threefold al- 
 literation of great effect. 
 
 1012. abesse ah eri quaestione 
 means ' to be found wanting 
 (absent) when the master in- 
 quires ': cf. Cist. II 3, 49 ne in 
 quaestione mihi sit, siquid eum 
 velim. Pseud. 663, vide sis ne 
 in quaestione sis, quando accer- 
 sam, mihi. — desistere takes the 
 infin. hke desinere; cf. Baceh. 
 1171; End. 682; Men. 245. 
 <E. Walder, Infin. bei PI. p. 
 20.) Comp. the analogous use 
 of the intin. after absiinere 
 Mih gl. 186; Cure. 177 (ib. 
 p. 22). 
 
 1013. For satin see n. on v. 
 925. — thermipolium is the regu- 
 lar Plautine form of the Greek 
 depnoiruXiov (Eitschl Opusc. ii 
 
 488), i. e. a low tavern where 
 a mixture of wine and hot 
 water was sold to the lower 
 classes, especially to slaves. 
 
 1014. tkcrmopotare was, as 
 it seems, a mere slang word, 
 as it is neither Greek nor Latin 
 (in the latter it is p<Jtare, and 
 d€p/.ioiroT£iv might be a Greek 
 word, but does not occui', though 
 there is 0epfj.oTr6rr^s) ; this hy- 
 brid word is, moreover, used as 
 a transitive verb ' to wash one's 
 throat with something hot '. 
 guttur is always masc. in Plau- 
 tus : cf. n. on AuL 302. 
 
 1015. petere instead of peti- 
 tum, but the comic writers often 
 use the infinitive in this man- 
 ner, which by the way corre- 
 sponds to the original sense 
 of the infinitive. It has been 
 proved that the infin. in Latin 
 is in origin a dative expressing 
 direction towards something, 
 and thus an aim or purpose. 
 Plautus has the infin. after 
 ire Most. 06; Bacch. 354; abire 
 Bacch. 900; venire Bacch. 631; 
 Pseud. 1054 ; Eud. 94 ; currere 
 Asin. 910; circum cursare Eud. 
 223 sq., after properare in nu- 
 merous instances (see above v. 
 983 and below v, 1044) ; and 
 after mittere Pseud. 642 ; Cure. 
 206 sq. See E. Walder, Der 
 lufinitiv bei Plautus (Berhn, 
 1874), p. 15 sq. — re recenti:
 
 136 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 3. 9— IS. 
 
 glirguliost ex^rcitor: is hominem cursiinim docet. 
 St. quid, homo nili, non pudet te? tribusne te 
 
 pot^riis 10 
 
 mdmoriam esse oblitum ? an vero, quia cum frugi 
 
 hominibus 
 Ibi bibisti, qui ^b alieno facile cohiberent manus, 
 1020 Inter eosne homines condalium t^ redipisci postulas ? 
 
 1016. Inmc liominem the mss. maintained liy Sp. 1018. me- 
 moriam 0. Seyffert, Stud. Plant, p. 26; memoriae the mss. and 
 editions. The hiatui? after ohiitiim seems admissible on account 
 of the punctuation ; in order to avoid it, Eitschl inserted tu 
 after quia in his first edition, and now reads Jwmonihus (for 
 which form see Introd. to Aul. p. lxi. and Bergk's arguments 
 Philol. XVII p. 54 sqq., and in the Jahrb. 1861, p. 633). Bergb 
 (Beitr. zur lat. Gramm. i 98) proposes fnifjis, a form attested by 
 Marius Victorinus, but completely foreign to Blautus. It -would 
 also be possible to add tain after cam; but these manypf)ssiiii7/(i>s 
 merely annul the probahility of these conjectiires and seem to 
 plead in favour of the hiatus. (To add an opinion of my own : 
 I now think it extremely probable that we should read on an vero 
 without hiatus; the missing syllable might then be gained by 
 adding ita after quia, i. e. repeating ia with the addition of a t. 
 But I have left the note of my first edition unaltered, to stand as 
 a protest against those dogmatic changes which abound in Plautine 
 criticism.) 1020 was placed here by E. ; the mss. place it after 1022, 
 and there Sp. has it. 1021. Trathus B, truchus C, Chiruchm E, 
 Trochus Sp. who says ' nolim fugitivum intcrprctari, sed servus 
 nequam ab ipso tormento quo castigatur nomen habet ut mastigia 
 et similia. Passim etiam in tormentis ponitur Tpoxos\ Crcconicus 
 
 Etasimus is afraid his ring 1018. The infinitive te esse 
 
 might be refused, if he allowed ohlitum should not be cou- 
 
 Bome time to pass over before ceived as dependent upon yji/rfc?, 
 
 claiming it. but rather as an exclamation 
 
 1016. (jxirgulio is the genu- expressing wonder and iudig- 
 ine reading, not cumtlio, aa nation; comp. the instances 
 many old editions give it. Char- collected by E. Walder, I.e. 
 niides means that Stasimus p. .53 sq. 
 
 must needs be drunk to run 1019. The expression facile 
 
 about in this peculiar manner. cohibcre is ironical, as is easily 
 
 — For cxercitor (task-master) see understood. 
 n. on V. 226. 1020. For the ace. c. infin, 
 
 1017. jmterium { = irorripioi') nftev postulas see above ver, 
 occurs only here and Stich. C91. 237.
 
 IV. 3. 14—19.] TRixvMMVS. 137 
 
 Chlruchus fuit, Cdrconicus, Crinus, Cricolabus, C61- 
 
 labus, 
 c6]licrepidae, cruricrepidae, ferriteri, mastigiae : i5 
 quorum hercle unus surpuerit currenti cursori solum. 
 Oh. Ita me di ament, graphicum furem. St. quid 
 
 ego quod periit, petam? 
 1025 nisi etiam lab6rem ad damnum adponam iwtSijKTjv 
 
 insuper. 
 quiu tu, quod periit, periisse ducis ? cape vorsoriam : 
 
 Sp. ' quod vocabulum ex Kphceiv et vlkSlv compositnm notat ser- 
 Yum pertinacia \'incentem plagas'. Crimuts '-mX aliiuT tormenti 
 genus refero, quoniam Hesycliius Kplvq explicat KvL^-q, et kvlocvvte^ 
 itlem valere testatur atque Kvlbr) fj-aarLyovvrfs' Sp. Cerdubidiis 
 'lucrum sjiectat' Sp. CoUahus ' nomen accepit ab epitonio, quo 
 ut ad tendendas lyrarum chordas utebantur, ita etiam in ser- 
 voruni tormentis usi esse \'idGntiu- veteres ' Sp. 1022. oculis- 
 trepidae Sp.; oculicrcpidae the mss. ; our text gives W. A. Becker's 
 emeudatiou, wliich is also adopted by R. 1023. hercle R., 
 
 eorum the mss. retained by Sp., though this appears to be un- 
 intelligible. 
 
 1021. All the names are, of above 463, Poen. i 2, 169; 
 course, comic fictions: Chiru- Men. 1011; Rud. iii 2, 45.) — 
 c/fus from x^'^/'tts ^Xf"* 'he who ferriteri = qai ferrum terunt, 
 has (strong) hands'; Gerconicus cf. Most. 343 ferritribax. — 
 from KepKos ('tail') and vikclv; Wiasfir/Zac is a frequent appella- 
 Crimts [or Crinmis) would seem tion = vcrberones. For the whole 
 to stand instead of Kpi/xvos ' a line see also Ramsay's Mostel- 
 crumb'; Cricolabus = KpiKov {i.e. laria, p. 263. 
 coudolium) Xap-^dvuv; Collabus 1023. solnvi 'his shoe-sole' 
 is a hybrid formation from con is found in various passages in 
 (Lat. ) and Xa^elv, ' he who takes Plautus. 
 
 everything with him'. (But see 1025. iTndiJK7)v is no more 
 also the explanations of Sp., strange in the mouth of Stasi- 
 as given in the critical notes.) mus than potcriiim and the 
 
 1022. collicrepida 'whose hybrid (/iennopoforc; comp. also 
 legs sound with the chains'; above, v. 187 Tvavaai, 419 ot- 
 for the patronymic form of x^''""'> ^^^ 705 TraXtc : and for 
 these words see n. on Aul. 368 the sense of the word Aristoph. 
 (rrtprtc/dfl), and comp. o-TToi^Sap- Vesp. 1391 Ka^'e^oKev kvrevdevi 
 Xi5r]s Aristoph. Acharn. 595. aprovs 5e/c' 6/3o/\co*' KilTnOriK7]v TeV- 
 (Sp. defends ocuUstrcpidae, say- rapas. 
 
 iug that the eyes were fre- 102(3. Cf. Catull. viii 2 et 
 
 quently aimed at in striking: qxiod vides pcrisse perditum
 
 138 
 
 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 3. 20—28. 
 
 recipe to ad erum. Ch. non fugitivost liic homo : 
 
 conmeminit domi. 20 
 
 St. litinam veteres v^terum mores, vdteres parsi- 
 
 moniae 
 potius in maiore lionore liic essent quam mores mali. 
 1030 Ch. di iiimortalcs, basilica hie quidem facinora iu- 
 
 cejDtat loqui. 
 Vetera quaerit, vdtera amare hunc more maiorlAm 
 
 scias. 
 St. nam nunc homines nili faciunt qu6d hcet, nisi 
 
 quod lubet. 25 
 
 ambitio iam more sanctast, liberast a l^gibus. 
 scuta iacere fugereque hostis more habeut licentiam : 
 1035 petere honorem pro flagitio more fit. Ch. morem 
 
 iuprobum. 
 
 1028. veteres veterum mores is an excellent emendation by 
 R. qnite in the style of PI. ; veteres Jtomiiies the niss. Sp. adopts 
 Lindemanu's laugiiid reading veteres hominurn mores, 1032. ho- 
 mines Bergk, E. ; mures the mss,, Sp. 
 
 ducas. — cape vorsoriam 'turn 
 round': the expression occui'S 
 also Merc. 876. 
 
 1027. fugitivos is the trans- 
 lation of 5paireT7]s. — The geni- 
 tive domi lias occurred before, 
 V. 841. 
 
 1028. The moral observa- 
 tions which follow are very 
 comical in the mouth of a slave ; 
 they would disagree with his 
 character and person, were he 
 not somewhat under the maudlin 
 influence of wine. His motive 
 in making them is given below, 
 V. 1054 sqq. — For parsimoiuae 
 see n. on v. 36. 
 
 1030. basiUcii facuiora ' plans 
 of reform that would suit a 
 kiug': cf. Capt. iv 2, 31 busiU- 
 cas edictiones atque iiitperiusas 
 habet. So basllicus victus Persa 
 
 I 1, 33, and the adverb basilice 
 occurs in a considerable number 
 of passages. 
 
 1031. more maiorum is ironi- 
 cally used of a slave who has 
 not even a pater, much less 
 maiores, according to lioman 
 law. 
 
 1032. nunc homines ol vvv 
 dvOpuTTOL, ' the present genera- 
 tion': cf. Persa 385, 7ion ta nunc 
 hominum mores vides, and Tor. 
 Andr. 175, semper lenitas, even 
 Cic. Catil. II 12, 17 mea lenitas 
 adltae = ri fJ-expi vuf ev/xeveid nov, 
 cf. also de nat. deor. 11 § 166. 
 
 1033. For ambitio see above 
 on V. 34. 
 
 1035. petere h. ' to be a can- 
 didate for an appointment ',pro 
 Jliifjilio ' in return for a dis- 
 graceful act ', is quite usual.
 
 IV. 8. 29—37.] TRiNVMMvs. 139 
 
 St. strenuos nimc pra^terire more fit. Ch. ne- 
 
 quam quidera. 
 St. mores leges p^rduxerunt iam in potestatdm 
 
 suam, 30 
 
 magis quis sunt obnoxiosae quam parentes liberis. 
 ead misere etiam ad parietem sunt fixae clavis 
 
 ft^rreis, 
 1040 vibi males mor^s adligi nimio fuerat adquius, 
 
 Ch. lubet adire atque adpellare liunc : verum aus- 
 
 culto pdrlubens, 3* 
 
 et metuo, si conpellabo, ne aliam rem occipiat loqui. 
 St. neque istis quicquam lege sanctumst. leges mori 
 
 serviunt, 
 mores auteni rapere properant qua sacrum qua pup- 
 
 licum. 
 
 1036. nunc added by Scaliger (R. ). Sp. omits imnc and changes 
 pTaeterire into praetervidcre. 1038. magisque is Sp. The mss. 
 have qui (instead of quis). 1089. ea the mss., eae E. et 
 miserae Sp., talcing miserac from the vulgate. miserae is also 
 defended by 0. Seyffert, Stud. W. p. 9. 
 
 1036. nequam quidem should on brass or wood tablets and 
 be considered as an exclamation set them up in the iDublic places 
 (=:more quidem, sed nequam in order to make them known 
 illo) like morem improhum in to the i^ubUc, a practice repre- 
 the preceding line. seuted by Stasimus as an imi- 
 
 1037. In pcrducere the pre- tation of the treatment of 
 position ■would seem to have criminals. See Becker, Eoman 
 the same sense as in pervertcre, Antiquities i 27 '. Biux. 
 corresponding to the German 1041. Comp. the similar 
 prefix vcr. words of Megadorus in an ana- 
 
 1038. The last two words logons scene, Aul. 516 sq. 
 contain an dTrpoaOQKijTov of 1013 — 1015 are considered 
 much sarcastic effect : it ought spurious by llitschl, nor is this 
 to be liberi parcntibus, but Sta- at all impossible : but it will be 
 simus insinuates that in the difficult to prove, as in moralis- 
 perverse institutions of his ing passages like the present 
 generation the parents no longer a certain prof useness of expres- 
 rule their children, but are sion must be admitted. 
 
 ruled by them. 1013 is a mere repetition of 
 
 1039. eae, sc. leges : ' it was v. 1037. 
 
 customary to engrave the laws 1014 might be a reminiscence
 
 140 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 3. 38— 4G. 
 
 1045 Ch. hercle istis malara rem magnam moribus dig- 
 
 numst (laii. 
 St. noil hoc puplice animadvorti ? nam id genus 
 
 hominum liominibus 39 
 
 univorsis est advorsiim atque omni populo male facit. 
 male fidem servaudo illis quoque abrogant etiam 
 
 fidem, 
 qui nil meriti : quippe eorum ex ingdnio ingenium 
 
 horum probant. 
 lOOO siquoi mutuom quid dederis, fit pro proprio perditum. 
 quom repetas, inimicum amicum bdnticio iuvenias 
 
 tuo. 45 
 
 si mage exigere occupias, duarum rerum exoritur 
 
 optio : 
 
 1016. nam hdmimim genus id omnibus Sp., and omnihiis is 
 indeed in the mss. But see It 's note. 10-19. eorum ex A, and 
 soR. ; ex eor«3?i the other mss., Sp. 1051. benficio invenias is 
 the order warranted by the mss. except A, which reads iuvenias 
 ex hcneficio tuo, whence E. invenias benficio tuo. In my first 
 edition I followed K., now I follow Sp. 10.52. Eitschl considers 
 hoth this line and the following as interpolations. 
 
 of V. 286. For the infin. after 1048. quoque etiam is a taut- 
 
 properare (which stands how- ology similar to ergo igitur: it 
 
 c-'et" in the sense of j)'>'opere occurs in various passages in 
 
 tap'unt) see n. on v. 1015. Plautus, see llamsay's Mostel- 
 
 1045. istis, quos tu narras. laria, p. 193. 
 
 — malam rem magnam ' Eomo 1019. eorum, qui male fidem 
 
 great punishment ': the phrase servant; horum, qui nil sunt 
 
 possesses a cei"t;iin humour in meiiti: probant, liomiucs. But 
 
 this line, as mala res denotes Eitschl is right in complaining 
 
 more especially punishment or of the obscurity of the line. 
 
 Hogging for slaves — and the probant means the same as 
 
 moralist is a slave! aestumant, comp. Pers. 11 2, 30 
 
 1046. von hoc puplice ani- where nearly the same words 
 madvorti ' is it not a shame occur. (Nettleshi]), Academy iii 
 that this should not be punish- 299.) 
 
 od T)y the state? ' For the infin. 1051. For benficio see n. on 
 
 of indignation see n, on Ter, v. 185. 
 
 Andr. 870. 1052. Cf. Ter. Phorm. 55 sq. 
 
 1047. Observe the parono- ut nunc stmt mores, adeo res 
 masia in 'univorsis' and 'ad- redit: Siquis quidreddlt, magna 
 forsum.'. hahendast gratia.
 
 IV. 3. 47 — 54.] TPJNVMMVS. 
 
 141 
 
 v«^l illud quod credideris perdas, vdl ilium amicum 
 
 amiseris. 
 hoc qui in mentem v^nerit mi? re Ipsa modo con- 
 
 monitus sum. 
 1055 Ch. meus est hie quidem SUislmus servos. St. nam 
 
 dgo talentum mutuom 
 quoi dederam, tale'uto iuimicum mi emi, amicum 
 
 vendidi. 
 sed ego sum insipientior, qui rebus carem puplicis so 
 potius quam, id quod proxumumst, meo tergo tu- 
 
 telam geram. 
 eo domum. Ch. heus tu, asta ilico. audi, heus tu. 
 
 St. non sto. Ch. te volo. 
 1060 St. quid, si egoraet te v^lle nolo ? Ch. aha, ni- 
 • miura, Stasime, sae'viter. 
 St. emere meliust quoi inperes. Ch. pol ego dmi 
 
 atque argentum dedi. 
 
 1059. audin Sp. against the mss. 
 
 1054. re ipsa 'by my own 
 experience'. For the interroga- 
 tive turn of the sentence Brix 
 justly compares Epid. ii 2, 
 32 id adeo qui maxume animum 
 advortemn? Pleraeqne eae sub 
 vcstiincntis secum habehant re- 
 tia. 
 
 1055. Vie should suppose that 
 either Stasiiuus turns round so 
 as to be recognised by Charmi- 
 des, or that the latter approaches 
 him so closely as to ascertain 
 his featiu'es. 
 
 1057. For sed ego sum in- 
 sipientior cf. above, v. 936. — 
 curare is construed with a da- 
 tive after the analogy of con- 
 sulcrc rei alicui: cf. True, i 2, 
 35 ; End. i 2, 58. 
 
 1059. te vclo 'I want to 
 have a word with you ' : see n. 
 on V. 516. 
 
 1060. saeviter occurs also 
 Pseud. 1290 and Poen. i 2, 122. 
 Plautus is fond of forming ad- 
 verbs in iter from adjectives of 
 the second declension : see the 
 instances collected by Corssen, 
 Krit. Beitr. p. 298 sq. 
 
 1061. Stasimus (who has not 
 yet seen Charmides' face) an- 
 swers pertly ' don't order me, 
 I'm not your slave'. A similar 
 answer is given by Gorgo in 
 Theocr. xv 90 iraadixevos iiri- 
 raaa-e: cf. also Persa 273, emere 
 oportct quem oboedire veils tibi. 
 — melius est 'it would be advis- 
 able', an ironical phrase, occm-s 
 also Men. 802; Mil. gl. 1373; 
 Bacch. 76 ; True, i 2, 48. 
 (E. Walder, Infin. bei PL, 
 p. 29.) — emi atquc argentum 
 dedi is the usual expression, cf. 
 above, v. 125.
 
 142 TRINVMMVS. [IV. 3. 55—64; 
 
 sed si non dicto audieus est, quid ago? St. da 
 
 mafrniim malum. 55 
 
 Cil. b^ne mones : ita facere ccrtumst. St. nisi 
 
 quidem es obnoxius. 
 Ch. si bonust, obnuxius sum : sin secust, faciam 
 
 tit mones. 
 10G5 St. quid id ad me attinet, bonisne servis tu utare 
 
 an mails ? 
 Ch. quia boni malique in ea re pars tibist. St. par- 
 tem alteram 
 tibi permitto, illam alteram apud me, qu6d bonist, 
 
 adponito. 60 
 
 Ch. si eris meritus, fiet. respice hue ad me: ego 
 
 sum Chilrmides. 
 St. h^m, quis est qui m^ntionem homo hominis 
 
 fecit optumi? 
 1070 Cir. ipsus homo optumus. St. mare, terra, caelum, 
 
 di, vostram fidem, 
 satin' ego oculis plane video? estne ipsus an non est? 
 
 is est. 64 
 
 106-4. lojuis es and secus es Sp. with the mss. 1068. resp. 
 ad me hue Sp. with the mss. ( xcept A, which is followed by 
 B. and in oiu- text. 1069. em Sp. against the mss. fdcit homo 
 hominis opt. Sp. with the mss. excci^t ^. 1070. ipsm A, E. ; 
 ipse the other mss., Sp. 
 
 1062. qtiid ago ' what am I trigues which he would not wish 
 to do?': the indicative is de- to be generally kaown. Charmi- 
 fended by llitschl with Bacch. dcs repudiates the idea of being 
 1195; Persa 066; Epid. v 2, under any obligations of this 
 28, though we also find the kind to a slave ; he would feel 
 subjunctive, v. 718 and 981. — kindly disposed [obnoxius) to a 
 viannuui malum: of. v. 1045. slave for his steady and faithful 
 
 1063. nisi quidem obnoxius service (si bonust). 
 
 * unless indeed jon are under 1066. ' Because you have a 
 an obligation to him ' : as it share in what there may be of 
 might often be the case that good and bad in that affair'. 
 a slave had been used by his In his answer, Stasimus again 
 master in affairs which it might understands inaluni of evil treat- 
 be advisable to keep close; or ment. 
 
 supi^osiug the master to be a 1071. satin 2>lane shonld. be 
 
 young man, his slave might joined, and it should be ob- 
 
 have assisted him in love-in- served that the sentence does
 
 IV. 3. Go— 76.] TRiNVMm-s, 
 
 143 
 
 cdrte is est, is <^st profecto. o mi ere exoptatissume, 
 salve. Ch. salve, Stasime. St. salvom te Ch. scio 
 
 et credo tibi. 
 sdd omitte alia : hoc mlhi responde : liberi quid 
 
 agunt mei, 
 1075 quos reliqui hie filium atque filiam? St. vivont, 
 
 valent. 
 Ch. ndmpe uterqiie. St. iiterque. Ch. di me sal- 
 vom et servatum voluiit. 
 cetera intus otiosse percontabor quae volo. 7o 
 
 eamus intro : se'quere. St. quo tu te agis ? Ch. quo- 
 
 nam nisi domum ? 
 St. hiciue nos habitare censes ? Ch. ubinam ego 
 
 alibi censeam ? 
 1080 St. iam Ch. quid iam ? St. non sunt nostrae 
 
 aedis staec. Ch. quid ego ex ted audio ? 
 St. vendidit tuos gnatus aedis. Ch. pdrii. St. prae- 
 
 sentariis 
 argenti minis numeratis. Ch. quot ? St. quadra- 
 
 ointa. Ch. occidi. 
 
 75 
 
 1079. hicin Sp. 1080. istae. Ch. quid ego ex te audio ? Sp. 
 
 not belong to those mentioned 
 on Y. 925. — ipsus ' master ' : u. 
 on Aul. 354. 
 
 1073. salvom te : for the rest 
 comp. V. 1097. 
 
 1074. oviitte ' leave aside '. 
 
 1075. filium atque filiam is 
 put into the relative sentence 
 by way of attraction. 
 
 1077. For the spelling otiosse 
 see n. on v. 37. — percontari 
 is the only genuine spelling of 
 the word (here given by the 
 palimpsest), ■percunctari being 
 a late and barbarous form : 
 Corssen i 36. 
 
 1080. For the shortened form 
 ste instead of iste see Introd. 
 
 to Aul. p. XLvi. The fern. nom. 
 pliu". istaec is analogous to liaec, 
 for which see n. on v. 3 ; but as 
 the ms. jB reads cdis ste, it is 
 also possible that the original 
 reading was aedis istae, as the 
 old editors have it. If we adopt 
 istae, we need not change te 
 of the mss. in Charmides' 
 answer to ted. 
 
 1081. praesentariis 'ready 
 paid': the adj. praesentarius 
 is confined to Plautine usage 
 (comp. manufestarius, which 
 has occurred before), cf. Most. 
 361, 913; Poen. iii 3, 92; 
 5, 48.
 
 144 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [IV. 3. 
 
 / i- 
 
 ^84. 
 
 quis cas emit ? St. Callicles, quoi tuain rem con- 
 
 mencldveras : 
 ishabitatura hue c6nmigravit n6sque exturbavit foras. 
 1085 Ch. ubi nunc filitis meus habitat ? St. bic in hoc 
 
 postlculo. 
 Ch. male disperii. St. credidi aegre tibi id, ubi 
 
 audissds, fore. 
 Ch. ^go mis aerumnfs herculeis stim per maria 
 
 maxuma so 
 
 vectus, capitall periclo per praedones pKirmnos 
 m^ servavi, salvos redii : nunc hie disperii miser 
 1090 propter eosdem, quorum causa fui hac aetate ex^rcitus, 
 adimit animum mi aegritudo. Stasime, tene me. 
 
 St, visne aquam 
 
 1087. The ms. reading eqo misenim meis periculis has been 
 si^leudidly emended by G. Gotz (Acta soc. iAn\. Lips, ii 4C1 sq.), 
 ■whose reading we give in oiu' text. The reading of the old editors 
 was ego inker summis periclis. 
 
 1086. 'I thought all along 
 you would grieve on hearing it '. 
 
 1087. For mis comp. n. on 
 V. 822, where we have the same 
 form as dative. — hcrculci lahores 
 and herculeae acrumnac were 
 proverbial expressions. It suf- 
 fices to quote PI. Persa 2, .ivpcr- 
 avit aerumnis suis acrumnas 
 omnh Hercxdi. 
 
 1090. Cf. V. 839.— Oiir mss. 
 read hac aetate, but Nonius 
 (p. 192, 17) quotes this line in 
 proof of uetas being used as a 
 masc. by Plautus. Key (L. Gr. 
 p. 169) justly says that this is 
 a mere C(UTUi)tion of an original 
 hoc aetatix, but I would not go 
 the lengtli of putting Nonius' 
 reading into the text, as Key 
 seems inclined to do. 
 
 1091. I have written ani- 
 mum against the mss. which 
 agree in ajiiinam: but couf. 
 
 Mil. gl. 1331, animo male fac- 
 tiunst. Eud. II G, 'liSpe Hi, animo 
 male fit, contine (juaeso caput. 
 True. II 4, 14 animo malest; 
 the conversational character of 
 the phrase appears also from 
 Lucr. Ill 597 animo male factum 
 cum perhibetur. Charmides 
 means to say that he is going 
 to faint, not to lose his breath. 
 To prevent him from fainting, 
 Stasimus offers to sprinkle him 
 with water, a usual way of 
 refreshing persons : cf. Bacch. 
 248, euaj-, asjyersisti aquam, 
 and the same phrase True, ii 
 4, 15 ; see especially Amph. v 
 1, 6 animo malest, aquam velim. 
 — In his answer Stasimus sub- 
 Btitutcs animam for the sake of 
 the pun which was easily ad- 
 missible on account of the 
 ending almost disappearing by 
 elision.
 
 IV. 3. 85 — 4. 7.] TRINVMMVS. 
 
 14-: 
 
 tibi petam ? Ch. ros quoin animam agebat, tuiii 
 esse offusani oportuit. 
 
 Callicles. Charmides. Stastmvs. 
 
 Ca. qiiid hoc liic clamoris audio ante aedls nieas? IV 4. 
 Ch. o Callicles, o Callicles, o Callicles, 
 1095 qualine amico mea conmendavi bona! 
 
 Ca. probo et fideli et fido et cum magna fide. 
 
 et salve et salvom te advenisse gaudeo. 5 
 
 * * * * 
 
 ^ y^ ^ ^ 
 
 * * * * 
 
 Ch. credo, omnia istaec si ita sunt ut praedicas. 
 sed quis istest tuos ornatus ? Ca. ego dicara tibi. 
 
 1091. animum the mss. and editions; see the exeg. note. 
 1096. After this line something must have been lost con- 
 taining Callicles' vindication of his conduct and explanation of 
 the facts seemingly against him. Eitschl, who has filled up this 
 gap by a number of lines made by himself, very properly makes 
 Callicles wind up in ttiis way: quid igitur? iamne ftduni credis 
 me et prohum, to which Charmides aptly replies by credo. (Sp. 
 does not mark a gap in his text.) 1098. si itast iit tu praedicas 
 Sp. after G. Hermann: and this reading is indeed very probable, 
 I follow E. 
 
 1092. With the metaphori- 
 cal use of aqua comp. above, 
 V, 676. 
 
 Sc. IV. Callicles appears and 
 informs Charmides of the real 
 state of his affairs. 
 
 1093. Brix justly compares 
 Hor. Epod. Ill 5 quid hoc 
 veneni saevit in praecordiis ? 
 It is originally a contraction of 
 two sentences ' quid hoc cla- 
 moris est quod audio '. 
 
 1095. For ne comp. Key L. Q. 
 § 1425 n. The expression is 
 nearly the same as v. 1083. 
 
 W P. 
 
 1096. Callicles purposely uses 
 several synonyms to render h.s 
 assertion as forcible as possi- 
 ble. 
 
 1099. Callicles has been dig- 
 ging and is, therefore, in an 
 undress-costume such as would 
 not be usually worn by a grave 
 gentleman in public. But 
 hearing Charmides' outcry (v. 
 1092) and perhaps fancying he 
 recognises his friend's voice, hfi 
 hurries forth into the stret t 
 without minding his dress. 
 
 10
 
 146 TRiNVMMVS. [lY. 4. 8—22. 
 
 1 U)() thensaurum effbdiebam intus dotem flliae 
 tuae quad daretur. sed intus uarrabo tibi 
 et boc et alia: sdquere. Ch. Stasime. St. em. 
 Ch. str(3nue lo 
 
 curre in Piraeum atque unum cumculum face, 
 viddbis iam ilHc navein qua advecti sumus. 
 
 llOoiubeto Sagarionem quae inperaverim 
 curare ut efferantur, et tu ito simul. 
 solutiimst portitori iam portorium : is 
 
 nil est morae. cito ambula: actutlim redi. 
 St. illic sum atque bic sum. Ca. sequere tu bac 
 me intro. Ch. sequor. 
 
 ] 110 St. bic meo ero amicus solus firmus rdstitit : 
 iieque demutavit animum de firma fide, 
 quamquam labores multos ob rem et liberos 20 
 
 apsentis mei eri euni dgo cepisse cduseo. 
 sed hie linus, ut ego stispicor, servat fidcm. 
 
 1111 — 1114. I have followed Eitschl, though I strongly sus- 
 pect that the last Hue is merely a ' dittographia ' of the first aud 
 second. The words et lihero's v. 1112 are merely a shrewd guess at 
 the truth, the mss. giving re labore (?/() and omitting (ipscntis mei eri 
 in the next line. Sp. marks a gaj) of a few words after multos 
 \. 1112, and brackets the next line ob rein labnrem eum ego cepUse 
 ceiiseo. Who would venture to say which reading mu&t be true? 
 
 1101. quae daretur is not ral passages, cf. also Stich. H37, 
 strictly necessary, or in prose eeleri curricula fui Propcre a 
 v?e sliould rather have said portu. 
 
 quae dos filiae daretur. 1105. mprrai'm/;/, sc. efferri. 
 
 1102. em 'here': see Eib- 1107. ¥qx portltor see n. on 
 beck, Lat. Tart. p. 30 sq. v. 794. 
 
 1103. in riraeuin is in ac- 1108. morae. cito ambula is 
 cordance with the constant a reading due to an in2;enious 
 habit of Plautus: Most. (5(5; emendation l)y Ilitscdd [//um/cu 
 Bacch. 235. (See Lorcnz's note ambula Ji], comp. I'seud. 920, 
 in the Most.) — unum curricu- (iinbula ergo cito. Si. immo 
 lumface, lit. 'make one course otiose volo. 
 
 of ii', i. e. run all tlie way 1109. Brix comiiares Persa 
 
 without diminishing your speed. ii 2, 8 ita volo (te) curare ut 
 
 The expression curricula cur- domi sj'.s- quoin ego te esse illi 
 
 rcrc is used bv Plautus iu seve- cens:'am.
 
 V, 1. 1 — 4.] TRINVMMVS. 147 
 
 ACTVs y. 
 
 LVSITELES. 
 
 1115 Hie homost omnium hominum praecipuos, V 1. 
 
 voluptatibus gaudisque antepotens. 
 
 ita commoda quae cupio dveniunt, 
 
 [quod ago, adsequitur, subest, subsequitur] : 
 
 ita gaudis gaudia siq^peditant. 
 1120 modo me Stasimus, Lesbonici servos, convenit domi: 
 
 1115. EitscU (in his 2ud ed.) trausi^oses hominum omnium 
 after the example of Beiz and Hermann, but I think that in 
 anapaestic metre we may perhaps tolerate omnj' Itomi — though 
 it would he inadmissible in iambic or trochaic lines. 1118. I 
 have bracketed this immetrical line in accordance with Hermann, 
 yp. keeps this line without any change. Eitschl ingeniously reads 
 quod ago, subit, adsecut mquitur, though this is not emending, 
 bat re-writing the poet, adsccue is, moreover, an adverb coined 
 by Ritschl himself, though in conformity with ohsecuos and 
 ohsecue: see Lachm. Lucr. p. 304. 1119. (jaudium suppeditat 
 Sp. according to the mss. I have adopted Bergk's emendation, 
 in accordance with R. 1120. The mss. omit domi, which was 
 
 lirst added by Ritschl. 
 
 Act V. 1115. The joy felt contracted forms of the dative 
 
 by Lysiteles at the news of ijlural are admitted by Plautus 
 
 Charmides' return and the cer- only in anapaestic metre, e. g. 
 
 tainty of obtaininghis daughter Bacch. V20&filis fecere insidiat;; 
 
 in marriage is happily express- see Biicheler, hit. decl. p. 67. — 
 
 fed in the lively anapaestic lines antepotens is air. \ey., it seems 
 
 with which he appears on the to mean ' potens ante alios': 
 
 stage. — liic homo ' doe 6 av^p,' comp. the more common prae- 
 
 I. See u. on V. 172. potens. 
 
 1116. For voluptdtibu' see 1117. The constr. is quae 
 
 Introd. to Aul. p. xlix. — Iliave cupio eveniunt commoda. 
 
 deemed it advisable to write 1119. suppcditant — suppe- 
 
 (jiindis, as at all events we tunt : cf. Asiu. 423, non queo 
 
 shouldpronounceitso; butthese laborl suppeditare. 
 
 10—2
 
 148 TRINVMMVS. [V. 1. 5 — 2. 3. 
 
 is milii dixit siioin erum peregre hue advenisse 
 Charmidem, 5 
 
 nunc mi is propere conveniundust, lit quae cum 
 eius filio 
 
 egi. ei rei funtlus pater sit potior, eo ego. sed fores 
 
 lia^ sonitu suo moram mihi obiciunt iucommode. 
 
 Charmides. Callicles. Lvsiteles. 
 
 1125 Ch. neque fuit neque erit neque esse quemquam 
 
 liomiuem in terra arbitror, V 2. 
 
 quoius fides fidelitasque amicum erga aequiperdt 
 
 tuara, 
 nam exaedificavisset me, apsque te foret, ex hisce 
 addibus. 
 
 1123. ego added by R., om. in the mss. Sp. asswmes that 
 after eo some words are lost which terminated the line ; then his 
 next line runs sed forls hue sovitu suo mihi vioram obiciunt in- 
 commode. 1124. m.ihi moram the mss., transposed by Guyet and 
 G. Hermann: thongli this order miplit be defended, it is still 
 foreign to Plaiitus to accentuate siid milil moram, if he conld avoid it. 
 1125. The words in terra are in our mss. corrupted to in- 
 terdum, whence Ritschl elicits his favoiu-ite form of the ablative 
 in terrad, though this necessitates the assumption of a short 
 quantity of esse in sjiite of the first syllable being in arsi, a fact 
 impossible in Plautus, as has been proved by C. F. W. Miiller, 
 Pros. p. 229. intcrdum I consider one of those stupid blunders 
 of our scribes, of which Miiller gives an amusing and instructive 
 collection, ' Nachtr.' p. 29. See also A. Lorenz, Philologus, xxx 
 613. 1126. quoi Sp. with the mss. 
 
 1123. fundus appears to be "Wordsworth, Spec, of Early 
 
 a legal phrase in the sense of Latin, p. 471. 
 
 auctor : cf. Paul. Festi p. 89 1121. incommode ' iU.-tim.edi- 
 
 fundus dicitur popalus esse rei ly'. 
 
 quam alienat, hoc est auctor. 1126. erga stands after the 
 
 i'orcellini quotes an instance of accusative governed by it in se- 
 
 it from Cicero, Balb. 8, 20, and veral instances : Asin. 20 ; Capt. 
 
 two from Gellius. Sec also ii 1, 48; ii3, 50; Epid. iii 3, 9.
 
 V. 2. 4—11.] TRINVMMYS. 14-9 
 
 Ca. siquid amicum erga bene feci aut consului 
 
 iideliter, 
 non videor meruisse laiidem, culpa caruisse arbitror. 5 
 1130 uam beneficium, bomini propvium quod datur, pro- 
 sum perit ; 
 quod datum utendumst, repetundi id copiast, quaudo 
 
 veHs. 
 Ch. ^st ita ut tu dicis. sed ego hoc ne'queo mi- 
 
 rari satis, 
 eum sororem despondisse suam in tarn fortem fa- 
 
 mibara, 
 Lusiteli quidem Philtonis filio. Lv. enim me no- 
 
 minat. lo 
 
 1135 Ca. iamiliam optumam occupavit. Lv. quid ego 
 
 cesso bos conloqui? 
 
 1127. The reading is uncertain: the mss. have ex his aedihus 
 absque te foret, in which the dactyl aedibus is faulty instead of a 
 trochee. Perhaps we should read nam dpsqiie te foret (or csset) 
 exaedijicavisset me ex his aedibus, in agreement witli the observa- 
 tion of A. Fleckeisen that apsque te foret in all other instances 
 in Plautus holds the first place in the sentence. See above, v. 
 832, and comp. Lorenz, Jahresber. p. 408. Sp. reads nam aedibus 
 me exuedincasset extus, apsque te foret. 1130. Kitschl writes 
 
 homoni (against the mss.); but though I do not like to adopt 
 this form (see v. 1018), I agree with Eitschl in rejecting the 
 pronunciation beneficium, which would he required to avoid the 
 hiatus; I rather consider it probable that Plautus wrote etcnim 
 benjicium homini : cf. 638. Sp. inserts id after benficium. 
 
 1127. It appears to be diffi- bihty'. 
 
 cult to render in English the 1133. fortis ' excellent ', a 
 
 joke implied in exaedincavisset sense confined to colloquial 
 
 me ex aedibus; in German it Latin. 
 
 would be ob^^ous to say, aus 1134. ch/tti ' to be sure'; see 
 
 diesem hause hUtV er mich n. on Aul. 49o. 
 
 lierausgeliaust. 1135. occupare 'est etiam 
 
 1130. For prosum see n. on invenire, tenere vel possidere ', 
 v. 730. Konius, p. 335 sq., who quotes 
 
 1131. utendum dare ' to lend' : this passage. 
 n. on Aul. 96. — copia 'possi-
 
 1.50 
 
 TRINViMMVS. 
 
 [V. 2. 12—21. 
 
 seJ maneam etiam, opinor : namquc hoc commo- 
 dum orditur loqui. 
 
 * ^ in 
 
 * * * * 
 
 Ch. vail. Ca. quid est? Ch. oblitus iutus du- 
 
 duiii tibi sum dicere : 
 modo mi advenienti nugator quidam occessit obviam, 
 nimis pergraphicus sucophanta. is mille numnium 
 
 se aiireuin 15 
 
 1140 ineo datu tibi ferre et gnato Lesbonico aibat meo : 
 
 quern ego noc qui esset iioveram neque usquam 
 
 conspexi prius. 
 sed quid rides ? Ca. meo adlegatu venit, quasi 
 
 qui auriim mihi 
 ferret aps te, qu6d darein tuae guatae dotera : ut 
 
 filius 
 tiios, quando illi a me darem, esse adlatum id aps 
 
 te crederet, 20 
 
 1145 neu qui rem ipsam posset iutellegere, thensauriun 
 
 suom 
 
 113(). Tlie last words of this line seem to show that some 
 lines have dropt out in which Iivsiteles' marriage with Cliariuiilos' 
 daughter was discussed. Sp. does not mark a gap. 1141. jiora/u 
 neque cum ante usquam Sp. with the mss. I follow R. 
 
 1186. maneam ' I had better 
 stay'. — For commodum sec n. 
 ou V. 400. 
 
 1 ] 37. (hidmii ' just now '. — 
 The phrase oblitus sum dicere 
 occurs in the same way Pseud. 
 171, and with edicere Pers. 
 722. (E. Walder, Infin. bei PI. 
 p. 25.) 
 
 1110. men data is quite in 
 the Plautine style (instead of 
 (lurum a lae datum in ])rose), 
 comp. directly below meo ad- 
 
 legatu = a me delegatus. Verbal 
 formations of this character 
 are discussed by (j-ellius xin 
 19. In this way arbitrata meo 
 is used in classical Jjatin. 
 
 lilt, a Die 'out of my own 
 means '. 
 
 1145. neu qui is instead of 
 neu aJiqui ' nor in any manner 
 might learn the secret'. — then- 
 sauruin tuoni vie penes esse is 
 added in explanation of rem 
 ijjsam.
 
 V. 2. 22 — 31.] THIN VMM vs. 151 
 
 me esse penes, atque a me lege populi patrium 
 
 posceret. 
 Ch. bcite edepol. Ca. Megaronides conmunis hoe 
 
 meus et tuos 
 benevolens conmentust. Ch. quia conlaudo con- 
 silium et probo. 
 Lv. quid ego ineptus, dum sermonem v^reor inter- 
 
 rumpere, 23 
 
 [150 solus sto nee. quod conatus sura agere, ago? homines 
 
 conloquar. 
 Ch. quis hie est, qui hue ad nos incedit ? Lv. Char- 
 
 midem soceruni suom 
 Lusiteles salutat. Ch. di dent tibi, Lusiteles, quae 
 
 velis. 
 Ca. non ego sum dignus salutis? Lv. Immo salve, 
 
 CcxUicles. 
 hdnc priorem aequomst me habere: tunica propior 
 
 palliost. 30 
 
 1155 Ca. deos volo consilia vohis vostra recte vortere. 
 
 114;G. atqiie eum lege a vie popiiU p. p. Sp. against the mss. 
 and most iiuprobably. 1150. honiiuis Sp. , E. 1153. The 
 reading difiitus saliitis is expressly attested by Nonius as an 
 instance of the genetive after this adjective; for other instances 
 see Eudilirnan's lustit. ed. Stallbaum 11 p. 108 and Reisig's 
 Lectures ed. Haase p. 638. See also Nettleship on Virg. A. 
 XII 649. The mss. read dignus salute, which would necessi- 
 tate the assumi)tioa of a hiatus in the caesura. Sp. adopts the 
 transposition salute dignus. Hoi. Sp. assigns the words 
 
 tunica p. p. to Callicles. 1155. vobis is not in the mss., but 
 added by Hermann and Fleckeisen. Sp. i^refers reading co)is. 
 vustra recta r. v. 
 
 1146. For the position of vetrri see n. on v. 754. 
 
 penes after the case governed 1150. conatus sum^l have 
 
 by it see Aul. 645. undertaken (resolved) to do'. 
 
 1148. Yqv benevolens an noun 1154. A similar proverb oc- 
 see V. 46. — qnin 'I do indeed': curs in Theocr. xvi 18 airuT^pu 
 of. above, v. 932. i] 701' 1/ Kvafxa. 
 
 1149. For the infin. after 1155. dcos is monosyllabic.
 
 lo2 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [V. 2. 82—40. 
 
 Ch. filiam meam tibi desponsam esse audio. Lv. nisi 
 
 tu nevis. 
 Ch. immo hand nolo. Lv. sponden tu ergo tuam 
 
 gnatara uxoreni mihi ? 
 Ch. spondco et niille auri Philippum dotis. Lv, do- 
 
 tem nil moror. 
 Ch. si ilia tibi placet, placenda dos quoquest quam 
 
 dat tibi. 35 
 
 llGOpostremo quod vis non duces, nisi illud, quod nou 
 
 vis, feres. 
 Ca. ius hie orat. Lv. inpetrabit te advocato atque 
 
 arbitro. 
 istac lege filiam tuam sponden mi uxorem dari? 
 Ch. spondeo. Ca. et ego spondeo itidem. Lv. oh, 
 
 salvete adfiues mei. 
 Ch. atqui edepol sunt res, quas propter tibi tamen 
 
 suscensui. 
 
 1156. nisi tu nevis is polite 
 instead of ' salva tua auctori- 
 tate ', or ' si quidem tibi placet'. 
 For nevis comp. above v. 828. 
 
 1157. Lysiteles wants to hear 
 the legal phrasing of the agree- 
 ment : see above n. on v. 500 
 and 503. 
 
 1168. auri is dependent on 
 Pl;Utppiim, comp. the French 
 ' liouis d'or '. — dntis ' as dowry': 
 cf. Ter. Haiit. 8'68,talrnta dotis 
 duo. 
 
 1159. For placenda see n. 
 on V. 2G^. Zumpt § 057. 
 
 llfiO. quod vis, Vi^ovem: cf. 
 V. 24"2 quod amat. 
 
 11()1. orare is archaic for 
 dicerc, and like all archaic 
 jihrases maintained itself csj)e- 
 cially in legal plirassology. 
 Callicles says ius :>rat instead 
 of aequom orat, and Lysiteles 
 accordingly shapes his answer 
 so as to keep tlie legal colour- 
 ing: ius inpetrabit, 'he shall 
 
 40 
 
 win his suit', you being his 
 supporter aud umpire. Brix 
 aptly compares Epid. i 1, 23 
 ius dicis. Ep, me decet. Th. 
 iom tu autein nobis praeturam 
 (/eris? and Rud. 1152, (Ik. ius 
 Ixiniivi eras. Tr. edepol hau 
 tecum orat, nam tu iniuriu's. 
 
 11()2. istac, Uia, lege, sc. ut 
 doteni accipiam. 
 
 11(13. Lysiteles uses the plural 
 adfiiu"^ ill allusion to Callicles' 
 participation in the sponsio ; or, 
 perhaps, the gap noticed after 
 V. 1136 may have contained 
 some talk between Charmides 
 and Callicles relative to Lesbo- 
 nicus' marriage with Callicles' 
 daughter (cf. v. 1183), by which 
 Lysiteles would likewise become 
 related to Callicles. 
 
 1104. suscenst re is the only 
 genuine Latin form: see my n. 
 on Ter. Andr. 370. It is in the 
 present place attested by all our 
 mss.
 
 V. 2. 41 — 51.] TRINVMMVS. 153 
 
 11 Go Lv. quid ego feci? Ch. mcum corrumpi quia per- 
 
 pessu's filium. 
 
 Lv. si id mea voluntate factumst, est quod mihi 
 
 suscenseas. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 s^d sine me hoc aps te inpetrare, quod volo. 
 
 Ch. quid id est ? Lv. scies : 
 siquid stulte fecit, ut ea missa facias omnia, 
 quid quassas caput? Ch. cruciatur cor mi et me- 
 
 tuo. Lv. quidnam id est ? 45 
 
 1170 Ch. quom ille itast ut eum esse nolo, id crucior : 
 
 metuo, si tibi 
 denegem quod me oras, ne me leviorem erga td 
 
 putes. 
 non gravabor: faciam ita ut vis. Lv. probus es. 
 
 eo, ut ilium evocem. 
 Ch. miserumst male promerita, ut merita sunt, si 
 
 ulcisci non licet. 
 Lv. aperite hoc, aperite propere et Ldsbonicum, si 
 
 domist, 50 
 
 1175evocate: ita subitumst propere quod eum conven- 
 
 ttim volo. 
 
 1165. In the gap wliich has been justly assumed after this line 
 Lysiteles may have explained how it happened that his expostula- 
 tions with Lesbonicus were ineffectual. Sp. does not mark a gap in 
 this place. 1170. Ritschl has justly added ewn which is omitted 
 in the mss. ; cf. v. 307. 1171. te I. ei-ga me Sp. with the mss. ; 
 this nonsensical reading was first corrected by G. Hermann. 
 
 1173. I prefer Lindemann's reading f:unt to Ritschl's sint. 
 The mss. are very corrupt here, they have promerit aut merita 
 
 i 
 
 sinis %dcis cin locet. 1175. The mss. add foras in the beginning 
 of the line, which might be kept by reading vacate (as Sp. 
 does): but ei'ocare is su^jported by the analogy of v. 1172. — ita 
 
 11G6. For voluntate see In- 1172. prohiix es is, like he- 
 
 trod. to k\\\. p. xLiv. 7ii(jiius or lepidus es, one of the 
 
 1171. leviorem 'rather ne- Latiuexpressionsfor our 'thank 
 
 glectful': he does not like to you'. 
 
 refuse the first request of his 1174. For aperite hoc cf. v. 
 
 new Bon-iu-law. 870.
 
 l.-J-t 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 [V. 2. .52—59. 
 
 Lesboxicys. Lvsiteles. Chaumides. Calltcles. 
 
 Le. quis homo tarn tumiiltuoso sonitii me excivit 
 
 furas ? V :i 
 
 Lv. bfc'uevolens tuos atque amicus. Le. satine sal- 
 
 vae ? die mihi. 
 Lv. recte : tuom patrem rediisse salvom peregre 
 
 gaiideo. 
 Le. quis id ait ? Lv. ego. Le. tun vidisti ? Lv. el 
 
 tute item videas licet. 55 
 
 1180 Le. 6 pater, pater mi, salve. Ch. salve multum, 
 
 gnate mi. 
 Le. siquid tibi, pater, laboris Ch. uil evenit, ne 
 
 time : 
 
 bdne re gesta salvos redeo. si tu modo frugi dsse vis, 
 * * * » 
 
 liaec tibi pactast Callicletis filia. Le. ego ducam, 
 pater. 
 
 siihitumst, propere is the rearling of Brix and fexcept tliat they 
 give suhitdst) of the mss. subitum means 'a pressing affah': Brix 
 justly compares Cure. 11 3, 2'.i ita res siibitast: celeriter vii hoc 
 homine convcntost oputi. 1177. satin est salve Sp. with C'DZ. 
 
 It wouhl be perverse to use irctc in the next line as an argument 
 to defend this reading. 1182. Eitschl supplies the following 
 lines : — iguosceutm-, per stultitiam quae deli(piisti antidhao ; 
 Verum posthae ne in desidiam, qua adsuevisti, reccidas, Haec 
 tibi etc. (Sp. does not mark a gap, as is his custom.) 
 
 Sc. III. Lesbonicus is par- 
 doned by his father and pro- 
 vided with a wife to keep him 
 steady in future. 
 
 1177. satine salrae, sc. res 
 tuae, ' I liope all is weU with 
 you ', a form of polite and 
 friendly enquiry, used by Livy 
 in several passages : i 58, 7, 
 III 20, X 18; comp. also in 
 Plautus Stich. 8, salvacne a- 
 maho. 
 
 1178. recto ' all right '. 
 
 1181. Lesbonims was going 
 to say siqnid tibi laboris evenit, 
 vollein: cf. Ter. Haut. 82, but 
 is interrupted by his father, who 
 most considerately assures him 
 that he has not undergone much 
 toil, though the audience know 
 better. 
 
 1183. Callicletis is the gene- 
 tive necessitated by the metre 
 in the present hue, though our
 
 V. 2. GO— 65] 
 
 TRINVMMVS. 
 
 155 
 
 et Gcam et si qnam aliam iubebis. Ch. quamquam 
 
 tibi susc(ansui, eo 
 
 118-3 '^"iiseria una uni quidem hominist adfatim. Ca. im- 
 
 mo hulc parumst : 
 nam si pro peccjxtis centum ducat uxoris, parumst. 
 Le. at iani postbac temperabo. Oh. dicis, si facias 
 
 modo. 
 Lv. numquid causaest quin uxorem eras domum 
 
 ducam ? Ch. optumumst. 
 tu In perendinum paratus sis ut ducas. co. plaudite. 
 
 1187. fades Sp. {facincs B, whence Camerarius wrote/acu/s; 
 hnt fades is the readiug of the other mss.) 
 
 msR. give callidi: butCharisius 
 p. 132, 10 exi^ressly attests such 
 forms as Peridetis et Strata- 
 cictis. Bitschl says ' illam 
 (leclinationem non Charisius 
 tautum testatur ciiin aliis gram- 
 maticis, sed inscriptioues quo- 
 que frequentaiit, quamquam iu 
 his quidem fateudum est Plau- 
 tiuae aetatis atque adeo sep- 
 timi ah u. c. saeculi exemplum 
 desiderari'. See also 0. Sievers, 
 Acta soc. phil. Lips, ii 1 p. CI 
 (where there is also a note by 
 F. Ritschl). 
 
 1185. miseria una ' one pun- 
 ishment', a wife being con- 
 sidered as a i^unishment. — The 
 hiatus after adfatim is legiti- 
 mate on account of the change 
 of speakers. 
 
 118!]. For the accusative 
 uxuria (given by B) see u. on 
 
 Aul. 482, and add Munro on 
 Lucr. II 467. (Charisius p. 129 
 K.) Baiter on Cicero ad fam. i 
 9, 2. Ph. Wagner, Orthogr. 
 Verg. p. 403 sq. 
 
 1188. ' Is there any reason 
 why I should not wed my bride 
 to-morrow?' Examples of the 
 expression are given iu my u. 
 on Aul. 260. 
 
 1189. in perendinum 'on 
 the day after', perendie is de- 
 rived from perom diem, lit. ' the 
 next day' : ior perom cf. Sanskr. 
 p>aras 'other', and param — 
 Greek iripav. See Corsseu i 
 770. — oj denotes cantor or can- 
 tio : the singer who appears at 
 the end of the performance and 
 asks the spectators for their 
 favour and applause. See on 
 the whole subject my note on 
 Ter. Andr. 980.
 
 METRA HVIVS FABVLAE HAEC SVNT 
 
 V. 1 ad 222 iambici senarii 
 
 — 223 ad 231 bacchiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 232 bacchiacus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 233 et 234 iambici septenarii 
 
 — 235 bacebiacus dimeter catalecticus 
 
 — 236 trocbaicus octouarius 
 
 — - 237 et 238 trocbaici septenarii 
 
 — 239 et 240 baccbiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 241 bacebiacus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 242 trocbaicus septenarius 
 
 — 243 creticus tetrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 244 — 251 cretici tetrameti'i catalectici 
 
 — 252 trocbaicus octonarius 
 
 — 253 trocbaicus septenarius 
 
 — 254 et 255 iambici dimetri acatalecti 
 
 — 256 iambica tripudia catalectica 
 
 • — 257 trocbaicus tetrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 257b. et 258 trocbaici dimetri catalectici 
 
 — 259 iambicus dimeter bypercatalecticus 
 
 — 26i a. iambicus dimeter catalecticiis 
 
 — 2G0b. dijiodia iambica bypercatalectica 
 
 — 261 et 262 trii)odia iamb. cat. f trip. iamb, acatalecta 
 
 — 263 aut spurius aut corruptus 
 • — 264 et 265 trocbaici octouarii 
 
 n-o oni { cretici tetrametri catalectici ) ^. . 
 
 — 2j6 — 271 i • i • t 1 f alterni 
 
 ( ,, trimetn acatalecti ) 
 
 — 272 — 274 cretici tetrametri catalectici 
 
 — 275 creticus trimeter catalecticus 
 
 — 276 creticus ttitrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 277 et 278 baccbiaci tetrametri acatalecti 
 
 — 279 et 280 cretici tetrametri catalectici 
 
 — 2Sl creticus tetrameter acatalectus 
 
 — 282 iambicus octouarius 
 
 — 283 et 284 cretici tetrametri catalectici 
 
 — 285 et 286 trocbaici so[)tenarii 
 
 — 287 et 288 trocbaici octouarii 
 
 — 289 trocbaicus dimeter catalecticus 
 
 — 299 trocbaicus octonarius
 
 METRA HVIVS FABVLAE HAEC SVNT 157 
 
 V. 291 trochaicus dimeter acatalectus 
 
 — 292 trochaicus octoiiarhis 
 
 ooo or\r> \ cretici tetrametri eatalectici ) ,, 
 
 — 2\)S — dOO i • 1 • i. 1 i.- • • alteriu 
 
 ( ,, trimetri eatalectici \ 
 
 — 301 ad 391 trochaic! septenarii 
 
 — 392 ad 601 iambici senarii 
 
 — a '2 ad 728 trochaici sejitenarii 
 
 — 729 ad 819 iambici seuarii 
 
 — 820 ad 841 trochaici octouarii 
 
 — 842 ad 997 trochaici septenarii 
 
 — 998 ad 1007 iambici seoarii 
 
 ■ — 1008 ad 1092 trocliaici septenarii 
 
 — 1093 ad 1114 iambici seuarii 
 
 — 1115 ad 1119 anapaestici dimetri acatalecti 
 
 — 1120 ad 1189 trochaici septenarii. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 CAJIURIDUK: PIUNTED BY C. J. CLAY, II. A., AT THE UNIVEKSITV PRESS.
 
 PUBLIC SCHOOL SERIES OF CLASSICAL 
 
 AUTHOES. 
 
 A Series of Classical Texts, Annntated hij n-eU-l;iiown Scholars, 
 trith a special view to the requirements of Upper Forms in 
 Public Schools, or of Unicersitij Students. Small 8vo. 
 
 ARISTOPHANES: The Pax. By F. A. Paley, 
 
 M.A. 4s. 6d. 
 
 CICERO: The Letters of Cicero to Atticus. Book 
 
 I. With Notes and au Essay on the Character of the Writer. 
 Edited by A. Prexor, M.A., late of Trinity CoUege, Fellow of 
 St Catharine's College, Cambridge, is. M. 
 
 DEMOSTHENES: The Oration against the Law 
 
 of Leptines. "With English Notes and a Translation of Wolf's 
 Prolegomena. By B. W. Beaxson, M.A., late Fellow of Pem- 
 broke College, Cambridge. 6s. 
 
 DEMOSTHENES: de Falsa Legatione. Fourth 
 
 Edition, carefully revised. Ky B. Shilleto, M.A. Fellow of 
 St Peter's College, Cambridge. 6»'. 
 
 PL A TO : The Apology of Socrates and Crito. With 
 
 Notes Critical and Exegetical. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 4s. (jd. 
 
 PLATO : The Phaedo. With Notes and an Analysis. 
 
 By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 5s. dd. 
 
 PLATO: The Protagoras. The Greek Text, Re- 
 
 vised. With au Analysis and English Notes. By W. W.wxE, 
 M.A., Fellow of King's College, Cambridge, and Assistant- 
 Master at Eton. Second Edition. 4s. (jd. 
 
 PL A UTUS : Trinummus. With Notes Critical aiul 
 
 Exegetical. By Wiluelm Wagker, Ph.D. Second Edition. 
 4;. M. 
 
 SOPHOCLES: Trachiniae. By Alfred Pretor, 
 
 JM.A. [rreparinij. 
 
 TERENCE. With Notes, Critical aucl Explanatory. 
 By WiLHELM Wagner, Ph.D. 10s. ^d. 
 
 THEOCRITUS. With Short Critical and Explan- 
 
 nti)ry Latin Notes. By F. A. Paley, M.A. Second Edition. 
 Corrected and enlarged, and coutainmg the newly-discovered 
 Idyll. 4s. Gd. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: PEIGHTON, BELL AND CO, 
 LONDON: GEORGE BELL AND SONS.
 
 CAMBRIDGE GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS. 
 
 Being for the most part the Texts of the Editors of the '■'■Bihliotheca 
 Classica" and "(Jrammar School Classics." In IGnio. neat 
 cloth, red edi/es. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. F. A. Paley, M.A. 3s. 
 
 CAESAR DE BELLO GALL ICO. G. Long, M.A. 2s. 
 
 CICERO DE SEXECTUTE, ET DE AMICITIA, ET 
 
 Epistolae Selectae. G. Lono, M.A. l.v. <jd. 
 
 CICERONIS ORATION ES. Vol. I. (Verrine Ora- 
 tions.) G. Lono, M.A. 3s. 6(7. 
 
 EURIPIEES. F. A. Paley, M.A. 3 vols. 35. GcZ. 
 
 HERODOTUS. J. W. Blakesley, S.T.B. 2 vols. 7^. 
 HOMEIU J LI AS. Lib. 1.— XII. F. A. Paley, M.A. 
 
 2s. 6(i, 
 
 HORATIUS. A. J. Macleane, M.A. 2s. Q,d. 
 JUVENAL AND FERSIUS. A. J. Macleane, M.A. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. H. A. J. Munro, M.A. 2s. Gd. 
 SALLUSTI CRISPI C ATI LIN A ET JUGURTIIA. 
 
 G. LON-O, M.A. l,s. 6(1. 
 
 TERENTI COMOEDIAE. W. Wagner. 3s. 
 THUCYDIDES. J. G. Donaldson, S.T.P. 2 vols. 7s. 
 YE RG I LI US. J. CoNiNGTON, M.A. 3s. Qd. 
 XENORUONTIS ANABASIS. J. F. Macmicmael, 
 
 B.A. 2s. ed. 
 
 NOVUM TEST AMENTUM GRAECUM, Textus 
 
 Stephanici, 1550. Aecedunt variae Lectiones editionum Bezae, Elzeviri, 
 Lacmiianui, Tischendorfii, et Tregellesii. Curante F. H. ScKivi.-.VEK, A.M. 
 iuiiKj. 'is. Qd. 
 
 An Edition, with wide margin for Notes, 7s. 6d. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE TEXTS, WITH NOTES, 
 
 FOR MIDDLE AND LOWER F0R:\IS. 
 A Serien of the Greek and Latin Authors, with English Notes at 
 the end, and Introduction. Published in a handy form, at a 
 low price. The Texts will he mainly those of the "Bihliotheca 
 Clnssica'' atid the " Grammar School Classics," and the Notes 
 iciU he hii eminent Scholars. Fcap. 8vo., Is. 6d. each. 
 
 ALCESTIS of EURIPIDES. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 
 PROMKTHEUS VINCTUS of AESCHYLUS. By 
 
 F. A. Paley, M.A. ^^ , 
 
 The MEDEA of EURIPIDES. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 
 SELECTIONS from OVID. By the Bev. A. J. 
 
 Macle.\n-e, ma.." Trinity College, Cambridge, Head Master of King 
 Edward's Grammar School, Bath. 
 
 *** Others in preparation. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL AND CO. 
 LONDON : WHITAKER AND CO., AND GEO. BELL AND SONS.
 
 MISCELLANEOUS CLASS BOOKS. 
 
 By the Rev. PERCIVAL FROST, M.A., late Fellow 
 
 of St Johns College, Cambridge. 
 Eclogae Latinae : a New Elementary Latin Reading 
 
 Book. This Volume has a Lexicon at the end, and is graduntcd 
 so that the pupil, after passing through it, may take up Ovid 
 and Caesar. Seventh Edition. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Materials for Latin Prose Composition. Passages 
 from English Writers, graduated in ditHculty, with Notes. 
 Seventh Edition. 12mo. 2s. 6(?. — Key, 4s. 
 
 Latin Verse Book : an Elementary Work on Hex- 
 ameters and Pentameters. Fourth Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 3s. — 
 Key, 5s. 
 
 Analecta Graeca Minora. With Introductory Sen- 
 tences, English Notes, and a Dictionary. Ninth Edition. 
 Fcp. 8vo. 3s. M. 
 
 Materials for Greek Prose Composition. Second 
 
 Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 3s. 6f?.— Key, 5s. 
 
 Scala Graeca : a Series of Elementary Greek Ex- 
 ercises. By the Rev. J. W. Davis, M. A., Head Master of 
 Tamworth Grammar School, and the late R. W. B.vddeley, 
 High-Master's Assistant, Grammar School, Manchester, Se- 
 cond Edition. Fcp. 8vo. cloth, 2s. Crf. 
 
 A Short Latin Grammar for Schools. By T. Hewitt 
 
 Key, M.A., F.R. S. , University College, London. New Edition. 
 Post 8vo. 3s. M. 
 
 Latin Prose Lessons. By the Rev. A. Church, M.A. 
 
 late Assistant-Master in tlie Merchant Taylors' School. Ninth 
 Edition. Fcp. Svo. 2s. M. 
 
 Kotahilla Quaeclam ; or, The Principal Tenses of 
 
 such Irregular Greek Verhs and such Elementary (xreek, Latin, 
 and French Constructions as ai'e of constant occurrence. New 
 Edition. Is. ('id. 
 
 The Elements of the English Language. By Ernest 
 
 Adams, Ph.D. This work is specially adapted to the wants of 
 Candidates for Matriculation in the London University, njid 
 for the, Civil Service. 13th Edition, Revised and Corrected. 
 Crown Svo. 4s. 6d. 
 The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis. 
 By Ernest Adams, Author of 'The Elements of the English 
 LangTiage,' to which it is an Introduction. Fifth Edition, 
 Revised and Enlarged. Fcp. Svo. 2s. 
 LONDON: GEORGE BELL AND SONS, YORK STREET, 
 COVENT GARDEN,
 
 A LIST 
 
 OF 
 
 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS 
 
 FOR PRIVATE AND 
 
 UNIVERSITY STUDENTS, 
 
 ALSO 
 
 FOR USE IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS, 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, 
 
 AND 
 
 MIDDLE CLASS, ELEMENTARY, AND 
 NATIONAL SCHOOLS. 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 GEORGE BELL AND SONS, 
 
 YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN, 
 LONDON, W.C. 
 
 Deighton, Bell and Co., Cambridge.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Classical 
 
 Bibliotheca Classica 
 
 Grammar-School Classics 
 
 Cambridge Greek and Latin Texts 
 
 Cambridge Texts with Notes . 
 
 Public School Series 
 
 Critical and Annotated Editions 
 
 Latin and Greek Class Books . 
 
 Classical Tables 
 
 Translations, &c., adapted for School Prizes 
 
 Mathematical, Etc. : 
 
 Cambridge School and College Text Books 
 Arithmetic and Algebra ..... 
 Geometry and Euclid ..... 
 
 Trigonometry 
 
 Analytical Geometry and Differential Calculus 
 Mechanics and Natural Philosophy . 
 
 Miscellaneous : 
 
 History, Topography, &c. .... 
 
 Philology ........ 
 
 Divinity, Moral Philosophy, &c. 
 
 French, German, and English Class Books 
 Foreign Classics ...... 
 
 French Class Books 
 
 German Class Books ..... 
 English Class Books . . . . 
 
 Page 
 67 
 
 68 
 
 69 
 70 
 
 71 
 72 
 
 74 
 76 
 76 
 
 79 
 80 
 81 
 82 
 82 
 83 
 
 90 
 91 
 
 96 
 97 
 
 99 
 100
 
 September, 1875. York Street, Covent Garden, 
 
 London. 
 
 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS. 
 IBitiUotbeca Classica. 
 
 A Series of Greek and Latin authors, with Enghsh notes ; edited 
 by eminent scholars, under the direction of G. Long, Esq., M. A., 
 formerly fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge ; and the late Rev. 
 A.J. Macleane, M. a., Head Master of King Edward's School, 
 Bath. 8vo. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. By F. A. Paley, M. A. New editmt 
 revised. l%s. 
 
 CICERO'S ORATIONS. By G. Long, M. A. 4 vols. 
 3/. 4y. Vol. I. i6.r. ; Vol. II. 145. ; Vol. III. i6j-. ; Vol. IV. 
 1 8 J. 
 
 DEMOSTHENES. By R. Whiston, M. A., Head Master 
 
 of Rochester Grammar School. Vol. I. ids. ; Vol. II. 16s. 
 EURIPIDES. By F. A. Paley, M. A. 3 vols. . i6j-. each. 
 
 HOMER. Vol. I. Iliad i— 12, with Introduction. By 
 
 F. A. Paley, M. A. 12s. Vol. II. i^f. 
 HERODOTUS. By Rev. J. W. Blakesley, B. D. 
 
 2 vols. 32^-. 
 HESIOD. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 10s. 6d. 
 
 HORACE. By Rev. A. J. Macleane, M. A. JVe7i/ edition. 
 
 revised by George Long. iZs. 
 JUVENAL AND PERSIUS. By Rev. A. J. Macleane, 
 
 M. A., Trinity College, Cambridge. New edition, revised by 
 
 George Long. \2s. 
 
 PLATO. By W. H. Thompson, D.D., Master of Trinity 
 College, Cambridge. 
 
 Vol. I., " Phaedrus," ^s. dd. Vol. IL, "Gorgias," 7^. dd. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. By Rev. F. H. Blaydes, M. A. Vol.1. i8j. 
 Contents : — CEdipus Tyrannus. CEdipus Coloneus. Anti- 
 gone. 
 
 TACITUS : The Annals. By the Rev. P. Frost. Price 
 
 1 5 J. 
 TERENCE. By E. St. J. Parry, M.A. 18^.
 
 68 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 VERGIL. By the late J. Conington, M.A. Cor]xis, Pro- 
 fessor of Latin at Oxford. Vol. I., The Bucolics and Georgics. 
 T/tiri/ edition, \zs. Vol. II., The ^neid, Books I. to VI. 
 Second edition, 145. Vol. III., Second edition, 14J. 
 
 Unifoi'tn with above. 
 
 A COMPLETE LATIN GRAMMAR. By J. W 
 
 Donaldson, D. D. Third edition. \i^. 
 
 A COMPLETE GREEK GRAMMAR. By J. W. 
 
 Donaldson, D. D. Third edition, ids. 
 For other Critical and Annotated Editions see pages 72-73. 
 
 (^ramniar^^cbool Classics. 
 
 A Series of Greek and Latin authors, with English notes, edited 
 by eminent scholars ; especially adapted for use in public and gram- 
 mar schools. Foolscap 8vo. 
 
 C^SAR DE BELLO GALLICO. Edited by George 
 Long, M. A. New edition. 5j. bd. 
 
 C^SAR DE BELLO GALLICO. Books I.— III. With 
 English notes for junior classes. By George Long, M. A. 
 New edition. 2s. 6d, 
 
 CATULLUS, TIBULLUS, AND PROPERTIUS. Se- 
 lected Poems. Edited by the Rev. A. H. Wratislaw, of Bury 
 St. Edmunds School, and F. N. Sutton, B. A. With short 
 biographical notices of the Poets. 3^". 6d. 
 
 CICERO : De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epis- 
 tles. Edited by George Long, M.A. New edition. 4J. bd. 
 
 CORNELIUS NEPOS. Edited by the late Rev. J. F. 
 Macmichael, Head Master of the Grammar School, Ripon. 
 2.S. 6d. 
 
 HOMER : Iliad. Books I.— XII. Edited by F. A. 
 Paley, M.A. 6s. 6d. 
 
 HORACE. Edited by A. J. Macleane, M. A„ late Head 
 Master of King Edward's School, Bath. With a short Life. 
 New edition, revised. 6s. 6d. 
 
 JUVENAL: Sixteen Satires (expurgated). By Herman 
 
 Prior, M.A., late Scholar of Trinity College, Oxford. 4^. 6d, 
 
 MARTIAL : Select Epigrams. Edited by F. A. Paley, 
 
 M. A., and the late W. 11. Stone, Scholar of Trinity College, 
 Cambridge. With a Life of the Poet. 6s. 6d.
 
 Educational Books. 69 
 
 OVID : The Six Books of the Fasti. Edited by F. A. 
 Paley, M. A. Neiv edition, ^s. 
 
 SALLUST : Catilina and Jugurtha. With a Life. Edited 
 by George Long, M.A. 5^-. 
 
 TACITUS : Germania and Agricola. Edited by the 
 Rev. P. Frost, late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 
 2,s. 6d. 
 
 VIRGIL : Bucolics, Georgics, and ^neid, Books I. — IV. 
 
 By the Rev. J. G. Sheppard, D.C.L. Abridged from Profes- 
 sor Conington's edition. 5^-. 6d. 
 
 ^neid, Books V. — XII. Abridged from Professor 
 
 Connington's edition, by H. Nettleship, Fellow of Lincoln 
 College, Oxford, and W. Wagner, Ph. D. 5^. 6d. 
 
 XENOPHON: The Anabasis. With Life, Itinerary, 
 Index, and Three Maps. Edited by the late J. F. Macmichael, 
 Head Master of the Grammar School, Ripon. N'ew edition, re- 
 vised, corrected and enlarged. 5j. 
 
 The Cyropaedia. Edited by G. M. Gorham, M. A., 
 
 late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. .N'ew edition. 6s. 
 
 Memorabiha. Edited by Percival Frost, M. A., late 
 
 Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 4J. 6d. 
 
 Uniform with the Series. 
 
 THE NEW TESTAMENT, in Greek. With English 
 Notes and Preface, Synopsis, and Chronological Tables. By 
 J. F. Macmichael, B. A. Fcap. 8vo. (730 pp.). Js. 6d. 
 
 Cambritige (^rccfe ann Latin Ccrtg. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. Ex novissima recensione F. A. Paley, 
 A.M. zs. 
 
 C^SAR DE BELLO GALLICO. Recognovit G. Long, 
 A. M. 2s. 
 
 CICERO de Senectute et de Amicitia, et Epistolse 
 Selectse. Recensuit G. Long, A.M. is. bd. 
 
 CICERONIS Orationes, Vol. I. (in Verrem). Ex recen- 
 sione G. Long, A. M. 35. dd.
 
 70 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 EURIPIDES. Ex recensione F. A. Paley, A.M. 3 vols. 
 35. 6d. each. 
 
 Contents of Vol. I.— Rhesus. Medea. Hippolytus. 
 Alcestis. HeracHdae. Supplices. Troades. Index. 
 
 Contents of Vol. II. — Ion. Helena, Andromache. 
 Electra. Bacchae. Hecuba. Index. 
 
 Contents of Vol. III. — Hercules Furens. Phoenissae. 
 Orestes. Iphigenia in Tauris. Iphigenia in Aulide. Cyclops. 
 Index. 
 
 HERODOTUS. Recensuit J. G. Blakesley, S. T. B. , 
 2 vols. 7^. 
 
 HOMERI ILIAS I. — XII. Ex novissima recensione 
 F. A. Paley, A. M. 2s. 6d. 
 
 HORATIUS. Exrecensione A.J.Macleane, A.M. 2s. 6d. 
 
 JUVENAL ET PERSIUS. Ex recensione A. J. Mac- 
 leane, A. M. is. 6d. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. Recognovit H. A. J.Munro, A.M. 2s. 6d. 
 
 SALLUSTI CRISPI CATILINA ET JUGURTHA, 
 
 Recognovit G. Long, A. M. is. 6d. 
 
 TERENTI COMOEDIAE. Gul. Wagner relegit et 
 emendavit. 3^'. 
 
 THUCYDIDES. Recensuit J. G. Donaldson, S. T. P. 
 2 vols. ']s. 
 
 VERGILIUS. ExrecensioneJ.Conington, A.M. 2>^.6d. 
 
 XENOPHONTIS EXPEDITIO CYRI. Recensuit J. 
 F. Macmichael, A. B. 2s. 6d. 
 
 NOVUM TESTAMENTUM GRAECUM, Textus Ste- 
 phanie!, 1550. Accedunt variae lectiones editionum Bezae, 
 Elzeviri, Lachmanni, Tischendorfii, Tregellesii, curante F. H. 
 Scrivener, A. M. N'rw edition. 4^. 6d. An Edition with 
 wide margin for notes, 7^. 6d. 
 
 CamtJriDgc Certg ttiitf) il^Jotc.s. 
 
 A Series of the most usually read of the Greek and Latin Authors, 
 with Introduction and Notes by eminent Scholars. The texts will 
 be mainly those of the " Bibliotheca Classica," and the "Grammar 
 School Classics." 
 
 URIPIDES. Alcestis. By F. A. Paley, M. A. 
 Fcap. 8vo. IS. 6d. 
 
 E
 
 Educational Books. 71 
 
 AESCHYLUS. Prometheus Vinctus. By F. A. Paley, 
 M.A. Fcap. 8vo. is. 6J, 
 
 OVID. Selections from the Amores, Tristia, Heroides, 
 Metamorphoses. By the Rev. A. J. Macleane, M.A. is. 6d. 
 
 EURIPIDES' MEDEA. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 
 
 [Preparing. 
 
 Public ^cbool Scries. 
 
 A Series of Classical Texts, annotated by well-known scholars, 
 with a special view to the requirements of upper forms in Public 
 Schools, or of University Students. 
 
 ARISTOPHANES. The Peace. A Revised Text 
 with English Notes and a Preface. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 
 
 AfS. 6d. 
 
 CICERO. The Letters of Cicero to Atticus, Bk. I. 
 With Notes, and an Essay on the Character of the Writer. 
 Edited by A. Pretor, M.A., late of Trinity College, Fellow of 
 St. Catharine's College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. 4?. 6d. 
 
 DEMOSTHENES de Falsa Legatione. I^ourtk eaition, 
 carefully ra/iscd. By R. Shilleto, M.A., Fellow of St. Peter's 
 College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. 6s. 
 
 The Oration Against the Law of Leptines. With 
 
 English Notes and a Translation of Wolf's Prolegomena. By 
 W. B. Beatson, M. A., Fellow of Pembroke College. Small 
 8vo. 6s. 
 
 PLATO. The Apology of Socrates and Crito, with Notes, 
 critical and exegetical, by Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D. Small 
 8vo. 4f. 6d. 
 
 The Phaedo. With Notes, critical and exegetical, 
 
 and an Analysis, by W^ilhelm Wagner, Ph. D. Small 8vo. 
 Ss. 6d. 
 
 The Protagoras. The Greek Text revised, with 
 
 an Analysis and English Notes. By W. Wayte, M.A., Fellow 
 of King's College, Cambridge, and Assistant Master at Eton. 
 8vo. Second edition. 4?. 6d. 
 
 PLAUTUS. Trinummus. With Notes, critical and exe- 
 getical. By Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D. Small 8vo. 
 
 \_Xew edition, in the press.
 
 72 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 SOPHOCLIS TRACHINI^. With Notes and Pro- 
 legomena. By Alfred Pretor, M.A., Fellow of St. Catherine's 
 College, Cambridge. \_Preparing. 
 
 TERENCE. With Notes, critical and explanatory. By 
 Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D. Post 8vo. los. 6d. 
 
 THEOCRITUS. With Short Critical and Explanatory 
 Latin Notes. By F. A. Paley, M. A. Second edition, cor- 
 rected and enlarged, and containing the newly discovered Idyll. 
 Crown 8vo. 4s. 6d. 
 
 Others in preparation. 
 
 Critical ant) annotatcD OHDitiong. 
 
 AETNA. Revised, emended and explained by H. 
 A. J. Munro, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cam- 
 bridge. 8vo. 35. dd. 
 
 ARISTOPHANIS Comoediae quae supersunt cum perdi- 
 
 tarum fragmentis tertiis curis recognovit additisadnotatione critica 
 summariis descriptione metrica onomastico lexico Hubertus 
 A. Holden, LL. D. [Head-Master of Ipswich School; Classical 
 Examiner, University of London.] 8vo. 
 
 Vol. I. containing the Text expurgated with Summaries and 
 critical notes, \Zs. 
 
 The Plays sold separately ; Achamenses, is. Equites, \s. 6d. 
 Nubes, IS. 6d. Vespae, 2s. Pax, is. 6d. Aves, 2s. Lysis- 
 trata, et Thesmophoriazusae, 3^'. Ranae, 2s. Ecclesiazusae et 
 Plutus, 3^. 
 
 Vol. II. Onomasticon Aristophaneum continens indicem 
 geographicum et historicum. 5j-. 6d. 
 
 Pax, with an Introduction and English Notes. By 
 
 F. A. Paley, M. A. Fcap. 8vo. ^s. 6d. 
 
 EURIPIDES. Fabulse Quatuor. Scilicet, Hippolytus 
 
 Coronifer, Alcestis, Iphigenia in Aulide, Iphigenia in Tauris. 
 Ad fidem Manuscriptorum ac veterum Editionum emendavit et 
 Annotationibus instnixit J. H. Monk, S.T. P. Editio nova. 
 8vo. Crown 8vo. \2s. 
 
 Separaic'y — Hippolytus, Cloth, 5^. Alcestis, Sewed, 4J. 6^/ 
 
 HORACE. Quinti Horatii Flacci Opera. The text re- 
 vised, with an Introduction, by H. A. J. Munro, M. A., 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, Editor of "Lucretius." 
 Illustrated from antique gems, by C. W. King, M. A., Fellow 
 of Trinity College, Cambridge. Large 8vq. i/. \s.
 
 Educational Books. 73 
 
 LIVY. Titi Livii Historte. The first five Books, with 
 English Notes. By J. Prendeville. Eighth edition. i2mo. 
 roan, 5^. Or Books I. to III. 3J-. 6^/. IV. and V. 3^. 6^/. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. Titi Lucreti Cari de Rerum Natura 
 Libri Sex. With a Translation and Notes. By H. A. J. 
 Munro, M. A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Third 
 edition revised throughout. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I. Text, i6j. 
 Vol. II. Translation, 6^. Sold separately. 
 
 OVID. P. Ovidii Nasonis Heroides XIV. Edited, with 
 
 Introductory Preface and English Notes, by Arthur Palmer, M. A., 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Dublin. Demy 8vo. 6.f. 
 
 PLAUTUS. Aiilularia. With Notes, critical and exe- 
 getical, and an Introduction on Plautian Prosody. By Wilhelm 
 Wagner, Ph. D. 8vo. 9-s-. 
 
 PROPERTIUS. Sex. Aurehi Propertii Carmina. The 
 
 Elegies of Propertius, with English Notes. By F. A. Paley, 
 M.A., Editorof "Ovid's Fasti," " Select Epigrams of Martial," 
 &c. Second edition. Svo. cloth. 9^-. 
 
 THUCYDIDES. The History of the Peloponnesian 
 
 War. With Notes and a careful Collation of the two Cam- 
 bridge Manuscripts, and of the Aldine and Juntine Editions. 
 By Richard Shilleto, M. A., Fellow of S. Peter's College, 
 Cambridge. Book I. Svo. 6j-. dd. Book II. in the press. 
 
 GREEK TESTAMENT. With a Critically revised Text ; 
 
 a digest of Various Readings ; Marginal references to 
 verbal and idiomatic usage ; Prolegomena ; and a critical 
 and exegetical commentary. For the use of theological 
 students and ministers. By Henry Alford, D. D., late Dean of 
 Canterbuiy. 4 vols. Svo. Sold separately. 
 
 Vol. I., Seventh Edition, the Four Gospels, i/. %s. Vol. II.," 
 Sixth Edition, the Acts of the Apostles, Epistles to the Romans 
 and Corinthians. \l. 4J-.— Vol. III., Fifth Edition, the Epistles 
 to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Thessa- 
 lonians, — to Timotheus, Titus, and Philemon. i8j.— Vol. IV. 
 Part I. , Fourth edition. The Epistle to the Plebrews : The 
 Catholic Epistles of St. James and St. Peter. iSj-.— Vol. IV. 
 Part II., Fourth edition. "The Epistles of St. John and St. Jude, 
 and the Revelation. 14^. Or Vol. IV. in one Vol. 32^. 
 
 A 2
 
 74 George Bell and Sotis' 
 
 A LATIN GRAMMAR. By T. Hewitt Key, M.A., 
 r. R. S., Professor of Comparative Grammar, and Head Master 
 of the Junior School, in University College. Sixth Thousand, 
 with new corrections and additions. Post 8vo. 8^. 
 
 latin anu (^rcefe Class IBoofeg;. 
 
 BADDELEY. Auxilia Latina. A Series of Progres- 
 sive Latin Exercises. By the Rev. J. B. Baddeley, M.A. 
 ^ [/« the Press. 
 
 CHURCH (A. J.) Latin Prose Lessons. By Alfred J. 
 Church, M. A., Head Master of the Grammar School, Retford. 
 A nriv edition. Fcap. Svo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 DAVIS and BADDELEY. Scala Graeca : a Series of 
 Elementary Greek Exei'cises. By the Rev. J. W. Davis, 
 M. A., Head Master of Tam worth Grammar School, and R. W. 
 Baddeley, M. A. Second edition. Fcap. Svo. cloth, "zs, 6d. 
 
 FROST (P.) Eclogse Latinse : or First Latin Reading 
 Book, with English Notes and a Dictionary. By the Rev. 
 P. Frost, M. A., St. John's College, Cambridge. New edition. 
 Fcap. Svo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Materials for Latin Prose Composition. JVcw 
 
 edition. Fcap. Svo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Key. 4x. 
 
 — A Latin Verse Book. An Introductory Work on 
 Hexameters and Pentameters. Fcap. Svo. 3^. A^ew edition, 
 revised and enlarged. 
 
 Key. 5^. 
 
 — Analecta Graeca Minora, with Introductory Sen- 
 tences, English Notes, and a Dictionary. New edition, revised 
 and enlarged. Fcap. Svo. 3^^. dd. 
 
 — Materials for Greek Prose Composition. Con- 
 structed on the same plan as the " Materials for Lajin Prose 
 Composition." Fcap. Svo. y. 6d. 
 
 Key. 5^. 
 
 GRETTON (F. E.) A First Cheque Book for Latin 
 Verse Makers. By the Rev. F. E. Gretton, Head Master 
 of Stamford Free Grammar School, sometime Fellow of St. 
 John's College, Cambridge. i.f. 6d. 
 
 A Latin Version for Masters. 2s. 6d.
 
 Educational Books. ' 75 
 
 GRETTON (F. E.) Reddenda ; or Passages with Paral- 
 lel Hints for Translation into Latin Prose and Verse. Crown 
 8vo. 4f. bd. 
 
 Reddenda Reddita; or Passages from English 
 
 Poetry with a Latin Verse Translation. Crown 8vo. ds. 
 
 HOLDEN (H. A.) Foliorum Silvula. Part I. Being 
 Passages for Translation into Latin Elegiac and Heroic Verse, 
 edited by Hubert A. Holden, LL.D., late Fellow of Trinity 
 College, Head Master of Queen Elizabeth's School, Ipswich. 
 Sixth edition. Post 8vo. ^s. 6d. 
 
 Foliorum Silvula. Part II. Being Select Passages 
 
 for Translation into Latin Lyric and Comic Iambic Verse. By 
 Hubert A. Holden, LL.D. Third edition. Post Svo. i)S. 
 
 Foliorum Silvula. Part III. Being Select Passages 
 
 for Translation into Greek Verse, edited with Notes by 
 Hubert A. Holden, LL. D. Third edition. Post Svo. 8^. 
 
 Folia Silvulse, sive Ecloga Poetarum Anglicorura 
 
 in Latinum et Grsecum conversas quas disposuit Hubertus A. 
 Holden, LL.D. Volumen Prius continens Fasciculos I. 11. 
 Svo. los. 6d. Volumen Alteram continens Fasciculos III. 
 IV. Svo. 12S. 
 
 Foliorum Centuriae. Selections for Translation 
 
 into Latin and Greek Prose, chiefly from the University and 
 
 College Examination Papers. By Hubert A. Holden, LL. D. 
 Fifth edition. Post Svo. 8s. 
 
 KEY (T. H.) A Short Latin' Grammar, for Schools. 
 By T. H. Key, M. A., F. S. A., Professor of Comparative 
 Grammar in University College, London, and Head Master of 
 the School. Eighth edition. Post Svo. 3^. 6d. 
 
 MASON (C. P.) Analytical Latin Exercises; Acci- 
 dence and Simple Sentences, Composition and Derivation of 
 Words and Compound Sentences. By C. P. Mason, B.A., 
 Fellow of University College, London. Post Svo. 3^. 6d. 
 
 PRESTON (G.) Greek Verse Composition, for the use 
 of Public Schools and Private Students. Being a revised 
 edition of the "Greek Verses of Shrewsbury School." By George 
 Preston, M.A., Fellow of Magdalene College. Crown Svo. 
 4?. 6d.
 
 j^ George Bell and Softs' 
 
 Classical Cables. 
 
 GREEK VERBS. A Catalogue of Verbs, Irregular 
 and Defective ; their leading formations, tenses in use, and 
 dialectic inflexions, with a copious Appendix, containing 
 Paradigms for conjugation, Rules for foiTnation of tenses, &c. 
 &c. By J. S. Baird, T. C. D. AVw edition, rci-ised. 2s. 6d. 
 
 GREEK ACCENTS (Notes on). On Card, td. 
 
 HOMERIC DIALECT. Its Leading Forms and Peculi- 
 arities. By J. S. Baird, T. C. D. \s. 6d. 
 
 GREEK ACCIDENCE. By the Rev. P. Frost, M.A. is. 
 
 LATIN ACCIDENCE. By the Rev. P. Frost, M.A. is. 
 
 LATIN VERSIFICATION. i.f. 
 
 NOTABILIA QU^DAM : or the Principal Tenses of 
 
 most of the Irregular Greek Verbs and Elementary Greek, 
 Latin, and French Constructions. New edition, is. hd. 
 
 RICHMOND RULES TO FORM THE OVIDIAN 
 DISTJCH, &c. By J. Tate, M.A. New edition, is. 6d. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES OF LATIN SYNTAX, is. 
 
 Cranslations, Selections, anD 3lllus= 
 trateti tuitions. 
 
 %* Many of the following books are well adapted for school 
 prizes. See also pages 87-90. 
 
 AESCHYLUS. Translated into English Prose, by F.A. 
 Paley, M. A., Editor of the Greek Text. Second edition, 
 revised. 8vo. "Js. 6d. 
 
 Translated by Anna Swanwick. With Introductions 
 
 and Notes. A^ttu edition. Crown 8vo. 2 vols. 12s. 
 
 Folio Edition with Thirty-three Illus- 
 trations from Flaxman's designs. Price ;i^2 2s. 
 
 ANTHOLOGIAGR^CA. A Selection of Choice Greek 
 Poetry, with Notes. By Rev. F. St. John Thackeray, 
 Assistant Master, Eton College. New edition, corrected. 
 Ecap. 8vo. 75. 6d. 
 
 ANTHOLOGIA LATINA. A Selection of Choice Latin 
 Poetry, from Navius to Boethius, with Notes. By Rev. F. St. 
 John Thackeray, Assistant Master, Eton College. New 
 edition, enlarged. Fcap. 8vo. 6s. bd.
 
 Educatiotial Books. yj 
 
 ARISTOPHANES, The Peace. The Greek text, and a 
 
 metrical translation on opposite pages, with notes and intro- 
 duction, &c. By Benj. Bickley Rogers, M.A., late fellow of 
 Wadham College, Oxford. Fcap. 4to. ^s. 6d. 
 
 The Wasps. Text and metrical translation, with 
 
 notes and introduction. By Benj. B. Rogers, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 
 •]$. 6d. [In the Press. 
 
 CORPUS POETARUM LATINORUM. Edited by 
 Walker, i thick vol. 8vo. Cloth, i2>s. 
 
 Containing: — CATULLUS, Lucretius, Virgilius, Ti- 
 BULLUS, Propertius, Ovidius, Horatius, Phaedrus, 
 LucANus, Persius, Juvenalis, Martlalis, Sulpicia, 
 Statius, Silius Italicus, Valerius Flaccus, Calpurnius 
 SiCULUS, AusoNius and Claudianus. 
 
 HORACE. The Odes and Carmen Sceculare. Trans- 
 lated into English Verse by the late John Conington, M. A., 
 Corpus Professor of Latin in the University of Oxford. Fifth 
 edition. Fcap. 8vo. 5^. dd. 
 
 The Satires and Epistles. Translated in English 
 
 Verse by John Conington, M. A. Third edition. 6s. 6d. 
 
 Illustrated from Antique Gems by C W. King, 
 
 M. A. , Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. The text 
 revised with an Introduction by H. A. J. Munro, M. A. , 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, Editor of Lucretius. 
 Large Svo. £i is. 
 
 MVS^ ETQNENSES sive Carminvm Etonae Condi- 
 torvm Delectvs. Series Nova, Tomos Dvos complectens. 
 Edidit Ricardvs Okes^ S. T. P. Coll. Regal, apvd Cantabri- 
 gienses Prxpositvs. Svo. 15-!'. 
 
 Vol. II., to complete Sets, may be had separately, price 5^-. 
 
 PROPERTIUS. Verse translations from Book V. with a 
 revised Latin Text and brief English notes. By F. A. Paley, 
 M. A. Fcap. Svo. y. 
 
 PLATO. Gorgias, literally translated, with an Intro- 
 ductory Essay containing a summary of the argument. By the 
 late E. M. Cope, M. A. , Fellow of Trinity College. Svo. ^s. 
 
 Philebus. Translated with short Explanatory Notes 
 
 by F. A. Paley, M. A. Small Svo. 4?. 
 
 Theaetetus. Translated with an Introduction on 
 
 the subject-matter, and short explanatory notes. By F. A. Paley, 
 M.A. Small Svo. 4?.
 
 •/S George Bell and Sons' 
 
 PLATO. An Analysis and Index of the Dialogues. With 
 References to the Translation in Bohn's Classical Library. By 
 Dr. Day. Post 8vo. 5^. 
 
 REDDENDA REDDITA; or, Passages from English 
 Poetry with a Latin Verse Translation. By F. E. Gretton, 
 Head Master of Stamford Free Grammar School. Crown 8vo, 
 6s. 
 
 SABRING COROLLA in hortulis Regiae Scholae 
 Salopiensis contexuerunt tres viri floribus legendis. Editio 
 tertia. 8vo. %s. 6d. 
 
 SERTUM CARTHUSIANUM Floribus trium Seculo- 
 rum Contextum. Cura Gulielmi Haig Brown, Scholae Carthu- 
 sianje Archididascali. 8vo. 14^'. 
 
 THEOCRITUS. Translated into English Verse by C 
 S. Calverley, M. A. , late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. 
 Crown 8vo. ^s. 6d, 
 
 TRANSLATIONS into English and Latin. By C S. 
 Calverley, M. A., late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambiidge. 
 Post 8vo. 7j. 6d. 
 
 Into Greek and Latin Verse. By R. C. Jebb, 
 
 Fellow of Trinity College and Public Orator in the University 
 of Cambridge. 4to, cloth gilt. 10s. 6d. 
 
 VIRGIL in English Rhythm. With Illustrations from 
 the British Poets, from Chaucer to Cowper. By the Rev. Robert 
 Corbet Singleton, first Warden of S. Peter's College, Radley. 
 A manual for master and scholar. Second edition, re-'writkn 
 and enlarged. Large crown 8vo. 7'^. 6(/. 
 
 A HISTORY OF ROMAN LITERATURE. By W. S. 
 
 Teuffel, Professor at the University of Tubingen. Translated, 
 with the Author's sanction, by Wilhelm Wagner, Ph.D., of the 
 Johanneum, Hamburg. Two vols. Demy 8vo. 7.1s. 
 
 "Professor Teuffel skilfully groups the various departments 
 of Roman literature according to periods and according to sub- 
 jects, and he well brings out the leading characteristics of each." 
 — Saturday Revie^u. 
 
 THE THEATRE OF THE GREEKS. A Treatise 
 on The History and Exhibition of the Greek Drama, with a 
 Supplementary Treatise on the Language, Metres, and Prosody 
 of the Greek Dramatists, by John William Donaldson, D.D., 
 formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. With numerous 
 Illustrations from the best ancient authorities. Eighth edition. 
 Post 8vo. 5^.
 
 Educational Books. 79 
 
 MATHEMATICAL AND OTHER CLASS 
 
 BOOKS. 
 
 Cambridge ^cbool anD College Cert 
 
 15oofe0. 
 
 A Series of Elementaiy Treatises adapted for the use of students 
 in the Universities, Schools, and candidates for the Public Examina- 
 tions. Uniformly printed in Foolscap 8vo, 
 
 ARITHMETIC. By Rev. C Elsee, M. A., late Fellow 
 of St. John's College, Cambridge ; Assistant Master at 
 Rugby. Intended for the use of Rugby School. Fcap. 
 8vo.. Fifth edition. 35. 6(/. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA. By the Rev. C Elsee, 
 
 M. A. Second edition, enlarged. 4^. 
 
 ARITHMETIC. For the Use of Colleges and Schools. 
 By A. Wrigley, M. A. 3^. dd. 
 
 A Progressive Course of Examples. With Answers. 
 
 By James Watson, M.A., Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, 
 and formerly Senior Mathematical Master of the Ordnance 
 School, Carshalton. Third edition. 2s. 6d. 
 
 AN INTRODUCTION TO PLANE ASTRONOMY. 
 
 For the Use of Colleges and Schools. By P. T. Main, M. A. , 
 Fellow of St. John's College. Second edition. ^. 
 
 ELEMENTARY CONIC SECTIONS treated Geome- 
 trically. By W. H. Besant, M. A. , Lecturer and late Fellow of 
 St. John's College. 4^. 6d. 
 
 ELEMENTARY STATICS. By the Rev. Harvey Good- 
 win, D. D. , Bishop of Carlisle. New edition, revised. 3^, 
 
 ELEMENTARY DYNAMICS. By the Rev. Harvey 
 Goodwin, D. D., Bishop of Carlisle. Secona edition. 3^'. 
 
 ELEMENTARY HYDROSTATICS. By W. H. Besant, 
 
 M. A., late Fellow of St. John's College. Sixth edition. 4^. 
 
 AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON MENSURA- 
 TION. By B. T. Moore, M. A., Fellow of Pembroke College. 
 With numerous Examples, ^s.
 
 8o George Bell and Sons' 
 
 THE FIRST THREE SECTIONS OF NEWTON'S 
 
 PRINCIPIA, with an Appendix ; and the Ninth and Eleventh 
 Sections. By John II. Evans, M.A. The Fifth Edition, 
 edited by P. T. "iSlain, M. A. 45-. 
 ELEMENTARY TRIGONOMETRY. With a Collec- 
 tion of Examples. By T. P. Hudson, M. A., Fellow of Trinity 
 College. 35. (id, 
 
 GEOMETRICAL OPTICS. By W. S. Aldis, M. A., 
 Trinity College, 3^. bd. 
 
 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY for Schools. By T. G. 
 Vyvyan, Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, and Mathema- 
 tical Master of Charterhouse. Third edition, revised. With a 
 chapter on Abridged Notation. 
 
 COMPANION TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. 
 
 Designed for the Use ol Theological Students and the Upper 
 Forms in Schools. By A. C. Barrett, A.M., Caius College. 
 Third edition, revised and enla7-ged. Fcap. 8vo. 55. 
 
 AN HISTORICAL AND EXPLANATORY TREA- 
 TISE ON THE BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER. By W. 
 G. Humphiy, B. D. Fifth edition revised. Fcap. 8vo. 4-f. 6d. 
 
 MUSIC. By H. C Banister, Professor of HaiTnony 
 and Composition at the Royal Academy of Music. Third 
 edition, revised, '^s. 
 
 Others in Prepaj-ation. 
 
 H 
 
 aritbmctic anD algebra. 
 
 IND (J.) Principles and Practice of Arithmetic. 
 Comprising the Nature and Use of Logarithms, with the 
 Computations employed by Artificers, Gaugers, and Land 
 Surveyors. Designed for the Use of Students, by J. Hind, M. A., 
 formerly Fellow and Tutor of Sidney Sussex College. Ninth 
 edition, with Questions, a^. 6d. 
 
 A Second Appendix of Miscellaneous Questions (many of 
 which have been taken from the Examination Papers given in^ 
 the University during the last few years) has been added to the'T 
 present edition of this work, which the Author considers will 
 conduce greatly to its practical utility, especially for those who 
 are intended for mercantile pursuits. 
 ,% Key, with Questions for Examination. Second edition, ^s. 
 
 — Elements of Algebra. Designed for the Use of 
 Students in Schools and in the Universities. By J. Hind, 
 M.A. Sixth edition, raised. 540 pp. 8vo. \os. bd.
 
 Educational Books. 8 1 
 
 (^eometrp ann ^ucliu* 
 
 ALDIS (T. S.) Text Book of Geometry. By T. S. 
 Aldis, M. A., Trinity College, Cambridge. Small 8vo. 
 4^. bd. Parti. — Angles — Parallels — Triangles — Equiva- 
 lent Figures — Circles. 2s.6i{. Part II. Proportion. Just pub- 
 lished. 2s. Sold separately. 
 
 The object of the work is to present the subject simply and 
 concisely, leaving illustration and explanation to the teacher, 
 whose freedom text-books too often hamper. Without a teacher, 
 however, this work will possibly be found no harder to master 
 than others* 
 
 As far as practicable, exercises, largely numerical, are given 
 on the different Theorems, that the pupil may learn at once the 
 value and use of what he studies. 
 
 Hypothetical constructions are throughout employed. Im- 
 portant Theorems are proved in more than one way, lest the 
 pupil rest in words rather than things. Problems are regarded 
 chiefly as exercises on the theorems. 
 
 Short Appendices are added on the Analysis of Reasoning 
 and the Application of Arithmetic and Algebra to Geometry. 
 
 EUCLID. The Elements of Euclid. A new Text 
 based on that of Simson, with Exercises. Edited by H. J. 
 Hose, formerly Mathematical Master of Westminster SchooL 
 Fcap. 8vo. 4^^. 6d. Exercises separately, li'. 
 
 Contents :— Books I.— VI. ; XI. i— 21 ; XII. i, 2. 
 
 The Elements of Euclid. The First Six Books, with 
 
 a Commentary by Dr. Lardner. Tenth edition. 8vo. 6^. 
 
 The First Two Books Explained to Beginners ; by 
 
 C. P. Mason, B. A. Second edition. Fcap. Svo. zs. 6d, 
 
 The Enunciations and Figures belonging to the 
 
 Propositions in the First Six and part of the Eleventh Books of 
 Euclid's Elements (usually read in the Universities), prepared 
 for Students in Geometry. By the Rev. J. Brasse, D. D. New 
 edition. Fcap. Svo. is. On cards, in case, 5^-. 6d. 
 Without the Figures, 6d. 
 
 McDowell (J.) Exercises on Euclid and in Modem 
 
 Geometry, containing Applications of the Principles and Pro- 
 cesses of Modern Pure Geometry. By J. McDowell, B. A., 
 Pembroke College. Crown Svo. Sj. 6d. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.) Elementary Geometrical Conic 
 Sections. By W. H. Besant, M. A. 4^. 6d.
 
 82 George Bell and Sons^ 
 
 TAYLOR (C.) The Geometry of Conies. Second edition 
 revised and enlarged. By C. Taylor, M.A., Fellow of St. 
 John's College. 8vo. 4^'. 6(J. 
 
 Pages 80 to 1 1 2 to complete the First edition may be had 
 separately, price \s. 
 
 GASKIN (T.) Solutions of the Geometrical Problems, 
 consisting chiefly of Examples, proposed at St. John's College, 
 from 1830 to 1846. With an Appendix on the General Equa- 
 tion of the Second Degree. By T. Gaskin, M. A. 8vo. \2s. 
 
 Crigonomctrp. 
 
 ALDOUS (J. C. P.) The Shrewsbury Trigonometrj^. 
 A Step to the Study of a more complete treatise. By 
 J. C. P. Aldous, Jesus College, Cambridge, Senior Ma- 
 thematical Master of Shrewsbuiy School. 2s. 
 
 HUDSON (T. P.) Elementary Trigonometry. With 
 a Collection of Examples. By T. P. Hudson, M. A., Fellow 
 and Assistant Tutor of Trinity College. 3^. bd. 
 
 HIND (J.) Elements of Plane and Spherical Trigo- 
 nometry. With the Nature and Properties of Logarithms 
 and Constraction and Use of Mathematical Tables. Designed 
 for the use of Students in the University. By J. Hind, M. A. 
 Fifth edition. i2mo. bs. 
 
 MOORE (B. T.) An Elementary Treatise on Mensura- 
 tion. By B. T. Moore, M. A., Fellow of Pembroke College. 
 With numerous Examples. 5^. 
 
 analytical (S5cometrp anti Differential 
 Calculus. 
 
 TURNBULL (W. P.) An Introduction to Analytical 
 Plane Geometry. By W. P. Turnbull, M.A. Fellow of 
 Trinity College. Svo. I2J. 
 
 O'BRIEN (M.) Treatise on Plane Co-ordinate Geome- 
 try. Or the Application of the method of Co-ordinates to 
 tlie solutions of problems in Plane Geometiy. By M. O'Brien, 
 M.A. Svo. 9^.
 
 Educational Books. 83 
 
 WALTON (W.) Problems in illustration of the Principles 
 of Plane Co-ordinate Geometry. By W. Walton, M. A. 8vo. i6j-. 
 
 WHITWORTH (W. A.) Trilinear Co-ordinates, and 
 other methods of Modern Analytical Geometry of Two Di- 
 mensions. An Elementary Treatise. By W. Allen Whit- 
 worth, M. A., Professor of Mathematics in Queen's College, 
 Liverpool, and late Scholar of St. John's College, Cambridge. 
 8vo. 16^-. 
 
 ALDIS (W. S.) An Elementary Treatise on Solid 
 Geometry. Revised. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. Secottd edition, 
 revised. 8vo. Sj. 
 
 PELL (M. B.) Geometrical Illustrations of the Difife- 
 rential Calculus. By M. B. Pell. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 O'BRIEN (M.) Elementary Treatise on the Diffe- 
 rential Calculus, in which the method of Limits is exclusively 
 made use of. By M. O'Brien, M. A. 8vo. los. 6d. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.) Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes. 
 By W. H. Besant, M. A. 8vo. y. 6d. 
 
 tectonics anQ l^atural ipbiteopfip* 
 
 EARNSHAW (S.) Treatise on Statics : Containing 
 the Theory of the Equilibrium of Forces, and numerous 
 Examples illustrative of the General Principles of the 
 Science. By S. Earnshaw, M.A. Fourth edition. 8vo. ios.6d. 
 
 WHEWELL (Dr.) Mechanical Euclid. Containing the 
 Elements of Mechanics and Hydrostatics. By the late W. 
 Whewell, D. D. Fifth edition, e^s. 
 
 FENWICK (S.) The Mechanics of Construction ; in- 
 cluding the Theories of the Strength of Materials, Roofs, 
 Arches, and Suspension Bridges. With numerous Examples. 
 By Stephen Fenwick, F. R. A. S., of the Royal Military 
 Academy, Woolwich. 8vo. I2s. 
 
 GARNETT (W.) A Treatise on Elementary Dynamics 
 for the use of Colleges and Schools. By William Garnett, B. A. 
 (late Whitworth Scholar), Fellow of St. John's College, and 
 Demonstrator of Physics in the University of Cambridge. 
 Crown Svo. 6s. 
 
 GOODWIN (Bp.) Elementary Statics. By H. Good- 
 win, D. D. , Bp. of Carlisle. Fcap. Svo. New edition, y. cloth.
 
 84 George Bell and Sons* 
 
 GOODWIN (Bp.) Elementary Dynamics. By H. Good- 
 win, DD., Bishop of Carlisle. Fcap. 8vo. second edition, y. cloth. 
 
 WALTON (W.) Elementary Problems in Statics and 
 Dynamics. Designed for Candidates for Honours, first three 
 days. By W. Walton, M. A. 8vo. lo.r. dd. 
 
 POTTER (R.) An Elementary Treatise on Mechanics. 
 For the use of Junior University Students. By Richard 
 Potter, A. M., F. C. P. S., late Fellow of Queens' College, 
 Cambridge. Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy 
 in University College, London. Fourth edition, reziscd. %s. 6d. 
 
 Elementary Hydrostatics Adapted for both Junior 
 
 University readers and Students of Practical Engineering. By 
 R. Potter, M. A. ys. 6d. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.) Elementary Hydrostatics. By W. 
 H. Besant, M. A., late Fellow of St. John's College. Fcap. 
 8vo. Sixth edition. 4?. 
 
 A Treatise on Hydromechanics. By W. H. Besant, 
 
 M. A. 8vo. A^ew edition in the press. 
 
 GRIFFIN (W. N.) Solutions of Examples on the Dyna- 
 mics of a Rigid Body. By W. N. Griffin, M. A. Svo. ds. bd. 
 
 LUNNQ. R.) Of Motion. An Elementary Treatise. By 
 J. R. Lunn, M. A., late Fellow of St. John's, Camb. Svo. "js. 6d. 
 
 BESANT (W. H.) A Treatise on the Dynamics of a 
 Particle. Preparing. 
 
 ALDIS (W. S.) Geometrical Optics. By W. S. Aldis, 
 M.A,, Trinity College, Cambridge. Fcap. Svo. 3^. 6d. 
 
 A Chapter on Fresnel's Theory of Double Re- 
 fraction. By W, S. Aldis, M.A. Svo. 2s. 
 
 POTTER (R.) An Elementary Treatise on Optics. 
 
 Part I. Containing all the requisite Propositions carried to 
 first Approximations ; with the construction of optical instru- 
 ments. For the use of Junior University Students. By 
 Richard Potter, A.M., F. C. P. S., late Fellow of Queens' 
 College, Cambridge. Third edition, revised, gs. 6d. 
 
 An Elementary Treatise on Optics. Part II. 
 
 Containing the higher Propositions with their application to 
 the more perfect forms of Instruments. By Richard Potter, 
 A. M., F. C. P. S. 12s. 6d. 
 
 Physical Optics ; or, the Nature and Properties 
 
 of Light. A Descriptive and Experimental Treatise. By 
 Richard Potter, A. M., F. C .P. S. bs. bd.
 
 Educational Books. 85 
 
 POTTER (R.) Physical Optics. Part II. The Corpus- 
 cular Theory of Light discussed Mathematically. By Richard 
 Potter, M. A. 'js. 6d. 
 
 HOPKINS (W. B.) Figures Illustrative of Geometri- 
 cal Optics. From Schelbach. By W. B. Hopkins, B. D. 
 Folio. Plates, los. 6d. 
 
 MAIN (P. T.) The First Three Sections of Newton's 
 Principia, with an Appendix ; and the Ninth and Eleventh 
 Sections. By John H. Evans, M. A. The Fifth edition, 
 edited by P. T. Main, M. A. 4^-. 
 
 An Introduction to Plane Astronomy. For the 
 
 use of Colleges and Schools, By P. T. Main, M. A., Fellovsr 
 of St. John's College. Fcap. 8vo. cloth, 45-. 
 
 MAIN (R.) Practical and Spherical Astronomy. For 
 the Use chiefly of Students in the Universities. By R. Main, 
 M.A,, F.R.S., Radcliffe Observer at Oxford. 8vo. I4f. 
 
 Briinnow's Spherical Astronomy. Part I. Includ- 
 ing the Chapters on Parallax, Refraction, Aberration, Preces- 
 sion, and Nutation. Translated by R. Main, M. A., F. R. S., 
 Radcliffe Observer at Oxford. 8vo. 8^. 6d. 
 
 GOODWIN (Bp.) Elementary Chapters on Astro- 
 nomy, from the "Astronomic Physique" of Biot. By Harvey 
 Goodwin, D. D., Bishop of Carlisle. 8vo. 3J-. 6d. 
 
 Elementary Course of Mathematics. Designed 
 
 principally for Students of the University of Cambridge. By 
 Harvey Goodwin, D.D., Lord Bishop of Carlisle. Sixth 
 edition, revised and enlarged by P. T. Main, M. A. , Fellow 
 of St. John's College, Cambridge. 8vo. i6s. 
 
 Problems and Examples, adapted to the " Ele- 
 mentary Course of Mathematics." By Harvey Goodwin, 
 D.D. With an Appendix, containing the Questions proposed 
 during the first three days of the Senate-House Examination, 
 by T. G. Vyvyan, M. A. Third editiott. 8vo. 5^. 
 
 Solutions of Goodwin's Collection of Problems 
 
 and Examples. By W. W. Hutt, M. A., late Fellow of Gon- 
 ville and Caius College. Third edition, revised and enlarged. 
 By T. G. Vyvyan, M, A. 8vo, 9^. 
 
 SMALLEY (G. R.) A Compendium of Facts and For- 
 mula in Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. By G. R. 
 Smalley, F.R. A. S., of St. John's Coll., Cam. Feap. 8vo. 3^. U.
 
 86 Geo7'gc Bell and Softs' 
 
 TAYLOR (John). A Collection of Elementary 
 Examples in Pure Mathematics, arranged in Examination 
 Papers ; for the use of Students for the Military and Civil Service 
 Examinations. By John Taylor, late Military Tutor, Wool- 
 wich Common. 8vo. "Js. 6d. 
 
 FILIPOWSKI (H. E.) A Table of Anti-Logarithms. 
 
 Containing, to seven places of decimals, natural numbers 
 answering to all logarithms from "00001 to -99999, and an im- 
 proved table of Gauss' Logarithms, by which may be found the 
 Logarithm of the sum or difference of two quantities. With Ap- 
 pendix, containing a Table of Annuities for 3 joint lives at 3 
 percent. By H. E. Filipowski. Third edilion. 8vo. 15^. 
 
 BYRNE (O.) A system of Arithmetical and Mathe- 
 matical Calculations, in which a new basis of notation is 
 employed, and many processes, such as involution and evolu- 
 tion, become much simplified. Invented by Oliver Byrne. 
 
 Dual Arithmetic ; or, the Calculus of Concrete Quan- 
 tities, Known and Unknown, Exponential and Transcendental, 
 including Angular Magnitudes. With Analysis. Part I. Svo. 14J. 
 In it will be found a method of obtaining the logarithm of 
 any mimber in a few minutes by direct calculation ; a method 
 of solving equations, which involve exponential, logarithmic 
 and circular functions, &c. &c. • 
 
 Dual Arithmetic. Part II. The Descending Branch, 
 
 completing the Science, and containing the Theory of the Appli 
 cation of both Branches. Svo. \os. 6d. 
 
 Dual Tables (Ascending and Descending Branches). 
 
 Comprising Dual Numbers, Dual Logarithms, and Common 
 'Numbers; Tables of Trigonometrical Values, Angular Magni- 
 tudes, and Functions, with their Dual Logarithms. 4to. 21s. 
 
 ELLIS (Leslie). The Mathematical and other 
 Writings of Robert Leslie Ellis, M. A., late Fellow of 
 .Trinity College, Cambridge. Edited by William Walton, 
 M. A., Trinity College, with a Biogi-aphical Memoir by Har- 
 vey Goodwin, D. D,, Bishop of Carlisle. Svo. 16^. 
 
 CHALLIS (Prof.) Notes on the Principles of Pure 
 and Applied Calculation, and Applications to the Theories of 
 Physical Forces. By Rev. J. Challis, M. A., F. R. S., &c. , Plumian 
 Professor of Astronomy, Cambridge. Demy Svo. 15J". 
 
 The Mathematical Principle of Physics. An 
 
 Essay. By the Rev. James Challis, M.A., P\R.S. Demy 
 Svo. 5j.
 
 B 
 
 Educational Books. By 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 
 
 URN (R.) Rome and the Campagna. An Historical 
 and Topographical Description of the Site, Buildings, and 
 Neighbourhood of Ancient Rome. By Robert Burn, 
 M. A., late Fellow and Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
 With Eighty-five fine Engravings by Je\\'itt, and Twenty-five 
 Maps and Plans. Handsomely bound in cloth. 4to. 3/. 3^. 
 
 DYER (T. H.) The History of the Kings of Rome. 
 By Dr. T. H. Dyer, Author of the " History of the City of 
 Rome;" "Pompeii: its History, Antiquities," &c., with a 
 Prefatoiy Dissertation on the Sources and Evidence of Early 
 Roman Histoiy. 8vo. i6s. 
 
 " It will mark, or help to mark, an era in the history of the 
 subject to which it is devoted. It is one of the most decided as 
 well as one of the ablest results of the reaction which is now in 
 progress against the influence of Niebuhr." — Fall Mall Gazette. 
 
 A Plea for Livy, throwing a new light on some 
 
 passages of the first Book, and rectifying the German doctrine 
 of the imperative mood. 8vo. is. 
 
 Roma Regalis, or the Newest Phase of an Old 
 
 Stor)'. 8vo. zs. 6d. 
 
 An examination of the views and arguments respecting Regal 
 Rome, put forth by Professor Seeley in a recent edition of 
 " Li\7," Book I. 
 
 The History of Pompeii; its Buildings and An- 
 tiquities. An account of the city, with a full description of the 
 remains and the recent excavations, and also an Itinerary for 
 visitors. Edited by T. H. Dyer, LL. D. Illustrated with 
 nearly Three Hundred Wood Engravings, a large Map, and a 
 Plan of the Forum. Third edition, brought down to 1874. 
 post 8vo. 7^. 6d. 
 
 Ancient Athens : Its History, Topography, and 
 
 Remains. By Thomas Hemy Dyer, LL. D. , Author of "The 
 History of the Kings of Rome. " Super-royal 8vo. cloth, i/. 5^. 
 
 This work gives the result of the excavations to the present 
 time, and of a recent careful examination of the localities by the 
 Author. It is illustrated with plans, and wood engravings taken 
 from photographs.
 
 88 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 LONG (G.) The Decline of the Roman Republic. 8vo . 
 
 Vol. I. From the Destruction of Carthage to the End of the 
 Jugurthine War. 14J. 
 
 Vol. II. To the Death of Sertorius. 14J. 
 
 Vol. in. Induding the third Mithridatic War, the Catiline 
 Conspiracy, and the Consulship of C. Julius Caesar. 14^-. 
 
 Vol. IV. History ot Csesar's Gallic Campaigns and of the 
 contemporaneous events in Rome. I4f. 
 
 Vol.V. Concluding the work. 14J. 
 
 "If any one can guide us through the almost inextricable 
 mazes of this labyrinth, it is he. As a chronicler, he possesses 
 all the requisite knowledge, and what is nearly, if not quite as 
 important, the necessary caution. He never attempts to explain 
 that which is hopelessly corrupt or obscure : he does not con- 
 found twilight with daylight ; he warns the reader repeatedly 
 that he is standing on shaking ground ; he has no framework of 
 theory into which he presses his facts." — Saturday Review. 
 
 PEARSON (C. H.) A History of England during the 
 Early and Middle Ages. By C. H. Pearson, M.A., Fellow 
 of Oriel College, Oxford, and Lecturer in History at Trinity 
 College, Cambridge. Second edition, revised and enlarged. 
 8vo. Vol. I. to the Death of Coeur de Lion. l6s. Vol. II. 
 to the Death of Edward I. 14J. 
 
 Historical Maps of England. By C. H. Pearson. 
 
 Folio. Second edition, revised. 31 J. 6^. 
 
 An Atlas containing Five Maps of England at different 
 periods during the Early and Middle Ages. 
 
 BOWES (A.) A Practical Synopsis of English History ; 
 or, A General Summary of Dates and Events for the use of 
 Schools, Families, and Candidates for Public Examinations. 
 By Arthur Bowes. Fourth edition. 8vo. 7.s. 
 
 BEALE (D.) Student's Text-Book of English and 
 General History, from B. c. lOO to the Present Time, with 
 Genealogical and Literary Tables, and Sketch of the English 
 Constitution. By D. Beale. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 vSTRICKLAND (AGNES). The Lives of the Queens of 
 England ; from the Norman Conquest to the Reign of Queen 
 Anne. By Agnes Strickland. Abridged by the Author for 
 the use of Schools and Families. Post 8vo. Cloth. 6s. 6d.
 
 Educatio7ial Books. 89 
 
 HUGHES (A. W.) Outlines of Indian History: com- 
 prising the Hindu, Mahomedan, and Christian Periods (down to 
 the Resignation of Sir J. Lawrence). With Maps, Statistical 
 Appendices, and numerous Examination Questions. Adapted 
 specially for Schools and Students. By A. W. Hughes, Bom. 
 Uncov. Ciyil Service, and Gray's Inn. Small post 8vo. 3J-. (id. 
 
 HELPS (SIR A.) The Life of Hernando Cortez, and 
 the Conquest of Mexico. Dedicated to Thomas Carlyle. 2 
 vols, crown 8vo. 15J'.. 
 
 The Life of Christopher Columbus, the Discoverer 
 
 of America. Fourth edition. Crown 8vo. 6j'. 
 
 The Life of Pizarro. With Some Account of his 
 
 Associates in the Conquest of Peru. Second edition. Cr. Svo. 6^. 
 
 The Life of Las Casas, the Apostle of the Indies. 
 
 Third edition. Crowai Svo. (is. 
 
 TYTLER (PROF.) The Elements of General History. 
 Ne-ci) edition. Revised and brought down to the present time. 
 Small post Svo. 3^. i)d. 
 
 ATLASES. An Atlas of Classical Geography ; Twenty- 
 four Maps by W. Hughes and George Long, M. A. New 
 edition, with coloured outlines. Imperial Svo. \is. 6d. 
 
 This Atlas has been constructed from the best authorities by 
 Mr. W. Hughes, under the careful supervision of Mr. Long. 
 The publishers believe that by this combination they have 
 secured the most correct Atlas of Ancient Geography that has 
 yet been produced. 
 
 A Grammar School Atlas of Classical Geography. 
 
 Containing Ten Maps selected from the above. Imperial 
 Svo. A^eio edition. \s. 
 
 Contents : — The Provinces of the Roman Empire. Gallia, 
 Italia. Graecia (including Epirus and Thessalia, with part of 
 Macedonia). The Coasts and Islands of the Aegaean Sea. 
 Asia Minor, and the Northern part of Syria. Palaestina, with 
 part of Syria, Assyria, and the Adjacent Countries. Sicilia ; 
 and a Plan of Rome. 
 
 First Classical Maps. By the Rev. J. Tate, M.A. 
 
 Third edition. Imperial Svo. 7j. 6d. 
 
 Standard Library Atlas of Classical Geography. 
 
 Twenty-two large Coloured Maps according to the latest authori- 
 ties. With a complete Index (accentuated), giving the latitude 
 and longitude of eveiy place named in the Maps. Imperial Svo. 
 7j. ()d.
 
 90 George Bell and Sons 
 
 RICHARDSON (Dr.) New Dictionary of the Eng- 
 lish Language. Combining Explanation with Etymo- 
 logy, and copiously illustrated by Quotations from the best 
 Authorities. Neiv edition, with a Supplement containing addi- 
 tional words and further Illustrations. The Words, with 
 those of the same family, are traced to their origin. The Ex- 
 planations are deduced from the primitive meaning through 
 the various usages. The Quotations are an-anged chrono- 
 logically, from the earliest period to the present time. In 
 2 vols. 4to. £,i\ 14J. 6^. ; half-bound in russia, ^5 15^. 6(/. ; 
 in russia, £,(i \2s. The Supplement separately, 4to. \2s. 
 
 An 8vo. Edition, without the Quotations, \^s. ; half- russia, 
 20^. ; i"ussia, 24J. 
 
 ADAMS (Dr.) The Elements of the English Language. 
 By Ernest Adams, Ph. D. Thirteenth edition. Post 8vo. \s. dd. 
 
 KEY (Prof.) Philological Essays. By T. Hewitt 
 Key, Professor of Comparative Grammar in University College, 
 London. 8vo. \os. 6d. 
 
 Language, its Origin and Development. By T. 
 
 Hewitt Key, Professor of Comparative Grammar in University 
 College. 8vo. 14^. 
 
 This work is founded on the Course of Lectures on Compa- 
 rative Grammar delivered during the last twenty years in Uni- 
 versity College. The evidence being drawn chiefly from two of 
 the most familiar members of the Indo-European family, 
 Latin and Greek, especially the former, as that to which the 
 writer's hours of study, for half a century, have been almost 
 wholly devoted. 
 
 DONALDSON (J. W.) Van-onianus. A Critical and 
 Historical Introduction to the Ethnography of Ancient Italy and 
 to the Philological Study of the Latin Language. Third edition, 
 revised and considerably enlarged. By J. W. Donaldson, D. D. 
 8vo. i6s. 
 
 SMITH (Archdn.) Synonyms and Antonyms of the 
 English Language. Collected and Contrasted by the Ven. 
 
 C. J. Smith, M. A. Second edition. Post 8vo. 5^. 
 
 — Synonyms Discriminated. Showing the accurate 
 
 signification of words of similar meaning. By the Ven. C. J. 
 Smith. Demy 8vo. 16^-. 
 
 PHILLIPS (Dr.) A Syriac Grammar. By G. Phillips, 
 
 D. D., President of Queen's College. Third edition, revised 
 and enlarged. 8vo. 7^-. 6d.
 
 Ediicatiotial Books. 91 
 
 BEAMONT (W. J.) A Concise Grammar of the Arabic 
 Language. By the Rev. W. J. Beamont, Isl. A. Revised by 
 Sheikh Ali Nady el Banany, one of the Sheikhs of the El 
 Azhar Mosque in Cairo. i2mo. 7^'. 
 
 WEBSTER. A Dictionary of the English Language. 
 By Dr. Webster. Re-edited by N. Porter and C. A. Goodrich. 
 The Etymological portion being by Dr. C F. Mahn, of Berlin. 
 With Appendix and Illustrations complete in one volume. 
 £\ \\s. 6d. 
 
 Besides the meaning and derivation of all words in ordinary 
 use, this volume will be found to contain in greater fulness than 
 any other Dictionar>' of the English Language hitherto published, 
 scientific and technical terms, accompanied in many instances by 
 explanatory woodcuts and an appendix giving supplementary 
 lists, explanations, and 70 pages of elaborate diagrams and illus- 
 trations. In its unabridged form as above, it supplies at a 
 moderate price as complete a literary and scientific reference 
 book as could be obtained in the compass of a single volume. 
 
 " For the student of English etymologically Wedgwood, Ed. 
 Muller, and Mahn's Webster are the best dictionaries. While 
 to the general student Mahn's Webster and Craig's ' Universal 
 Dictionary ' are most useful." — Athenaiun. 
 
 "The best pr.\ctical English Dictionary extant." 
 — Quarterly Review. 
 
 s 
 
 CRIVENER (Dr.) Nov-um Testamentum GrcTecum, 
 
 Textus Stephanici, 1550. Accedunt varice lectiones edi- 
 tionum Bezse, Elzeviri, Lachmanni, Tischendorfii, et Tre- 
 
 gellesii. Curante F. H. Scrivener, A. M., LL. D. i6mo. 
 
 45. dd. 
 
 An Edition luitkwide Margin for Notes, ^s. 6d. 
 
 This Edition embodies all the readings of Tregelles and of 
 Tischendorf's Eighth or Latest Edition. 
 
 — Codex Bezae Cantabrigiensis. Edited, with Pro- 
 legomena, Notes, and Facsimiles, by F. H. Scrivener, M. A. 
 4to. 26s. 
 
 — A Full Collation of the Codex Sinaiticus, with 
 the Received Text of the New Testament ; to which is prefixed 
 a Critical Introduction. By F. H. Scrivener, M. A. Second 
 edition, revised. Fcap. 8vo. ^s. 
 
 " Mr. Scrivener has now placed the results of Tischendorf's 
 discovery within reach of all in a charming little volume.
 
 92 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 which ought to form a companion to the Greek Testament in the 
 library of every Biblical student." — Reader. 
 
 SCRIVENER (Dr.) An Exact Transcript of the 
 Codex Augiensis, Graeco-Latina Manuscript in Uncial Letters 
 of St. Paul's Epistles, preserved in the Library of Trinity Col- 
 lege, Cambridge. To which is added a Full Collation of Fifty 
 Manuscripts containing various portions of the Greek New Tes- 
 tament deposited in English Libraries : with a full Critical In- 
 troduction. By F. H. Scrivener, M. A. Royal 8vo. ids. 
 
 The Critical Introduction is issued separately, price ^s. 
 
 A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New 
 
 Testament. With Forty Facsimiles from Ancient Manu- 
 scripts. Containing also an account of the Egyptian versions, 
 contributed by Canon Lightfoot, D.D. For the use of Biblical 
 Students. By F. H. Scrivener, M. A., LL. D. Prebendary of 
 Exeter. 8vo. New edition, ids. 
 
 Six Lectures on tlie Text of the New Testament, 
 
 and the MSS. which contain it, chiefly addressed to those who 
 do not read Greek. By Rev. F. H. Scrivener. With fac- 
 similes from MSS. Crown 8vo. bs. 
 
 ALFORD (Dean). Greek Testament. See p. 9. 
 
 BARRETT (A. C.) Companion to the Greek Testament. 
 For the use of Theological Students and the Upper Forms in 
 Schools. By A. C. Barrett, M. A., Caius College; Author 
 of "A Treatise on Mechanics and Hydrostatics." Third edition, 
 enlarged and improved. Fcap. Svo. 5-''' 
 
 This volume will be found useful for all classes of Students 
 who require a clear epitome of Biblical knowledge. It gives iu 
 a condensed form a large amount of information on the Text, 
 Language, Geography, and Archaeology ; it discusses the alleged 
 contradictions of the New Testament and the disputed quotations 
 from the Old, and contains introductions to tlie separate books. 
 It may be used by all intelligent students of the sacred volume; 
 and has been found of great value to the students of Training 
 Colleges in preparing for their examinations. 
 
 SCHOLEFIELD (J.) Hints for Improvement in the 
 Authorized Version of the New Testament. By the late J. 
 Scholefield, M. A. Fourth edition. Fcap. Svo. 4J.
 
 Ediicatiojial Books. 93 
 
 TERTULLIAN. Liber Apologeticus. The Apology of 
 Tertullian. With English Notes and a Preface, intended as an 
 introduction to the Study of Patristical and Ecclesiastical 
 Latinity. By H. A. Woodham, LL. D. Second edition. 
 8vo. 8j. dd. 
 
 PEROWNE (Canon). The Book of Psalms ; a New 
 
 Translation, -with Introductions and Notes, Critical and Expla- 
 natory. By the Rev. J. J. Stewart Perowne, B. D., Fellow 
 of Trinity College, Cambridge; Canon Residentiary of Llandaff. 
 8vo. Vol. I. Third edition. iSj'. Vol. II. Third edition, 
 1 6 J. 
 
 The Book of Psalms. Abridged Edition for Schools. 
 
 Crown 8vo. \os. 6d. 
 
 WELCH MAN (Archdn.) The Thirty-Nine Articles 
 
 of the Church of England. Illustrated with Notes, and con- 
 firmed by Texts of the Holy Scripture, and Testimonies of 
 the Primitive Fathers, together with References to the Passages 
 in several Authors, which more largely explain the Doctrine 
 contained in the said Articles. By the Ven. Archdeacon 
 Welchman. New edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. Interleaved for 
 Students. 3^. 
 
 PEARSON (Bishop). On the Creed. Carefully printed 
 from an Early Edition. With Analysis and Index. Edited by 
 E. Walford, M. A. Post 8vo. 5^. 
 
 HUMPHRY (W. G.) An Historical and Explanatory 
 Treatise on the Book of Common Prayer. By W. G. 
 Humphry, B. D., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, 
 Prebendary of St. Paul's, and Vicar of St. Martin's-in-the- 
 Fields, Westminster. Fifth edition, revised and enlarged. Small 
 post 8vo. 4J. 6d. 
 
 The New Table of Lessons Explained, with the 
 
 Table of Lessons and a Tabular Comparison of the Old and 
 New Proper Lessons for Sundays and Holy-days. By W. G 
 Humphry, B.D., Fcap. is. 6d. 
 
 DENTON (W.) A Commentary on the Gospels for the 
 
 Sundays and other Holy Days of the Christian Year. By the 
 Rev. W. Denton, A. M., Worcester College, Oxford, and 
 Incumbent of St. Bartholomew's, Cripplegate. New edition. 
 3 vols. 8vo. 54^' 
 
 Vol. I.— Advent to Easter. i8^. 
 
 Vol. II. — Easter to the Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity. 18^. 
 
 Vol. III. — Seventeenth Sunday after Trinitj' to Advent; and 
 Holy Days. i8j.
 
 94 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 DENTON (W.) Commentary on the Epistles for the 
 Sundays and other Holy Days of the Christian Year. By the Rev. 
 W. Denton, Author of "A Commentary on the Gospels," &c. 
 
 Vol. I.— Advent to Trinity. 8vo. i8j-. 
 
 Vol. II. — Trinity and Holy Days. 185. 
 
 Commentary on the Acts. By the Rev. W. Denton. 
 
 Vol. I. 8vo. i8j. Vol. II. in preparation. 
 
 JEWEL (Bp.) Apology for the Church of England, 
 with his famous Epistle on the Council of Trent, and a Memoir. 
 32mo. 2s. 
 
 BARRY (Dr.) Notes on the Catechism. For the use 
 of Schools. By the Rev. A. Barry, D. D., Principal of King's 
 College, London. Second edition, revised. Fcap. 2s. 
 
 BOYCE (E. J.) Catechetical Hints and Helps. A 
 Manual for Parents and Teachers on giving instruction to Young 
 Children in the Catechism of the Church of England. By Rev. 
 E. J. Boyce, M. A. Setond edition. Fcap. 2.s. 
 
 Examination Papers on Religious Instruction. 
 
 Sewed. \s. 6d. 
 
 MONSELL (Dr.) The Winton Church Catechist. 
 Questions and Answers on the Teaching of the Church Cate- 
 chism. By Rev. J. S. B. Monsell, LL.D., Author of "Our 
 New Vicar." Third Edition. Cloth, 3^'.; or in Four Parts, 
 sewed, price 9^. each. 
 
 SADLER (M. F.) The Church Teacher's Manual of 
 Christian Instruction. Being the Church Catechism Expanded 
 and Explained in Question and Answer, for the use of the 
 Clergyman, Parent, and Teacher. By the Rev. M. F. Sadler, 
 Rector of Honiton. Third edition. 2s. 6d. 
 
 KEMPTHORNE (J.) Brief Words on School Life. 
 A Selection from short addresses based on a course of Scripture 
 reading in school. By the Rev. J. Kempthorne, late Fellow 
 of Trinity College, Cambridge, and Head Master of Blackheath 
 Proprietary School. Fcap. 3^'. 6d. 
 
 SHORT EXPLANATION of the Episdes and Gospels 
 of the Christian Year, with Questions for Schools. Royal 32mo. 
 2s. 6d. ; calf, 4s. 6d. 
 
 BUTLER (Bp.) Analogy of Religion; with Analy- 
 tical Introduction and copious Index, by the Rev. Dr. Steere, 
 Bishop in Central Africa. Fcap. A^ew edition, ^^s. 6d.
 
 Educatio7ial Books. 95 
 
 BUTLER (Bp.) Three Sermons on Human Nature, and 
 Dissertation on Virtue. Edited by W. Whewell, D. D. "With 
 a Preface and a Syllabus of the Work. Fourth and cheaper 
 edition. Fcap. Svo. zs. 6d. 
 
 WHEWELL (Dr.) Lectures on the History of Moral 
 Philosophy in England. By W. Whewell, D.D. New and 
 itftproved editio7i, with Additional Lectures. Crown Svo. %s. 
 
 *»* The Additional Lectures sold separately. Crown Svo. 
 Price 3J. (id. 
 
 Elements of Morality, including Polity. By W. 
 
 Whewell, D. D. Neixi edition, in Svo. \<^s. 
 
 Astronomy and General Physics considered with 
 
 reference to Natural Theology (Bridgewater Treatise). New 
 edition, with new preface, uniform with the Aldine Editions. 5 J. 
 
 DONALDSON (Dr.) Classical Scholarship and Clas- 
 • sical Learning considered with especial reference to Com- 
 petitive Tests and University Teaching. A Practical Essay 
 on Liberal Education. By J. W. Donaldson, D. D. Crown 
 Svo. 5^. 
 
 The Theatre of the Greeks. Neiv and cheaper 
 
 edition. Post Svo. 5^. 
 STUDENT'S GUIDE TO THE UNIVERSITY OF 
 
 CAMBRIDGE. Revised and corrected in accordance with the 
 latest regulations. Third edition. Fcap. Svo. 6s. 6d. 
 
 This volume is intended to give useful information to parents 
 desirous of sending their sons to the University, and to indicate 
 the points on which to seek further information from the tutor. 
 
 Suggestions are also given to the younger members of the 
 University on expenses and course of reading. 
 
 "Partly with the view of assisting parents, guardians, school- 
 masters, and students intending to enter their names at the 
 University — partly also for the benefit of undergraduates them- 
 selves — a very complete, thoutjh concise, volume has just been 
 issued, which leaves little or nothing to be desired. For lucid 
 arrangement, and a rigid adherence to what is positively useful, 
 we know of few manuals that could compete with this Student's 
 Guide. It reflects no little credit on the University to whichl 
 supplies an unj^jretcnding, but complete, introduction." — Satur- 
 day Rcvie7V. 
 
 KENT'S Commentary on International Law, revised 
 with Notes and Cases brought do^^^l to the present time. 
 Edited by J. T. Abdy, LL. D., Barrister-at-Law, Regius Pro- 
 fessor of Laws in the University of Cambridge. Svo. 16s.
 
 96 George Bell and Sojts' 
 
 LEAPINGWELL (G.) A Manual of the Roman Civil 
 
 Law, arranged according to the Syllalnis of Dr. Hallifax, 
 Designed for the use of Students in the Universities and Innso 
 Court. By G. Leapingwell, LL.D. 8vo. 12s. 
 
 MAYOR (Rev. J. B.) A Guide to the Choice of Clas- 
 sical Books. By J. B. Mayor, M. A., Professor of Classical 
 Literature at King's College, late Fellow and Tutor of St. 
 John's College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. 2s. 
 
 FRENCH, GERMAN, AND ENGLISH CLASS 
 
 BOOKS. 
 
 jForeign Cla00ic0» 
 
 A carefully edited series for use in schools, with English notes, 
 grammatical and explanatory, and renderings of difficult idiomatic 
 expressions. Fcap. 8vo. 
 
 CHARLES Xn. par Voltaire. Edited by L. Direy. 
 Third edition, revised. 3J. M. 
 
 GERMAN BALLADS from Uhland, Goethe, and 
 Schiller ; with Introductions, copious and biographical notices. 
 Edited by C. L. Bielefeld. 3J-. dd. 
 
 AVENTURES DE TELEMAQUE, par Fenelon. Edited 
 by C. J. Delille. Second edition, revised. /^. bd. 
 
 SELECT FABLES of La Fontaine. Edited by F. Gasc, 
 
 Nnv edition, revised. 3^. 
 
 PICCIOLA, by X. B. Saintine. Edited by Dr. Dubuc. 
 
 Fourth edition, revised. 3^. dd. 
 
 SCHILLER'S Wallenstein. Complete Text, comprising 
 the Weimar Prologue, Lager, Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's 
 Tod. Edited Ijy Dr. A. Buchheim, Professor of German 
 in King's College, London. Revised edition. 6s. 6d. Or the 
 Lager and Piccolomini, 3J. dd. Wallenstein's Tod, 3^'. bd. 
 
 Maid of Orleans ; with English Notes by Dr. 
 
 Wilhelm Wagner, Editor of Plato, Plautus, <S:c., and Translator 
 of Teuffel's "History of Roman Literature." 3^. dd. 
 
 GOETHE'S HERMANN AND DOROTHEA. With 
 Introduction, Notes, and Argimients. By E. Bell, B.A., 
 Trinity College, Cambridge, and E. Wolfel. 2s. 6d.
 
 Educational Books. 97 
 
 jFrcncf) Class ^ook,s» 
 
 BREBNER (W.) Twenty Lessons in French. With 
 double vocabulary giving the pronunciation of French words, 
 notes, and appendices. By W. Brebner. Post 8vo. 45-. 
 
 CLAPIN (A. C.) French Grammar for Public Schools. 
 By the Rev. A. C. Clapin, M. A., St. John's College, 
 Cambridge, and Bachelier-es-lettres of the University of 
 France. Fcap. 8vo. Second edition greatly enlarged. 2s. 6d. 
 Or in two parts separately. Part I. Accidence, 2s. Part II. 
 Syntax, is. 6d. 
 
 GASC (F. E. A.) First French Book; being a New, 
 Practical, and Easy Method of Learning the Elements of the 
 French Language. Fcap. 8vo. N^ew edition, is. bd. 
 
 Second French Book ; being a Grammar and 
 
 Exercise Book, on a new and practical plan, and intended as a 
 sequel to the "First French Book." Ntw edition. Fcap. 8vo. 
 
 2J. 6(/. 
 
 Key to First and. Second French Books. Fcap. 
 
 8vo. 3^. M. 
 
 French Fables, for Beginners, in Prose, with an 
 
 Index of all the Words at the end of the work. New edition. 
 l2mo. 2s. 
 
 Select Fables of La Fontaine. New edition, revised. 
 
 Fcap. 8vo. 3J. 
 
 Histoires Amusantes et Instructives ; or, Selec- 
 tions of Complete Stories from the best French modem 
 authors, who have written for the young. With English 
 notes. Ne'ci) edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Practical Guide to Modern French Conversa- 
 tion : containing : — I. The most current and, useful Phrases in 
 Every-day Talk ; II. Everybody's Necessary Questions and 
 Answers in Travel-Talk. Fcap. Svo. 2s. bd. 
 
 French Poetry for the Young. With English 
 
 Notes, and preceded by a few plain Rules of French Prosody. 
 Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 
 — — Materials for French Prose Composition ; or, 
 
 Selections from the best English Prose Writers. With copious 
 foot notes, and hints for idiomatic renderings. New edition. 
 Fcap. Svo. 4J. bd. Key, bs. 
 
 • Prosateurs Contemporains ; or, Selections in 
 
 Prose chiefly from contemporary French literature. With 
 English notes. i2mo. 5^.
 
 98 
 
 George Bell and Sons' 
 
 GASC (F. E. A.) Le Petit Compagnon ; a French Talk- 
 Book for Little Children. i6mo. 2.s. bd. 
 
 An Improved Modern Pocket Dictionary of the 
 
 French and English Languages ; for the every-day puiposes 
 of Travellers and Students. Containing more than Five Thou- 
 sand modern and current vs'ords, senses, and idiomatic phi-ases 
 and renderings, not found in any other dictionary of the two 
 languages. A neitj edition luith additions and corrections. 
 l6mo. Cloth, 4^. 
 
 Modem French and EngHsh Dictionar)', with 
 
 upwards of Fifteen Thousand new words, senses, tic, hitherto 
 unpublished. Demy 8vo. In two volumes. Vol. I. (French- 
 English), I5.r. ; Vol. II. (English-French), los. 
 
 GOMBERT (A.) The French Drama ; being a Selection 
 of the best Tragedies and Comedies of Moliere, Racine, P. 
 Corneille, T. Corneille, and Voltaire. With Arguments in 
 English at the head of each scene, and notes, critical and 
 Explanatory, by A. Gombert. 
 
 Contents. 
 
 Moliere : 
 
 Les Precieuses Ridicules. 
 L'Ecole des Femmes. 
 
 *Le Misanthrope. 
 
 *L'Avare. 
 
 *Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. 
 
 *Le Tartuffe. 
 
 Le Malade Imaginaire. press.) 
 
 Les Femmes Savantes. {In the 
 
 Les Fourberies de Scapin. | 
 
 Racine 
 
 La Thebaide, ou les Freres ; 
 Ennemis. ' 
 
 Alexandre le Grand. 
 
 Andromaque. 
 
 Les Plaideurs. 
 
 Britannicus. 
 
 Berenice. 
 
 L'Ecole des Maris. 
 *Le Medecin malgre Lui. 
 M. de Pourceaugnac. 
 Amphitryon. 
 
 Bajazet. 
 Mithridate. 
 Iphigenie. 
 Phedre. 
 Esther. 
 ♦Athalie. 
 
 Le Cid. 
 
 Brutus. 
 Alzire. 
 
 Horace. 
 
 * Zaire. 
 Orestes. 
 
 Le Fanatisme. 
 
 P. Corneille : 
 
 Cinna. | Polyeucte. Pompee. 
 
 T. Corneille : 
 Ariane. 
 Voltaire : 
 
 Merope. 
 
 La Mort de Cesar. 
 
 Semiramis. 
 
 * New Editions of those marked with an asterisk have lately been issued, 
 carefully revised by F. E. A. Gasc. Fcap. 8vo. Neatly bound in cloth. \s. 
 each. Sewed, i>d. Others will follow.
 
 Ediicatiotial Books. 99 
 
 LE NOUVEAU TRESOR : or, French Student's Com- 
 panion ; designed to facilitate the Translation of English into 
 French at Sight. By M. E. S. Sixteenth edition. Fcap. 8vo. 
 3^. 6d. 
 
 Contents : — Grammatical Introduction, 100 Lessons, Voca- 
 bular)'. Conversational Sentences, Alphabetical Arrangement 
 of the Verbs. General Table of Reference. 
 
 ^e-^also " Foreign Classics," p. 96. 
 
 B 
 
 (German Class iBooks. 
 
 UCHHEIM (Dr. A.) Materials for German Prose 
 
 Composition ; consisting of Selections from Modem 
 English \\Titers, with gi'ammatical notes, idion^xitic ren- 
 derings of difficult passages, and a general introduction. By 
 Dr. Buchheim, Professor of Gemian Language and Literature 
 in King's College, and Examiner in German to the London 
 University. Third edition, revised. Fcap. 4?. bd. 
 
 In this edition the notes in Part I. have been entirely revised 
 and increased in accordance with the suggestions of experienced 
 teachers. 
 
 CLAPIN (A. C.) A German Grammar fo. Public 
 Schools. By the Rev. A. C. Clapin, Compiler of a French 
 Grammar for Public Schools, assisted by F. Holl-Miiller, Assis- 
 tant Master at the Bruton Grammar School. Fcap. 2s. 6d. 
 
 KOTZEBUE. Der Gefangene (the Prisoner). Edited, 
 
 with English Notes Explanatory and Grammatical, by Dr. W. 
 Stromberg. The first of a selection of German Plays, suitable 
 for reading or acting, is. 
 
 See zXso "Foreign Classics," p. 96.
 
 lOO George Bell and Sons' 
 
 ADAMS (Dr. E.) The Elements of the English 
 Language. By Ernest Adams, Ph. D. Thirteenth edition. 
 Post 8vo. 4J. 6a?'. 
 
 The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis. 
 
 By Ernest Adams, Ph. D. New edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 
 
 MASON (C. P.) First Notions of Grammar for Young 
 Learners. By C. P. Mason, B.A., Fellow of University 
 College, London. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, S>d. 
 
 First Steps in English Grammar, for Junior Classes. 
 
 Demy i8mo. New edition, is. 
 
 Outlines of English Grammar for the use of Junior 
 
 Classes. Cloth, \s. bd. 
 
 — English Grammar : including the Principles of Gram- 
 matical Analysis. Twentieth edition. Post 8vo. 35. bd. 
 
 Xlie section on Composition and Derivation is re-written in 
 this edition, with the introduction of much new matter and 
 various important improvements. 
 
 — The Analysis of Sentences applied to Latin. Post 
 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 — Analytical Latin Exercises : Accidence and Simple 
 Sentences, Composition and Derivation of Words, and Com- 
 pound Sentences. Post 8vo. 3J-. 6d. 
 
 — The First Two Books of Euclid explained to Begin- 
 ners. Second edition. Fcap 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Edited for Middle-Class Examinations. 
 
 With notes on the Analysis and Parsing, and explanatory 
 
 remarks. 
 
 — Milton's Paradise Lost, Book I. With a Life of 
 
 Milton. Third edition. Post 8vo. 2.s. 
 
 — Milton's Paradise Lost. Book II. With a Life of 
 the Poet. Second edition. Post 8vo. 2s. 
 
 — Milton's Paradise Lost. Book III. With a Life 
 of Milton. Post 8vo. 2s. 
 
 — Goldsmith's Deserted Village. With a Short Life 
 of the Poet. Post 8vo. i.f. dd.
 
 Educational Books. lOI 
 
 MASON (C. P.) Cowper's Task. Book II. With an 
 Outline of the Poet's Life. Post 8vo. 2s, 
 
 Thomson's " Spring." With a short Life. Post 8vo. 
 
 2S. 
 
 — Thomson's "Winter." With short Life. Post 8vo. 2s. 
 
 MENET (J.) Practical Hints on Teaching. Containing 
 
 Advice as to Organization, Discipline, Instruction, and Prac- 
 tical Management. By the Rev. John Menet, M. A. Perpetual 
 Curate of Hockerill, and late Chaplain of the Hockerill Train- 
 ing Institution. Fourth edition. Containing in addition Plans 
 of Schools which have been thoroughly tested, and are now being 
 adopted in various localities. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 2s. 6d. ; 
 paper cover, 2s. 
 
 TEST LESSONS IN DICTATION, for the First 
 
 Class of Elementary Schools. This work consists of a series 
 of extracts, carefully selected with reference to the wants of the 
 more advanced pupils ; they have been used successfully in 
 many Elementary Schools. The book is supplementary to the 
 exercises given in the "Practical Hints on Teaching." Paper 
 cover, IS. 6d. 
 
 SKEAT (W. W.) Questions for Examinations in English 
 
 Literature ; with a Preface containing brief hints on the 
 study of English. Arranged by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, late 
 Fellow of Christ's College. 2s. bd. 
 
 This volume will be found useful in preparing for the various 
 public examinations, in the universities, or for government 
 appointments. 
 
 DELAMOTTE (P. H.) Drawing Copies. By P. H. 
 
 Delamotte, Professor of Diawing in King's College and School, 
 London. Containing 48 outline and 48 shaded plates. Oblong 
 8vo. \2s. ; sold also in parts at \s. each. 
 
 This volume contains forty-eight outline and forty-eight 
 shaded plates of architecture, trees, figures, fragments, land- 
 scapes, boats, and sea-pieces. Drawn on stone by Professor 
 Delamotte. 
 
 POETRY for the School Room. New edition. Fcap. 
 8vo. \s. (yd. 
 
 GATTY (MRS.) Select Parables from Nature, for Use 
 in Schools. By Mrs. Alfred Gatty. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, \s.
 
 I02 Geonre Bell and Sons' 
 
 £>"■ 
 
 SCHOOL RECORD for Young Ladies' Schools; a 
 useful form of Register of Studies and Conduct. 6r/. 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL TEXT-BOOK; a Practical Geo- 
 graphy, calculated to facilitate the study of that useful science, by 
 
 a constant reference to the Blank Maps. By M. E . . . S 
 
 i2mo. 2S. 
 
 II. The Blank Maps done up separately. 4to. 2s. 
 coloured. 
 
 JOHNS (C. A.) A First Book of Geography. By the 
 Rev. C. A. Johns, B. A., F.L.S., Author of "Botanical Ram- 
 bles," "Flowers of the Field," &c. Illustrated. l2mo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 LOUDON (Mrs.) Illustrated Natural History. New 
 edition. Revised by W. S. Dallas, F. L. S. With nearly 500 
 Engi'avings. ^s. 
 
 Handbook of Botany. Newly Edited and greatly 
 
 enlarged by David Wooster. Fcap. 2s. 6d. 
 
 HAYWARD. The Botanist's Pocket-Book, containing 
 in a tabulated form, the Chief Characteristics of British Plants, 
 with the botanical names, soil or situation, colour, growth, 
 and time of flowering of every plant, arranged under its own 
 order ; with a Copiou; Index. By W. R. Hayvvard. Crown 
 8vo. Cloth limp, 4^-. 6d. 
 
 STOCKHARDT. Experimental Chemistry, founded on 
 the Work of Dr. Julius Adolph Stockhardt. A hand-book 
 for the study of the science by simple experiments. By C. W. 
 Heaton, Professor of Chemistry in the Medical School of 
 Charing Cross Hospital. Post 8vo. 5^. 
 
 BONNEY (T. G.) Cambridgeshire Geology. A Sketch 
 for the use of Students. By T. G. Bonney, F.G.S., &c., Tutor 
 and Lecturer in Natural Science, St. John's Coll. Cambridge 
 8vo. 3^. 
 
 FOSTER (B. W.) Double Entry Elucidated. By B. 
 W. Foster. Seventh edition. 4to. 8j. 6d. 
 
 CRELLIN (P.) A New Manual of Book-keeping, com- 
 bining the Theory and Practice, with Specimens of a set 
 of Books. By Phillip Crellin, Accountant. Crown 8vo. 3^. 6d. 
 
 This volume will be found suitable for merchants and all 
 classes of traders : besides giving the method of double entry, 
 it exhibits a system which combines the results of double entiy 
 without the labour which it involves.
 
 Educational Books. 103 
 
 PICTURE SCHOOL BOOKS. Written in simple language, and 
 with numerous illustrations. Royal i6mo. 
 SCHOOL PRIMER, dd. 
 
 SCHOOL READER. By J. Tilleard, Hon. Member of and 
 Examiner to the College of Preceptors. Numerous Illustrations, xs, 
 
 POETRY BOOK FOR SCHOOLS, i^, 
 
 THE LIFE OF JOSEPH, i.-. 
 
 THE SCRIPTURE PARABLES. By the Rev. J. E. 
 
 Clarke. \s. 
 
 THE SCRIPTURE MIRACLES. By the Rev. J. E. 
 
 Clarke. i.r. 
 
 THE NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY. By the Rev. 
 J. G. Wood, M.A. -Ls. 
 
 THE OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. By the Rev. J. 
 G. Wood, M.A. ij. 
 
 THE STORY OF BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PRO- 
 GRESS. \s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS. By 
 
 Sarah Crompton. i.r. 
 
 THE LIFE OF MARTIN LUTHER. By Sarah Cromp- 
 ton. IS. 
 
 GRANT. Course of Instruction for the Young, by the late Horace 
 Grant. 
 
 Arithmetic for Young Children. A Series of Exercises ex- 
 emplifying the manner in which Arithmetic should be taught to Young 
 Children, -is. 6d. 
 
 Arithmetic. Second Stage. For Schools and Families, 
 exemplifying the mode in which Children may be led to discover the main 
 principles of Figurative and Mental Arithmetic. i8mo. sjt. 
 
 Exercises for the Improvement of the Senses, and providing 
 instruction and amusement for Children who are too young to learn to read 
 and write. iSmo. li'. 
 
 Geography for Young Children. With Illustrations for 
 Elementarj' Plan Drawing. i8mo. 2j. 
 
 These are not class-books, but are especially adapted for use by teachers 
 who wish to create habits of observation in their pupils and to teach them 
 to think. 
 
 BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS. In Eight Parts. Limp 
 Cloth. M. each ; or extra binding, is. each. 
 
 Part I. contains simple stories told in monosyllables of not more than four 
 etters, which are at the same time sufficiently interesting to preserve the 
 attention of a child. Part II. exercises the pupil by a similar method in 
 slightly longer easy words : and the remaining parts consist of stories 
 graduated in difficulty, until the learner is taught to read with ordinary 
 facility.
 
 I04 George Bell and Sons' Educational Books. 
 
 l^t[V% iReaning: TBooks 
 
 For Schools and Parochial Libraries. 
 
 The popularity which the Series of Reading-Books, known as 
 "Books for Young Readers," has attained is a sufficient proof that 
 teachers and pupils alike approve of the use of interesting stories 
 with a simple plot in place of the dry combinations of letters and 
 syllables, making no impression on the mind, of which elementary 
 reading-books generally consist. There is also practical testimony 
 to the fact that children acquire the power of reading much more 
 rapidly when the process involves something more than the mere 
 mechanical exercise of the faculties of sight and memory. 
 
 The publishers have therefore thought it advisable to extend the 
 application of this principle to books adapted for more advanced 
 readers ; and to issue for general use in schools a series of popular 
 works which they venture to think will in practice be found more 
 adapted for the end in view than the collections of miscellaneous 
 and often uninteresting extracts which are generally made to serve 
 the purpose. 
 
 These volumes will be printed in legible type, and strongly bound 
 ill cloth, and will be sold at is. or is. 6d. each, post 8vo. 
 
 Now ready, 
 MASTERMAN READY. By Captain Marry at. is. 6d. 
 PARABLES FROM NATURE (selected). By Mrs. Gatty 
 
 fcap. 8vo., IS. 
 FRIENDS IN FUR AND FEATHERS. By Gwynfryn. is. 
 
 The following are in preparation : — 
 
 ROBINSON CRUSOE. 
 
 OUR VILLAGE. By Miss Mitford (selections). . 
 
 GRIMM'S GERMAN TALES. 
 
 ANDERSEN'S DANISH TALES. 
 
 CIIISWICK I'RESS : — PRINTED BY WHITTINGHAM AND WILKINS, 
 TOOKS COURT, CHANCERY LANK. 
 
 /,
 
 •^
 
 University Of California, Los Angeles 
 
 L 007 594 506 3 
 
 « %i'<^i 
 
 "M-^ 
 
 AA 
 
 000 424 459 6
 
 I 
 
 tl^ 
 
 t